‘

CONTENTS OF VOLUME IV.

Parr XIII.—Juny, 1906.

Coomaraswamy, A. K.—

Sinhalese Earthenware ..

Thomas, J. L.—

Hybridization Experiments with the Ceylon Jungle

Fowl ‘ ae

Fernando, C. M.—

The Lankesvara Gold Coin

Notes.—

1. Behaviour of Toads when confronted by a Snake.

E. E. Austin a wr

2. Notes on the Ceylon Honey Bee. C. Drieberg ..

Scorpion Stings. C. Drieberg as

Colour adaptation to surroundings. 8. E. Tench

The word ‘‘ Boss.” Ed. ie, ba

Flying Foxes at Barberyn. Fletcher T. Bainbrigge

Po we ge

Parts XIV. anp XV.—DkEcEMBER, 1906.

Enderlein, Giinther—

The Scaly-winged Copeognatha

Gurney, R.—

On two new Entomostraca from Ceylon

Coomaraswamy, A. K.—

Sinhalese Earthenware (Second Paper)

Notes.—

1. Costume of Sinhalese Ladies before the Portuguese

Period. C. M. Fernando

2. Waterholes. John Still :

Kagle’s Nest at Peradeniya. KE. E. Green

4. A copy of the Mahawansa in Cambodian

Characters. Professor Geiger =

Latin Derivatives in the Sinhalese Language.

C. M. Fernando

Part XVI.—Aveust, 1907.

Willey, A.—

The Sign of the Tortoise

Thomas, J. Llewellyn—

Further Notes on the Hybridization os amare with

the Ceylon Jungle Fowl .

Wall, F.—

On the Hydrophide in the Colombo Museum

PAGE

126

135

142

145

146

Boulenger, G. A.—

A new Lizard from Ceylon

Notes.—

18.

Lycodon striatus in Ceylon. F. Wall

Bungarus candidus in Ceylon. F. Wall

Remarkable Snake Fatality. F. Wall

Three Chinese Coins from Polonnaruwa. John

Still and R. F. Johnston

Elephants in Ceylon. John Still ¥

Do Butterflies migrate by night? 'T. B. Fletcher. .

Significance of the Stridulation in Manduca. T. B.

Fletcher io hs

Erythrina indica and the Crow. C. Drieberg

Notes by the Way. E. E. Green is

Freshwater Sponge and Hydra in ‘Ceylon. A.

Willey He uA

An Expedition to Hambantota. A. Willey

Hikanala and Jivama. A. Willey.. an

Stone Implements in Vedda Caves. F. and P.

Sarasin ie ay we

Further Note on Vedda Implements. James Par-

sons s. ary

Fungus Gardens of Termites. T. Petch ne

Re-duplication of Queen in Termite’s Nest. E. E.

Green ae hi

Boring Power of Leeches. E. E. Green

Adam’s Bridge. Professor E. Suess.

Index to Volumes ity DV.

INDEX TO

VOLUMES I.-IV.

SUBJECT INDEX.

Acarid Chamber. I. 115

Acclimatization. I. 11, 23, 113

Achari Caste. III. 151

Actinians. III. 224

Adam’s Bridge. II. 202; IV. 192

Aettikukkula. I. 52

Albino. II. 193

Ancient Bronzes. III. 22

Ancient Monuments. III. 18

Anguluwa. III. 46

Antelopes. I. 2

Ants. I. 73; III. 209

Anuradhapura. IT. 194; III. 2,21, 25

Aranai. II. 79

Arecanut Cutters. ~III. 13

Areca Palm. III. 4

Aryan Costume. IV. 142

Atlas Moth. III. 47

Avichehiya. I. 78

Babblers. ILI. 35

Balangoda. I. 83-85, 112, 117;

II. 95

Balangoda Group (rocks).

Bambarabotuwa. II. 57

Banded Crake. II. 191

Bandicoot. III. 39

Barberyn. II. 50; IV. 35

Barbet (yellow-fronted). 1. 5

Bark Cloth. III. 22

Barnacles. III. 193

Batrachians (same as Amphibia, q. v.).

eas)

Bats.

Ill. 51

IIT. 38

Bear. I. 2; II. 38

Bees. I. 117; II. 158; IV. 32

Beruwayas. III. 151

Betel Bag. III. 12

Betel Chewing. III: 13

Betel Pounders. III. 13

Birds. I. 4, 66,78; II. 190; III. 29,

148

Bligh’s Whistling Thrush. I. 6

Book-lice. IV. 123

Boss (derivation of). [V. 34

Bo Tree. III. 11

Boxing Crab. III. 224

Brahminy Lizard. I. 8; Il. 79;

III. 231; IV. 186

Brandmarks. III. 213; IV. 155

Brasswork. III. 11

Buddha. FE. 33 LIT. 2,17, 21, 25

Buddha Shed. III. 25

Buffaloes. I. 11; IIL. 38

Buggalows. III. 6

Bulbuls. If. 193; IVI. 35

Bungarums. III. 40, 228

Butterflies. I. 14; Ll. 75, 196, 204:

47 UG Oks UV eels

Byssus. I. 59

Cachalot. III. 28

Calamander Carvings. III. 11, 14

Candelabrum. III. 22

Cannon. IIT. 22

Cannon Balls. III. 9

Carnatic Tract. I. 2, 4

Carp. I. 20; III. 46

Caterpillars. I. 24,

1M 28779 AY SUSU

Catfishes. I. 20; III. 46

Celebes. I. 9

Ceylon Bay Owl. IH. 193; III. 30

Ceylon Sloth. I. 2: III. 37

Tee ile ASO

Chameleon. I. 7; III. 236

Chank Shells. III. 6

Charms. III. 8, 160; IV. 186 (see

Mantrams)

Charnoeckite. I. 105

Charnockite Series. III. 50

Chekku. III. 5

Chembu. III. 11

Chena. III. 4 :

@Ghert. “He 627+ hole o ey, bo

Chetty. III. 17

Chevrotain. . £. 2); LIT: 39

Chinese Coins. IV. 177-

Chonka Boards. III. 11

Chulus> LvikS

Chunam Boxes. III. 13

Cinnamon Gardens. III. 3

Climbing Perch. I. 22; III. 46

Cisgangetic Sub-region. IL. 3

Cobra. i. 2. 3

Coconut Oil Lamps. III. 12

Coconut Palm. III. 4

Coconut Scraper. III. 11, 15

Coffee. III. 4

Coins. JIL 15; IV. 29

Colombo Lake. I. 8, 42

Colombo Museum. III. 1, 189, 195

Combs. ITI. 9, 14,-151

Contemplation Box. III. 22

Corals. III..49

Coral Reefs. IIL. 48

Corundum. II. 60; III. 55, 65

Crabs. I. 60; ITI. 224

Cranes. I. 2

Crocodiles. III. 40, 238; IV. 183

Crow Island. I. 27

( vi )

Crows. I. 23-33; II. 50, 196; ITI.

30; IV. 180

Crystalline Limestones. IIT. 50

Crystalline Rocks. I. 38, 105-111

Cuckoos. III, 29

Dagaba. III. 2, 12

Dalada Maligawa. III. 10; IV. 11

Dandulena. III. 39

Darter. III. 36

Death’s Head Moth. IV. 179

Decorative Art. IV. 12

Deer. ITI. 29, 39 (see Spotted Deer,

Sambur, Hog Deer, Mouse Deer)

Defoliation. II. 196; III. 220; IV.

181

Demon Bird. III. 30

Depatnaya. I. 6, 10

Devanagala Door. III. 25

Devil Dancing. III. 7

Distribution. J. 2,4, 5,9;

III. 239

Diving. I. 58

Diving Stone. ITI. 6

Dondra Fair. III. 14

Dondra Inscriptions. III. 24

Drongo. ££. 8; III. 29, 35

Dugong. III. 38, 162

Dung Beetle. IV. 183

Durayas. III. 151

Dutch Bay. I. 13 :

Dutch Boxes. III. 13, 14

Dutch Period. III. 2

Dutch Relies. IV. 35

Il. 105 ;

Ti 32

IV. 145

Eagle Group.

Eagle’s Nest.

Earthenware. IV. 1-18, 135-141

Earth Snakes. I. 6, 10, 88 ;

Earthworms. I. 9, 113

Ebony Boxes. III. 14

Edible Nests. III. 31

Eggs (Snipe). 1. 66-67

Eggs (dwarf). I. 76

Ehelapola.. ILI. 9

Ehetulla. I. 37

Ehunugalla Slab. IIT. 25

Elephant. I. 6; III. 38; IV. 178

Elephant Bells. III. 12

Elephant Mosquito. II. 159-164

Embroidered Cloths. III. 12

Embryo (of Cophotis). III. 236

Endemic. I. 4, 7, 8, 10

Esgulla. I. 37

Ethnographical Models. III. 21 |

Falcon. II. 193

Fantail Snipe. I. 67

Field Notes. IJ. 194; III. 219

Filariasis. IT. 79

File Fishes. II. 201

Fisheries. III. 5

Fishes. IIT. 44

Fishes (Freshwater).

IIT. 46

Fish-hook Money. III. 16

Flamingoes. ILI. 35-36, 179, 186

Flycatchers. III. 33

Tr ibs) WO pales

| Hakgala.

| Hansa Puttuva.

Flying Foxes. IT. 50; III. 38, 239

TV 23b sole S2

Flying Squirrels. III. 38, 239

Folklore. III. 201, 215, 231

Food (Mahseer). I. 20

—— (Crows). I. 28

—— (Whip Snake). I. 36, 75

—— (Loris). I. 73

Fossils. III. 52, 63, 199

Fowls (eating Snakes). III. 202

Freshwater Sponge. IV. 184

Frigate Bird. I. 78; II. 191

Frogs. II. 73; III. 44

Gaja Bahu Slab. IIT. 23

Gall. IT. 188

Galle. I. 40

Galle Group (rocks). III. 51

Ganesa. III. 21

Gemming Industry. III. 64

Gems. III. 65

Geology. I. 38, 105-111; III. 201

(see Rocks, Minerals)

Giant Tortoise. III. 43

Gneiss. I. 105

Gneiss Pillar. III. 22

Gold Images. sed ke

Granulite. I. 105; III. 50

Graphite. III. 53

Grasshopper. II. 200

Gregarious Spiders. IV. 182

Habits (Helopeltis). I. 116

—-— (Platax). I. 52-55

—— (Flying Foxes). II. 50

—— (Tettigide). II. 100

-—— (Loris). III. 155 *

—— (Hesperide). III. 157

III. 157

100

—— (Coluber helena).

—— (Bungarus ceylonicus).

508

—— (Mahseer). I. 20

—— (Crow). I. 28; IL. 50

—— (Whip Snake). I. 36, 75

—— (Mosquitoes). I. 42 :

—— (Nesting of Snipe). I. 66

—— (Wasps). I. 68

——- (Red Ant). I. 73

—— (Copeognatha). IV. 123-125

Hemosporidiosis. I. 82

TIT. 144, 235; IV. 173

Haldanda. I. 87

Hamadryad. I. 2, 3

Hambantota. IV. 186

A Tis 33}

Hanguranketa. III. 21, 26

Hare. III. 39

Harriers. IJ. 192

Hatton, I. 111

Hedgehogs. I. 75

Henakandaya. I. 84

Hikanella (more correctly Hikanala).

TE 79): Lu 2Stee Vs 6

Hill Ceylon Tract. I. 4

Historic Trees. III. 211

Hog Deer. I. 11, 39

Horana Sculptures. III. 21

Hornbills. U1. 195; III. 31

Horn Combs. III. 151

House Rats. II. 80

Hybridization. IV. 19

Ibba. IV. 152

Illam. III. 64

Incense Burners. IV. 7

Incineration. III. 232

Indian Pitta. II. 191; III. 34

Indian Roller. III. 31

Indo-Ceylonese. I. 2, 7, 10; III. 30

Indo-Gangetic Plain. I. 3

Inscriptions. III. 23

Insects. III. 46

Ivory Carvings. III. 9

Jafina. II. 196

Jaggery Boards. III. 11

Janitor Stones. III. 21

Jay. I. 5; Lil. 34

Jewellery. III. 2,

Jivama. IV. 186

Jungle Crow, III. 30

Jungle Fowl. LI.

19-28, 158, 165

Neto igy

Jungle Groups. IIT. 29

Kaballewa. I. 2

Kabaragoya. III. 40

Kacchapa-jataka. IV. 150

Kalagediya. IV. 6

Kalutara District. [. 11

Kanaya. I. 5

Kandy. I. 11, 16, 68

Kandyan Knives. III. 14, 17

KKandyan Spears. IIT. 9

Kandyan Wells. IV. 11.

Kannu-kuttu pambu.. I. 37

Kaolin (China Clay). II. 64; TIT. 5

Karawala. III. 40, 228-229

Kattadiya. IV. 152

Kavaiya. I. 22

Kegalla. IIT. 9, 20

Kesbewa. IV. 152

King Crab. I. 12

King Crow. III. 29, 35

Kingfishers. IJ. 196; IIT. 31

Kirimeti. III. 51

KKoddaikeni Stone.

Kokkilay Lagoon.

Kongollewa Pillar.

Koskolaya. II. 55

Kotagama Slab. III. 24

Kothali. III. 22

Kottu. I. 62

Krait. IIT. 40, 228; IV. 174

Kuchaveli. III. 199

Kumbukgama Pillars.

Kunukatuwa. IIT. 229

Kurakkan. III. 4

Kurma-chakra. IV_ 149

Kurmasana. IV. 150

Kurumba. III. 5

Kyanite. ITI. 62

Lacquer. III. 7, 9

Lacteal Tract. IIT. 160, 196

Lamps. IIT. 12

Lanka. I. 3, 9

Lankesvara. IV. 29

Lateral Line (Fishes). I.

Laterite. ITT. 51, 62

Latin Derivatives. IV. 146

Leaf Insects. III. 29, 220

Leaf-mimicry. IT. 51

—_

III. 26

ITI. 238

III. 24

Ill. 25

fer asl. V4

)

Lela. I. 20

Leeches. IV. 191

Lemurs. I. 7, 39; III. 160.

Leopard. III. 29, 38

IGSilinn tao

Ill. 19

Life-histories.

Lion of Polonnaruwa.

Lizards. 1. 8, 11; El. 43, 189, 235 ;

Vee Sa snluies

Locust. II. 199

Low-country. I. 4

Lula. I. 5

Madagascar. I. 7; III. 37

Magpie. I. 5

Magpie Robin. I. 5; III. 34

Mahakalattewa Pillar. IIT. 24

Mahawansa. IV. 145, 178

Mahseer. I. 19-21

Makara Torana. III. 17

Malabar Tract. I. 4

Malay Bittern. II. 191

Maldive Islands.

Malkoha. I. 6

III. 6, 24, 49

Mammals. [. 2, 10; III. 37, 160

Mantrams (or Mantras). III. 215;

IV. 152

Mapila. I. 84; III. 229

Marine Clays. III. 199

Marine Laboratory. I. 39

Masks. III. 7

Mauritius. I.8; IT. 196; III. 225

Medagoda Pillar. IIT. 20

Medical Appliances. ITV. 149

Mica. III. 60

Migration of Butterflies.

219; IV. 178

Miuimicrye aia: elle pie lb S.e Loon

IIT. 29-30, 229; IV. 181

Miminna. I. 2

Mineral Gallery. III. 66

Minerals. II. 57-64 ; III. 52-62, 198

Minicoy. II. 194

Minivet. III. 35

Mispickel. II. 64

Mites. I. 117

Monkeys. II. 195;- ITI. 37

Moonstone (Mineral). II. 63

Moonstones (Sacred). IIT. 21, 26

Moor-hen. IIT. 31

Moorish Dagger.

i S26;

TIT. 253

Mosquitoes. I. 41; IT, 159; IV. 180

Moths. I. 16, 17, 79-81 ;'/ IIT. 46, 202,

219; IV. 180

Mouse Deer. I. 2; III. 39

Mungoose. III. 37

Munisseram. III. 22

Mural Ornaments. III. 26

Murel. I. 5,19

Musical Instruments. III. 7

Musk Shrew. III. 39

Naga. I. 3

Naga Stone. III. 21

Nalanda. IV. 181

Nambu. III. 65, 198

Nari lata. IIT. 152

Nawaratna. III. 17

Negombo. IIT. 16

Nidification. I. 66

Northern Ceylon Tract. I. 4

Nuwara_Eliya. I. 11

(viii

Ola Covers. ITI. 11, 17

Ola Manuscripts. III. 1

Opal. IT. 62

Orioles. IIT. 33

Ornithology. If. 190

Oviparity. IIT. 158, 235, 237

Owls. If. 83, 192, 193; IIT. 29

Oyster and Mouse. I. 63

Paars. I. 56

Paddy Fly. III. 159

Paddy Pounder, III. 25

Painted Snipe. I. 66; III. 32

Painted Pottery. IV. 15

Palmyra Palm. III. 3

Pangolin. I. 2; II. 195; IIL. 38, 162

Paradise Flycatcher. II. 194; III. |

Paradoxure. III. 37 \

Parasites. I. 27, 28, 45-55; II. 65;

UNITES Kats}

Paroquets. III. 30

Parrot Fishes. III. 46

Passerine Birds. I. 4; III. 33-34

Peacock Pillars. III. 25

Peatow!l. L. 10: LL. 32

Pearl Banks. III. 48

Pearl Fishery. I. 56-65; III. 6

Pearl Formation. II. 200

Peradeniya. I. 113

Perahera. IIT. 12

Pests. I. 116

Petigammana Pillar. III. 23

Phasianide. III, 31

Phlogopite. II. 61; IIL. 60

Phosphorescence. IT. 202

Pimbura. III. 230

Pinnawala Lintel. IIT. 25

Pintail Snipe. I. 66; III. 32

*Pit Vipers. III. 40, 229

Plovers. III. 32

Plumbago. IIT. 53

Poison (Stings and Bites).

197, 227, 231

IIT. 159,

Pollicha, ..5

Pol-mal-karawala. IIT. 40, 232

Polonnaruwa. III. 19

Pond Heron. If. 194

Porcupine. I. 39

Portuguese. III. 9, 22, 24

Potters. ITV%"°2—5

Potterya ll, 14238 LV. 1= 38s

135-141

Pottery Song. IV. 135

Powder Horns. III. 14

Protective Coloration. IT, 195; IV.

Pupe. 1.73

III. 31

UWE ay

Quails.

Quartz.

Rainfall. I. 4

Rallia. I. 8

Ratnapura. II]. 192, 199

Rays. III. 45-46

Regeneration. II. 200

Relict Fauna. I. 3 °

Reptiles. I. 6, 10; ILL. 40

)

Rice Mortar. III. 52

Rilawa. III. 37

Robber Crab. I. 6

Rocks. III. 50

Rodiyas. III. 151

Ruanweli Slab. ITT. 23

Sabaragamuwa. I. 4}

Salarias. II. 46

Sambur. I. 39; III. 29

Samusadu. IIT. 213

Sapphire. ‘III. 2

Sarcosporidiosis. II. 69

Saw Fish. III. 45

Scaly Ant-eater. I. 2

Scent Sprinklers. III. 9

Schedule (Colubride). TIT. 233

Scorpion Flies. ITI. 219

Scorpion Stings. III. 197,215; Ty.

Sea Bat. IT. 52

Sea Snakes. III. 43; 229; IV. 166

Seasonal Variations. I. 15, 71

- Sedimentary Rocks. III. 52, 63,

199

Seir Fish. IIL. 46

Serendibite. II, 63; III. 61

Sharks. III. 44-45

Shells. III. 48

Short-eared Owl. IT. 192

Sigiriya Frescoes. IIT. 26

Silimanite. IT. 60; ITI. 59

Silver Plate (Dutch). IV. 35

Silverware. ITI. 11

Simhasana. IV. 150

Skinks. TI. 8 (see Lizards)

Sloth Bear. I. 2

Snake Fatality. IV. 176

Snakes. I. 81-89; ITI. 40, 144, 201,

202, 227-234; IV. 174 (see also

Earth Snakes and Sea Snakes)

Snipe. I. 66; III. 32

Sociable Lawping. II. 190

Sooty Tern. I. 79

Spear Heads. ITI. 14

Spears. III. 9

Sphene. II. 64

Spiders. IV. 182

Spinel. III. 53, 57

Spoon Racks. ITT. 13

Spotted Deer. III. 29

Spur Fowl. III. 31

Squirrels. III. 39

Sri-pada (or Sri-patula). III. 26

Statistics. III. 228

Statue (Parakrama Bahu). III. 21

Steatite. II. 63

Stick Insect. II. 199

Stilbite. IT. 63

Stone Gallery. III. 18

Stone Implements. IV. 188

Stridulation. III. 47, 226; IV. 179

Strike Valleys. I.110 ©

Stylus. III. 2, 14

Subsidence. IIT. 238

Suprabranchial Apparatus. I. 22

Swastika. IIT. 26

Sword Fish. | IIT. 46

Swords. III. 12, 14, 15,

Symbiosis. I. 117; III. 224

Tailor Bird.

Tale. II. 63

Talipot Palm.

Tamankaduwa.

Tamil Inscription.

Tea. - ITI. 4

Tea Tortrix. I. 41

Telulla. III. 219

Temple Painting. III. 14

Termites. III. 203, 220

III. 35

TIT. 2

IT. 69

ITT. 24

Thorianite. IJ. 57: III. 56

Tic Polonga. IIT. 40

Tigers. I. 2

‘tiless | 4LV.58

Tissamaharama. III. 21, 26

Tissamaharama Slab. III. 23

Toads. III. 44, 158, 196; IV. 32

Tobacco Boxes. III. 13

Tombstones. III. 22, 24

Tooth Relic. III. 10

Topaz. III. 59

Tortoise. III. 238

Tortoise-brand. IV. 156

Tortoise-seat. IV. 149

Tortoise-shell. IIT. 14

Tourmaline. III. 2, 60

Transgangetic Sub-region. I. 3

Transport. III. 5

Trincomalee. IV. 182

Trypanosomosis. II. 80

Tulappadi. III. 15

Turnstone. III. 32

Turtles. III. 44

Tussur Silk Moth. III. 47

Udugama. I. 18

Ulama. III. 30

Unahapuluwa. I. 2

)

Up-country. I. 4

Uraninite. I. 112; II. 59 (see Thori-

anite)

Vanni. III. 15

Variation. I. 14; II. 75-77, 93, 103;

III. 41-43, 231

Vavuniya. II. 200

Veddas or Veddahs.

Vipers. III. 40, 230

Viviparity. I. 36; III. 235

Vultures. I. 2

III. 22 ; IV. 188

Wali-miya. I. 2

Walking Fishes. I.

Wandura. III. 37

Wasps. I. 68

Water Clock.

Waterholes. IV. 142

Weaver Birds. III. 34

Weligama. III. 224

Whales. III. 28, 38

Whip Scorpion. IV. 18]

Whip Snakes. I. 36-37; III. 40

Wild Boar. III. 29, 38; IV. 186

Wood Carving. III. 11, 13, 14

Wooden Door. IIT. 25

Woodpeckers. III. 34

Woven Cloths. III. 12

IE ee 1h

Yantra. IV. 149

Yantra-gal. III. 21

Yapahu Window. III. 18

Yatiyantota. I. 117; II. 93

TT SUS Oise RUE 26

IIT. 28

I. 38

Zircon.

Zoological Collections.

Zoological Gardens.

8(1)07

NAME

Aitken, E. H. I. 3

Alcock, Major. I. 6, 8, 11; III. 224

Alwis, J. de. III. 213

Annandale, Dr. N. III. 189, 193,

196; IV. 185

Armstrong, J. 8. III. 37

Austen, E. E. IV. 32

Baldeus. III. 211

Bateson, W. III. 231

Beddome, Col. R. H. I. 89

Bell). CP: 283s Te, 16; 20:

D1 932-24, 25.5 LV. 2

Bingham, Lieut.-Col.

182

Birdwood, SirG. III. 199; 1V. 1

Blake, H. E. Lady. III. 28

Blake, H. E. Sir H. A. ITI. 28

Blantord, Dri (Wc “Lise, 40

Ue ET 92 = Lit 30

Bliss, G. C. IV. 26

MRE sere: Seed Be

Bolivar, Prof. J. II. 107

Borradaile, L. A. IIT. 225

Bostock, J. H. I. 191

Boulenger,G. A. I. 5,19, 36, 85; II.

95; IID. 227; DV. 173

Burr, Malcolm. If. 107

Camerano, L. I. 34

Cameron, P. -III. 67, 98, 210

Carey, E. V. I. 24, 30-33

Castellani, Dr. A. is

Chalmers, Dr. A. J. II. 47, 65, 165,

179

Channer, Capt. A.

Clarke, G. G. Ross.

[T. 50

US abaiyy

Collett, O. ITI. 48

Collins, P. II. 198

Cooke} A. H. I. 9

Coomaraswamy, A. K. I. 38, 105-

113 ; If. 57, 190; IIT. 11, 50, 199-

201, 216; IV. 1, 135

Coomaraswamy, Ethel M. III. 151;

IV. 4

Cotton, J. J. IIT. 211

Darwin, Charles. III. 229; IV. 20

Davids, Tow. wkhys. © we 6s Los

IV. 29

Davy, Dr. I. 1; IL. 229

Day, F. I. 5,9, 19, 22

Dendy, Prof. A. IV. 185

Denham, E. B. I. 57

Doflein, Dr. F. ITI. 203; IV. 191

Dohrn, Dr. A. I. 39

Donnan, Capt. III. 43, 48

Downall, R. B. III. 21

D’Oyley, Sir J. IV. 3

Drieberg, C. I. 75; IIT. 160, 202 ;

TV. 33, 180

INDEX.

Drummond-Hay, H. M. I. 83-84,

87, 117; II. 94, 95

Dunstan, Prof. Wyndham. II. 57

Ekanayake, H. J. V. III. 38

Enderlein, Dr. G. IV. 39-122, 123

Evans, Capt.G. H. I. 2

Fayrer, Sir J. I. 86

Ferguson, Donald. III. 211

Ferguson, Hon. J. I. 11

Ferguson, W. (jr.). II. 200; III. 232

Ferguson, W. I. 8; II. 74; III. 3,

229

Fernando, C. M. III. 9, 15; IV. 29,

142, 147

Festing, R. A.G. III. 228

Binn, E137

Fletcher; T: B:, Tl! 202. DViesi.

178, 179

Flower, 8.8. I. 38

Flower, Sir W. III. 160

Forbes, M. Gordon. II. 199

Forbes, W. A. III. 36

Fowler, Hon. G. M. III. 26; IV. 187

Gadow, Dr. H. I. 27; ILI. 238%, 236

Gardiner, J.S. I. 27; III. 49, 225-

Geiger, Professor. IV. 145

Goldschmidt, Dr. 'P. III. 23

Gooneratne, D. de S. III. 8

Jooneratne, E. R. III. 10

Green, E. E. I. 24, 36, 41, 42, 68,

Toso, WS, 116; 117 3 Te iseudos

106, 158, 159, 181, 197, 205; III.

48, 67, 98, 157-159, 196, 197, 210,

215, 220, 222, 239; LV. 32, 123, 145,

180, 191

Gregory, Sir W. II. 51; III. 19, 23,

Gubernatis, A. de. IV.

Giinther, A. I. 81, 86

Gurney, R. IV. 126

Hagenbeck, John. II. 197-198

Haly, A. I. 5, 8, 85; IT. 192; TIT. 6.

44, 46, 190, 233

Hampson, Sir G. F.

Hancock, Dr. J. L.

Hartley, C. A. I. 19

Hearn, Lafeadio. IV. 15]

Henderson, Dr. J. R. ITI. 225

Herdman, Prof. W. A. [. 40, 65; IT.

200, 202; III. 48

Heron, 8. A. IV. 32

Holland, W. D. I. 112; II. 57

Holsinger, H. III. 9

Horn, Dr. W. II. 30

Hornell, J. I. 39, 58, 65.; IL. 200;

IIT. 6, 48

Horsburgh, B.

Horsfall, G, F. KK.

150

I. 16, 74

Tt 97

I. 57

TH Az

(

I. 57 ; ILL. 213

IV. 23

Vee ri7

I. 75

IV. 186

Tevers, R. W.

Johnson, C.

Johnston, R. F.

Joseph, G. A.

Julius, V. A.

Kelaart, Dr. I. 1; 11. 74; III. 39

Kirby, W. F. III. 220; IV. 184

IkGaxepen dag | HBT) pol NU ea aeayy/

Krantz, P. IV. 186

Kyle, J. Il. 22

Kynaston, E. 1. 66

III. 193

Lows, 4 0:

Lanchester, W. F.

Lankester, Prof. E. R.

Layard, E. L. L..1

Layard, SirC. P. III. 21

Lawrie. IV. 3

Legge, Capt. J. A. I. 58

Legge, Capt. W. V. I. 4, 5, 78; II.

191

Lewis, F. I. 4,66; II. 192; IV. 22

Swiss dk Ul elon Zor) Wl. 213"

214

Linstow, Dr. O. von. I. 91; III. 163

Lomas, J. II. 62, 202

Lydekker, R. I. 11; III. 160

Mackwood, F. M.

Mahawalatenna, 8. D. IV. 135

Manders, Major N. I. 14,18, 71; IJ.

I. 16, 18, 79 ; III.

Manson, Sir P. II. 80

Marshall and de Niceville, I. 15

Meier. Dr. W. H. I. 27

Melichar, L. I. 115

Michaelsen, W. I. 9:1. 113

Minchin, Prof. E. A. II. 72, 83

Modder, F. H. III. 13, 18; IV.

Monier-Williams, Sir M. I. 3

Muir, Prof. J. IV. 150

Miller, Dr. E. III. 23

Murray, Alex. III. 27

Murray, Hon. C. A. I. 39; IIT. 2

Nangle, Capt. K. E. IV. 184

Nevill, H. I. 85; III. 189

Newton, Prof. A. I. 8

Newton, R. B. III. 199

Niceville, L. de. I. 18, '72; II. 75

Oates, EK. W.

Oudemans, A. C.

1. 5, 8; III. 33

eLUs

ITE) 232; TV. 190

igallty,

Parsons, J.

Perkins, R. C. L.

Petch, T. IV. 191

Philip, Dr. W. M. II. 65

Pieris, Pes LIT: 10;6s-22

Pocock, R. I. I. 13

Eoles J.) Betsy 0l..a0

)

Poulton, Prof. E. B.

PricowWe tae sel 2b

Prouse, A. D. III. 224

IV. 183

III. 12

IV. 22

Rajapakse, T.

Redemann, A.

Sarasin, Dr. F. and Dr. P. III. 44;

IV. 188

Saunders, F. R. III. 22

Scharf, Re ke I 3

Schaudinn, F. II. 91

Schouteden, H. II. 181

Schwarz, C. F. III. 212

Schwarz, E.H.S. IV. 34

Schwarz, O. II. 46

Semon, R. I[. 9; II. 51

Sharp, Dr. D. II. 199; III. 67

Shipley, A. E. I. 45; IT. 66, 200

Simonds Dr bse Ll. 84:

Smith, R. Gordon. II. 52

Soysa, C. H.de. III. 21, 44

II. 189 ; III. 199

Spencer, L. J.

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R.

Stevens, W. W. IIT. 193

Still, John. III. 157, 238, 239; IV.

145, 177

Sturgess,G. W. I. 45

Suess, Prof. E. IV. 192

Swayne,G. H. I. 83; III. 192

Tench, 8S. E. IV. 34

Tennent, Sir J. E. I. 1, 6, 22, 76;

IME UG vali

Theobald, F. V. I. 41

Thomas; He So lb. Lo

Thomas, Dr. J. L. IV. 19, 158

im Thurn, SirE. F. 1.56; TT. 6; IV.

150

Thwaites, G. H. K.

Turner, Mr. Edgar.

Twynam, Sir W. C.

II. 74

Bien239

e635 Lil 3,.6

Uzel; Hoar iles lis

III. 38

III. 148

Ill. 144; IV. 166,

Varian, H. W.

Wait, W. E.

Wall, Major, F.

174, 176

Watt, SirG., and H. H. Mann. I. 116

Weber, Dr. Max. III, 161

Wendt, Justice H. L. III. 8

Werner, F. I. 7

White, H. III. 13

Wickwar, ©. S. TI. 485 218; IV.

182

Willey, A. I. 1, 14, 23, 25, 27, 35,

57, 76-79, 89.; IT. 1, 51, 55, 65, 78,

194; III. 162, 189, 226, 227, 234,

237; IV. 149, 184

Willis, Dr. J.C. III. 235

Yerbury, Col. IV. 184

() Sai)

LATIN INDEX.

Mr. Peter Cameron’s species of para-

sitic Hymenoptera are listed and

numbered on pp. 69-70 and 98-99

in Vol. II]. and are therefore not

included in this Index.

With few exceptions the Helminthes

(Parasitic Worms) described in Dr.

von Linstow’s second contribution

are not entered in this index, as

they are listed and numbered, and

the hosts named, on pp. 163-164

of Vol. IIT.

Dr. Giinther Enderlein’s genera and

species of Scaly Winged Copeo-

*« gnatha are separately indexed at

pp. 39 and 115 of Vol. IV.

Acanthalobus miliarius. 1. 132

Acanthalobus cuneatus. Il. 133

Acanthocephala. I. 52; ITI. 173

Acantholipes retracta. 1. 81

Acanthotenia shipleyt. 1. 51

Acaride. I. 118

Acavus. 1.9; III. 48

Acontias. 1.8

Adelocera subaurata. Il. 46

Agamide. ITT. 190, 235

Alpheide. Il. 4

Alpheus heterochelis.

Amphibia. III. 44

Amphientomide. IV. 46

Amphipoda. II. 21

Amyna selenampha. Il. 220

Anabas scandens. I. 22

Li 5 |

’ Ancistrodon hypnale. 1.117; IL. 146

Anophelinz. I]. 165

Anopheles maculata.

Anthuride. II. 8

Aphide. I. 115; II. 181

Apis indica. IV. 32

Apterotettix obtusus.

Arius. III. 46

Arrenga blight. 1.6

Arthropoda. I. 10

Ascaris brachyura. I. 93

—— ceylanica. I.'92

—— mystax. I. 94

quadrata. I. 93

rotundicaudata.

vitulorum. I. 94

lumbricoides. 1. 47

—— rubicunda. I. 52

Asto accipitrinus. IT. 192

Aspidura drummondhayt. 1. 95

—— trachyprocta. III. 144; IV.

000

——copti. ILI. 232

Aspongopus singhalanus. I.

Asura uniformis. I. 81

Atta quadrilinea. 1. 81

I. 42

Il. 140

I. 92

| Cirripedia.

Barbus tor. 1.19

Baruna socialis. II. 3

Bathynomus giganteus. I. 12

Baza lophotes. I. 193

Bembrops candimacula. 1. 12

Birgus latro. 1.6

Bittacus. III. 219

Blabioides strigerella. 1. 80

Blenina angulipennis. 1. 80

Bothridium pythonis. 1. 48

Bothriocephalide. I. 47

Brachyura. II]. 2

Bungarus ceylonicus. TI. 158, 229

—— candidus. IV. 174

I. 84

I gsi!

Callophis trimaculatus.

Callapistria aethrops.

Calotes. I. 8, 36; III. 190, 220, 235

Camponotus senex. III. 209

Capua coffearia. I. 41

Catochrysops pandava. 1. 14

Catometopa. II. 2

Catopsilia. III. 216; IV. 181

Centropus sinensis. 1, 52

Cephonodes hylas. 1. 24; II]. 47, 202

Ceratopemphigus zehntnert II. 187

Ceratophora. I. 11; 111. 235

Cervus porcinus. I. 11

Cestoda. I. 47; ITI. 176

Chalcidoseps. 1. 11

Channa orientalis. I. 5, LO

Chameleo calearatus. I. 7

Chettusia gregaria. II. 191

Chloéia flava. II11. 223

Chlorita (Empoasca) flavescens. 1.

116

Chordodes Skorikowi. I. 35

Chrysopelea ornata. IIT. 40, 185, 232

Cicindela ceylonensis diversa. I1. 37

Cicindela corticata leticolor. I, 36

Cicindela willeyi. II. 36

Cicindelide. II. 30-44

Circus (species of). IT. 192

Cirolanide. II. 10

Cirolana willeyi. 1. 11

IIT. 193

Cissa ornata. 1.5; III. 34

Cladonotus humbertianus.

—— latiramus. I. 114

Coccide. I. 115

Collyris sawndersi letior. IT. 35

Coluber helena. I. 117; III. 157, 197,

229

Colubride.

Copepoda.

Copeognatha.

Cophotis ceylanica. III. 235

Copsychus saularis. 1. 5

Coptorthosoma. I. 118

Coptotettia fossulatus. IL. 153

—-— testaceus. II. 153

IT. 113

I. 82; Ill. 227

IV. 129

IV. 39-122, 123-125

( -s.-.,)

Corallana nodosa. II. 14

Corallanide. I. 13

Coreide. I. 115

Corgatha artifalcis. 1. 81

Corophiide. II. 25

Corophium trienonyx. II. 25

Corvus macrorhynchus. 1. 27

splendens. 1. 23, 27 |

OCriotettix tricarinatus. I1. 128

-——— spinilobus. II. 129

Crustacea. I. 6, 12; II. 1; III. 48, 225

Cryptodrilus. 1.9

Ctenocephalus tiara. I. 102 |

Culex ventralis. I. 42 |

vishnut. IV. 180

Culicide. Tf. 41

Cyanops flavifrons. 1. 5

Cyathura pusilla. I1. 9 |

Cylichnostomum tetracanthum. I. —

Cylindrophis maculatus.

Cynthia asela. 1. 76

Cyprinide. I. 20

Cysticereus. I. 52; II. 179

Danais aleippus. 1. 75

1 eet aj pat Bae

Deltonotus tectiformis. II. 111

Dendrophis candolineatus.

-—— bifrenalis. I. 87, 116 |

—— pictus. IJ. 117; IIl. 220 |

Desvoidea obturbans. II. 162 |

Diacrisia castanea. 1. 81

Diaptomus Greent. IV. 129 |

Dichelaspis tenwivalvata. 11. 193

Dicrurus ater. 1.8

Dicruride. I. 8

Dipsadine. III. 227

Dipsas barnesii. 1 81

—— ceylonensis 1.82, 117

—_— forsteni. I. 83; III. 43

Diptera (including Asilid, Muscid, and

Tabanid Flies). II. 158 ; ITI. 220,

IV. 183

Distira stokeswi. Il. 43; 1V. 168

——ornata. IV. 168

—— bruqmansii. IV. 169

—— cyanocincta. IV. 171

——jerdonw. IV. 172

Dryophis mycterizans. 1. 36-37

—— pulverulentus. I. 84

Duthiersia fimbriata. I. 47

Eccopidia oinistis. I. 80

Echinorhynchus rotundatus I. 52

Elapine. — III. 229, 233

Elateride. II. 46

Enhydrina valakadyen.

Entomostraca. IV. 126

Etiella griesea. I. 80

Etroplus maculatus. I. 8

Euparatettix parvus. II. 145

—— personatus. II. 146

Euprepes halianus. III. 189

Euzopherodes trroralis. I. 80

IV. 172

Felis chaus. II. 93

Filaria mansoni. II. 79; IIL. 172

——— tuberoag. (TIL, 172

-—— flavescens. III. 172

Filaria vivipara. 1 28,103; 11. 79

PFregata ariel. II. 191

I. 86, 117 |

Gallinago celestis. I. 67

—— stenura. I. 66

Gallus stanleyt. I. 10; 1V. 19, 158

Gammaride. II. 2]

Gareus discolor. I. 81

Gavialidium crocodilus.

—— alligator. I1. 125

Geckonide. I. 36; III. 189, 234

Geometridae. IL. 74

Gigantorhynchus gigas. 1. 53

Gongylus gongylodes. II. 198;

226

Gordiide. I. 34-35

Gorsachius melanolophus.

Grapside. II. 2

Greenia perkinsi, alfkent. 1. 118

Greenidea artocarp?. I. 18]

II. 123

LAE

If. 191

Hemameebide. II. 83

Hematozoa. II. 78

Hemocystidium simondt.

Hemogregarina mirabilis.

—— nicorie. II. 85

Hemogregarinide. II. 85

Halteridium. II. 83, 91

Hedotettix gracilis. I. 149

—— abortus. II. 151

—— attenuatus. II. 151

Helminthes. III. 163-188

Helopeltis. I. 25, 116

Hemidactylus leschenaultit. II. 84

Hemileia vastatrix. III. 4

Hemiptera. I. 73, 114

Heterakis trilabiwm. I. 97

——anomala. I. 97

Heterographis obscuralis. I.

Homoptera. If. 115

Hydra orientalis. IV. 185

Hydrophide. IV. 166

Hydrophis spiralis. IV. 166

== Gracia: aly 67

Hydrus platurus. IV. 166

Hymenoptera. III. 47, 67-143

Hyperechia xylocopiformis. I. 158

Hypsipyla psarella, elachistalis. 1. 80

Il. 84

II. 86-90

Tais pubescens. II. 10

Ichneumonide. III.

Ichthyophis glutinosus.

67, 98

Hiss MOR LE,

Ilysiide. I. 10

Infusoria. I. 10

Isopoda. I. 12;II.6,8

Ixalus adspersus. I. 44

Izias pirenassa. IV. 181

Jamides bochus. I1, 204

Janiride. II. 10

E93

EL..62); D747

Kalicephalus willeyt.

Kallima philarchus.

Lachnus greent. II. 184

Lamellitettiz acutus. 1. 126

Lepas anserifera. IL]. 193

Lepidillide. IV. 111

Lepidopsocide. IV. 75

Leptocorisa varicornis.

Limulus. I, 12

III. 159

(. xiv}

Linguatulide. I, 53

Loris gracilis. I. 2, 7; III. 37, 155,

160, 196

Loxilobus acutus. II. 134

rugosus. II. 135

Lycenide. I. 14; II.,204

Lycodon aulicus. 1.117; 111. 228

carinatus. III. 229

—— striatus. II. 205; I1V. 174

Lygosoma megalops. III. 190

Lygosoma punctatolineatum n. sp. 1V.

173

Lyriocephalus. I. 11

Mabuia carinata. 1.8; IL. 79, III.

231; IV. 186

—— macularia.

Macalla plicatalis.

Macrura. II. 4

Manduca stya.

Manis pentadactyla.

IIT. 38

IIL, 237

I. 80

IV. 179

Una Paarl i at else

Mazarrediainsularis. I1. 138

Megalema flavifrons. I. 5

Megascolecide.. I. 9

Megascolides. I. 9

Megascolex. I. 9

Melanitisismene. II. 75

Melia tessellata. TI. 225

Melita zeylanica. I1. 22

Melursus ursinus. 1. 2

Mescinia olivescalis. 1. 80

Miresa decedens. 1.81

Mollusca. I. 9; III. 48, 199

Moniligaster. 1.9

Mycalesis subdita. I. 71 (see also M.

rama)

Mycalesis perseus. 1.71

—— polydecta. 1.7]

Myiophoneus blighi. 1. 6

Myzomyia rossti. 11. 167, 174

—— culicifacies. II. 168, 171, 175

I. 2; ILI. 146

28, 52, 91-104; II.

Naia tripudians.

Nematoda. I.

78; III. 163

Nephopteryx rivulella, myrmidonella,

tumidella, atrisquamella, albifas-

cialis, striginervella, calamalis. 1.

Nicoria trijuga. 1. 85; ILL. 238

Nola confusalis. I. 80 2

Nyctalemon patroclus.

Nycteribia. IV. 36

Nycticebus tardigradus.

I. 16-17

IIT. 196

IV. 183

Ochromyia jejuna.

Tate s- Like

Occophylla smaragdina.

209

Ophideres salaminia. 111. 47

—— fullonica. III. 202

Ophiocephalide. I. 22

Ophiocephalus striatus. 1.5, 21

Ophiusa tripheenoides. T, 81

Opius dacusti. III. 210

Oregma bambuse. II. 184

Orthoptera. II. 52, 97, 198; ITI. 47

Oxyuris poculum, acanthura. 1.101

Panorpide. III. 219

Papilio hector. II. 196; 1V. 182

Paramphistomum. I. 47

Parata alexis. III, 157

Paratettix variegatus. , 144

Parasitic Hymenoptera. III. 67-143

Pavo cristatus. I. 10; III. 32

Pentatomide. I. 73, 114

Pertipatus. 1.6

Phibalosoma hypharpax. I. 199

Phenicophaés pyrrhocephalus. 1.6

Photodilus assimilis. 1. 193

Phylliine. IIT. 220

Phyllium. I. 52

Phyllium athanysus. III. 220-222

Phyllopoda. IV. 127

Physaloptera varani. 1. 95

Physorhynchus linnei. III. 159

Pieride. IIL 219

Pitta brachyura. 1.78; 11.191

Platax vespertilio. Il. 52-55 ; IV., 183

Plecoptera reflexa. 1. 81

Polyodontophis subpunetatus. ITI.

230-231

Porocephalus moniliformis. 1. 53

Protozoa. I. 45; II. 66, 78

Psocide. IV. 123

Pteropus medius. II. 50

Ptyomaxia trigonifera. I. 80

Pulchriphyllium. III. 220

Pycnonotus luteolus. II. 193

Python. I. 49; II. 197; III. 40, 230

Rallide. III. 31

Rallina superciliaris II. 191

Rana limnocharis I1. 73

greenvi. Il. 73

nilagirica. II. 73-74

—— brevipalmata. II. 73

Reduviide. III. 159

Rhacophorus. III. 44

Rhinodon typicus. II. 44

Rhinolambrus contrarius. 1, 60

Rhinophis punctatus. 1.88 —

—— blythit. TIT. 41

—— trevelyanus. III. 42

Rhbynchota. 1. 114-116

Rivula niphosticha. I. 81

Rodentia. IIT. 39

Rostratula capensis.

I. 66

Salurta minutella. 1. 80

Sarcocystis. I. 45; II. 66-72

Sarcosporidia. I. 45

Sathrophyllia rugosa. 11.199

Scelimena gavialis. 1. 117

—— logan. II. 120

Scincide. IIT. 190, 235

Scolopendra bicolor (fig.) 1.

Scops bakkamena. II. 83

Siluride. I. 20 '

Siphonophora artocarpt. II. 181

Spheroma terebrans. II. 16

Spheromide. II, 15

Sphingide. III. 47

Spiroptera dentata.

—— triangulum.

—— obtusa. I. 96

—— bufonis. I. 96

I. 95

I. 96

(

Spodoptera mauritia. IT. 196

postfusca. I. 81

Spongilla cartert. IV. 185

Sporozoa. I. 45; Il. 66, 78

Stegodyphus sarasinorum. IV. 182

Stegomyia scutellaris. II. 162

Stericta suspensalis. I. 80 |

Sterna fuliginosa. I. 79

Stictane obliquilinea, argentalis. I. 80

Stictoptera xista. I. 81

Stigmus niger. I. 69-70

Streptocephalus spinifer. IV. 127

Strongylus pigmentatus. I. 98

Syntomis georgina. IV. 180

Systolederus greeni. IT. 137

I. 50

I. 49

Tenia meander.

polycalcarva.

Teniide. I. 49

Talicada nyseus.

Tanaide. II. 6

Tanais phileterus. I1.7

Teratodes monticollis. iI. 200

Termes obscuriceps. III. 205; TV. 191

Tetrabothrius erosiris. 1. 49

Tetrarhynchus unionifactor. IT. 201

Tettigide. II. 97-157

Tettix atypicalis. II. 142

—— ceylonus. IT. 143

Theconyx halianus. II. 192

1 70h

“=

)

Toxorhynchites immisericors.

Trachinide. I. 12

Tragulus meminna. TI. 2

Trematoda. I. 47; III. 174

Tricondyla fusiformis. ITI. 35

Triodontophorus serratus. 1. 99

Tropidonotus piscator (asperrimus).

LS Gr eos Te Venlo

—— stolatus. III. 146, 196

IT. 159

Trygon uarnak. II. 202; TIT. 45

Trypanosoma lewisi. 11. 80

Trypoxylon intrudens. 1. 68-69

Turnix pugnax. ITT. 31

Ulioenemis cassidara. I. 74

Uraniide. I. 16

Uropeltide I. 10, 88 ; IIT. 43

Uropeltis grandis. IIT. 42, 220

Varanus salvator. 1. 48, 52

Vespa cincta. I1. 197

Vipera russelli. III. 147

Vorticella. IT. 163

Xanthoptera marginata. I. 81

Xylocopa fenesirata. II. 158

| Xylocopide. 1. 118

| Zrzeraotis. II. 77

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

SINHALESE” EARTHENWARE.

By Ananpa K. Coomaraswamy, D.Sc.-

INTRODUCTION.

PE RENE the last three years I have made some study, chiefly

in the Central and Sabaragamuwa Provinces, of the rather

simple types of earthenware made and used by Sinhalese for cere-

monial, architectural, and domestic purposes. These types are more

varied than might at first sight be supposed, and, apart from any

question of painted pottery, will be found to possess much excellence

in respect of beauty of form and adaptation to the end in view. This

last consideration it is which determines the primary form of the

vessels. Hardly any work of a merely ornamental character falls to

be considered in the present paper. It is however this primarily utili-

tarian character and aim which give so much charm to the elegance of

form and very simple decoration which accompany it; it has been

said, indeed, that ugly pottery can only be made by an exertion of the

cultivated intellect, and has only been so made in comparatively

modern times. Much the same is true of India, where unglazed

pottery is everywhere made for domestic and other purposes. Says

Sir George Birdwood [‘‘Industrial Arts of India’’ ]: “ Truest to nature

in the directness and simplicity of its forms, and their adaptation

to use, and purest in art, of all its homely and sumptuary handi-

crafts, is the pottery of India, and the forms of it shown on ancient

Buddhist and Hindu sculptures, and the ancient Buddhist paint-

* Although my observations have been chiefly made in the Central

and Sabaragamuwa Provinces, I have not used the word ‘‘Kandyan” in

my title, because I should rather wish to emphasize the unity than the

diversity of the Sinhalese, and the low-country Sinhalese have histori- —

cally no less right to the tradition of ancient art than have the Kandyans,

although various circumstances have contributed to its more complete

and earlier decadence in the low-country

B 10(2)06

2 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

ings of Ajanta, are identical with those still everywhere

thrown from the village hand-wheels.” We do not however find

in Ceylon the more elaborate types of glazed pottery made in

some parts of India; but it will be found that Sinhalese pottery

fulfils the requirements of good workmanship in earthenware, viz.,

first, the vessel must be of a shape convenient for its purpose ;

secondly, that shape must be one that arises naturally from the mode

of manufacture and exhibits to advantage the plastic properties of

clay, without becoming weak or fanciful ; thirdly, ornament should

not interfere with usefulness and should be appropriate in amount

and character in relation to the purpose of the vessel and the mate-

rial it is made of ; fourthly, smoothness of surface and elaborate

refinements (however good in their right place) are not to be thought

of as ends in themselves, and may appear unsuitable if striven for in

vessels meant for ordinary daily use and made of a material not over

fine. Nevertheless the application of some simple glaze would not

be out of place, and it is perhaps rather strange that it is never met

with in Ceylon.

It is by the foregoing standards then that Sinhalese pottery should

be judged, and not by others which are applicable to Chinese

porcelain or Greek painted vases. This reminder is needed, lest the

reader should feel a mistaken scorn for the rough homeliness and

simplicity of the common earthenware I speak of.

THe PortrEer.

The Sinhalese potters (badahelayo) are found all over the country

in every village affording the necessary clay, but often aggregated

in greater numbers in places where an especially good supply of suit-

able clay is available. Thence the potter carries his pots for sale to

more remote districts in huge pingo loads. Nowadays a good deal

of pottery is taken in carts along the cart roads; in this way the fine

red pots made by a settlement of Tamils at Nikapata near Haputale

travel down the road to Balangoda, and the Kelani pots with their

white incised patterns come up to Ratnapura and Kégalla and even

Kandy. :

Potters are usually in possession of lands held on service tenures,

either directly from the king, or from the proprietor of a nindagama,

or the grantee of a royal village, or they may owe service to a vihara

or déwala. At the Kandyan court one of the household departments

was that of the potters, where relays of men from the villages were

kept constantly at work supplying the royal requirements. The

following account’of royal potters in the Four Koralés is taken from

Mr. Bell’s “‘ Report on the Kégalla District,” p. 112, where it is quoted

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 3

from Sir John D’ Oyley’s ‘‘Sketch of the Constitution of the Kandyan

Kingdom” (T. R. A. S. London, vol. III., part II., 1833) :—

“In Galboda Koralé and Paranakuru Korale areeight potters under

the orders of a Viddna of their own caste appointed by the Disiwa.

In Kindigoda Kéralé and Beligal Koralé are fourteen under another

Viddana, but sometimes one Viduna is appointed over the potters of

these three koralcs.

‘« The potters of the first division attend on duty in Kandy during

one month at the Maha Gabaddwa, and are then relieved by those

of the second division, who serve one month more. During this

period they are obliged to furnish as many earthen vessels (valan)

as are required for the Maha Gabaddwa, and to make tiles and bricks

and perform any other potter’s work required for the king’s service.

At their departure from duty each division supplies one hundred

earthen vessels to the Disawa’s house.

“This two months’ duty is performed in rotation with the potters of

the upper districts, the Seven Korales, Uva, and Matalé, and recurs

once in ten months.

“‘In the Disawani they are bound to furnish tiles, bricks, and all

kinds of pottery for the Disiwa’s use, and earthen vessels to the

different resthouses (védi?) when the king or ambassadors come

into the Disawani.”

The following are examples of potters’ services due to the pro-

prietor of nindagam and to déwilas or viharas ; at the village of

Kinigama in Matalé North, Dullewé Adigar owned seven ninda

pangu. The services due from the three tenants (Arachchipan-

ditayalagé, Badde Vidanayaligé, and Upasaka Panditayalagé) of

six of these were “‘ at the old and new year to give a pingo of earthen-

ware consisting of twelve small pots or a proportional number of

large pots, and a separate penwma such as a goblet or jug, if the

tenant is expert enough to make them, if not he brings forty leaves

of betel ; he repairs the roof of the walawwa with tiles provided by

the proprietor ; on great occasions, weddings, or devil dances he |

brings cooking vessels.”’*

In Kotagepitiya a potter named Panditagé owed the following

services to the Hafiguranketa Pattini Déwala for two pé/as of field

and two kurunis hén; ‘‘ yearly to give two walankat (pingo loads

of pottery), one for the perahera and the other for the alutsdl ; to

present a walankada to the Basnayaka Nilamé at the perahera ; to

make tiles when required (clay and firewood being supplied) ; to

shift the tiles of the Déwala.” + These services were commutable

for Rs. 5°85.

* Lawrie, Gazetteer of the Central Province of Ceylon, p. 441.

{ Loc. cit., p. 476.

4 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The. Kundaséle Vihara has one Walandena Panguwa in Walala.

‘Tenants: Panditagedara Komali. Services (commutable for

Rs. 16°20): to supply for the four festivals eight pingos of earthenware,

two for each festival, each pingo consists of two ‘ tali,’ two kalageddi,

two koras, two némbili, two batwalan, three lokuappalla, six appalla-

podi, one etiliya, and one dummala kabala ; for the Alutsal Mangalya

to give four large muttt ; for the Katti Mangalya fifty kattipan ; for

the Nanumura Maingalya two embul mutti ; after the new year to

offer the incumbent six appallapodi and two pufchi mutti as a

penuma.”’*

These extracts will show the sort of work the potters did over and

above what was required by themselves and the other villages for

private use.

The potter may be found at work in the verandah of his house

(Plate A, figs. 1 and 3)f or sometimes in a separate shed wholly

devoted to the work.

The potter’s appliances are, as may be supposed, simple enough.

His wheel (péruwa) is a circular board about 24 feet in diameter

mounted on a stone pivot which fits into a larger stone socket em-

bedded in the ground, the horizontal surface of the wheel itself stand-

ing not more thansix inches above the ground. The wheelis turned

by a boy (Plate A, fig. 1) who squats on the ground opposite the potter

and keeps it going with his hands. A lump of clay is dumped on the

wheel, enough for half a dozen or more pots, and they are moulded

one by one under the potter’s hands, cut off, and set aside to dry. To

finish off the rims, a strip of wet cotton is used ; with this the potter

smooths off the edges as the wheel turns, and pressing through it

with his nail, he makes the little mouldings at the top. As removed

from the wheel the pots are bottomless and have to dry for a few

hours or a day or two before they can be finished ; when they are

ready the potter takes a smooth stone (Text fig. I.) in his left hand and

a sort of wooden bat (walanta/ana lélla) in his right hand, and holding

the stone inside the vessel he beats and pats its sides till finally they

meet across the bottom ; the vessel is rubbed smooth with the bat.

* Loc. cit., p. 495: “Tali,” plural of taliya, a dish or basin = usually

metal, or téliya, a large pot or vessel of earthenware or metal, usually

the latter; for kalagediya, koraha, némbiliya, batwalanda, &ec., see

below. The Alutsdl Maigalya is the ceremony of fetching new rice ;

the Katti Mazgalya is the presentation of robes, &c.; the Kattipdn

appear to be the ordinary cocoanut oil lamps used on this occasion ;

the Nénumura Mangalya is an occasion of ceremonial bathing, and the

embul mutti are required to hold the lime juice, &c., used for washing

the head ; penwma is an extra gift or perquisite.

| The photographs are by Mrs. Coomaraswamy. -

SINHALESE BARTHENWARE. 5

Occasionally the surface is polished by rubbing with a smooth seed.

Any ornament required is now added and the pot is ready for the

fire. Firing is done in a low kiln with stone sides and a dome

covering of wet clay and sticks. The kiln is square in plan, and has

three or four openings along one side for the insertion of fuel,

and on the other sides smaller openings for the escape of air.

Long sticks are used for fuel, pushed through the openings by

degrees as they burn away. The kiln is usually protected from the

weather by a rough shed.

Text Fig. I.

TOOLS USED BY porrERS (Balangoda).

The clay used is alluvial material such as is obtainable in most

valley rice fields. The best kind is very dark and stiff ; the colour

after firing varies from a fine terracotta red to a rather unpleasant

yellowish gray.

Domestic PorrEry.

As Knox observed so long ago, the Sinhalese are apt at making

‘all sorts of earthenware to boil, stew, fry, and fetch water in.”

Generic terms for all pots arehe/iya and walaida. They may be

classified according to form into kalagedi, mu/ti, appalla, and etili,

6 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,.

the kalagediya approaching a complete sphere, the others succesively ,

shallower. The ka/age:liya is a water-carrying vessel indispensable

toevery family. Four examples are shown in Plate B, figs. 1-4.

It is carried by women on the hip, the arm passing round the

neck. The muttiya has a wide mouth and is a vessel used for boiling

rice. Plate B, fig.5, shows a decorated muttiya used for new rice

at the Alutsal Majgalya at the Kundasalé Viharé. An ordinary mut-

fiyais seen on the worker’s right handin Plate A, fig. 2. Mufti are

used for other general purposes ; pots used to collect kitul syrup are

for example called ugamutti. Appallaare shallower vessels used for

cooking curries ; these are (larger) lokuappalla and (smaller) appalla-

podt. Etili are shallow pots for cooking curries (see Plate A, fig. 1)

between the potters. A larger sort of broad shallow pan is used for

cooking sweetmeats or other special purposes ; a variety with handles

(called kanbola etiliya) is shown on Plate C, fig. 9; such a vessel

corresponds to the English “ preserving pan.”

Beside the above-mentioned four types there are other vessels,

of which the némbiliya (= nambu + heliya) is most important.

Thisis a shallow dish with arim projecting inwards and completely

covered inside with an elegant arrangement of deep furrowings

(Plate C, fig.4). These are scored before firing by means of a rough

wooden comb (irigahana katuwa) (Text fig. I.), a process illustrated in

plate A, fig. 4. The némbzliya is used for washing rice to remove stones

and dirt, very much asa gemming basket is used to separate the

heavier gem minerals from the common lighter constituents of the

gravel. The fragments of grit, &c., remain behind in the grooves of

the némbiliya, or are held back by its projecting rim, as the rice is

stirred up in the water and gently poured over the edge ; this vessel is

in daily use in every household. A similar vessel made to stand by the

addition of a ring foot is called a koraha (one is seen on the worker’s

left hand in Plate A, fig. 4) ; the ring foot is not made in one piece with

the rest of the vessel, but is added after the completion of the under-

side of the vessel as if for a némbiliya ; this vessel in this stage is

inverted on the wheel and the ring of fresh clay added to form a foot.

A more typical koraha however is the larger type sometimes called

polkoraha and shown on Plate B, fig. 6. These large pots are used

for various general purposes, but especially by dhobies for bbe.

clothes, and by mothers for washing their children.

A shallow dish with a ring foot (thus resembling the smaller type

of koraha but without internal furrowing) is sometimes used for

eating rice from and is called a batwalajda. A vessel rarely seen is

the pornunwa or oven (Plate B, fig. 7), a large three-legged affair with a

big lid; the interior is half filled with. sand, and the oven is

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 7

said to be very efficient ; the sand (as in the “sand bath” of the

chemical laboratory) both retains the heat and preserves an even

temperature.

A piece of earthenware only used locally is thelipa. This is alow

cylindrical earthen stand replacing the three stones (liggal) which are

usually used to raise the cooking pot above the fire upon the ground.

Finally we have the elegant gin kabala or fire dish (plate C, fig. 8),

which is a form rarely met with, but suitable for use.as a small hearth,

or to provide a fire for the goldsmith’s blowpipe. The goldsmith,

however, generally makes use of some commoner dish such as the

smaller koraha to serve his purpose. A narrow-necked water vessel

or goglet, generally rather rough in execution, is also sometimes met

with. The list of domestic pottery is thus exhausted. It will be

seen that it faithfully reflects the simplicity and lack of luxury

characterizing the typical old-fashioned household. The vessels are

few, and each serves some simple purpose for which it is specially

adapted. The value of this rough earthenware is so small that

breakages are not of very serious consequence. At the same time

they are not very frequent. Indeed European residents will have

observed that breakages of crockery by servants are much less fre-

quent than in an English household. The ordinary price of a kala-

gediya is about 20 to 25 cents, of a némbiliya 6 to 15 cents, of a

koraha 25 to 50 cents, and so forth.

ECCLESIASTICAL EARTHENWARE.

By ecclesiastical earthenware I mean the pots and vessels used

especially in connection with vihara and déwala. Of these the

most usual and most characteristic is the kotalaya ; this is a spouted

vessel used for holding the water with which flower offerings are

sprinkled. Hither an earthen or a bronze kotalaya may be found in

every vihara ; the bronze kotala are smaller and more elegant than

the earthen. Figure 8 on plate.B shows a decorated kotalaya from

Dodantalé Vihara near Kégalla.

Very large wide-mouthed earthen vessels called pdtra are found

in most vihara and are used to hold water or to receive offerings of

rice, &c., from worshippers. A very fine painted example is to be

seen at Dodantale Vihara, but most specimens are plain or with very

simple decoration of simple lines or of 64 leaves in red. Earthen

incense burners (dummala kabal), often of very elegant form and

skilful execution, are used in déwala and vihara; the incense

(powdered dummala resin) is sprinkled on burning charcoal carried

on the dummala kabala. Two of these incense burners are shown

in figs. 1 and 5, Plate C; fig. 1 illustrates a handsome example made

by a Kandy potter only last year.

8 SPOLIA ZEYLANIOA.

Other ecclesiastical earthenwares include lamps (pahan), chiefly

the small plain shallow dishes for burning cocoanut oil with a cotton

wick, and used in great quantities on festiveoccasions, being placed

round the viharé or déwala compound in niches provided for the

purpose in the walls. They are also set up on lampstands (pinkaiidu

—Plate C, fig. 6, the two right hand pictures) or protected from the

wind in a lantern or cage (pankiiduwa) seen in the same figure on

the left. Occasionally very handsome and elaborately ornamented

panka7idu are met with, bearing a larger lamp above with notches

for three wicks. These tall stands are made in several pieces,

fitting one on to the other, the whole tapering slightly towards

the top.

ARCHITECTURAL EARTHENWARE.

Here we have chiefly to deal with tiles (w/w). The most character-

istic and oldest type are flat. These tiles are of nearly oblong form,

Text Fig. IL.

KANDYAN RooFriING AND Coprne TILEs.

I.-VI., Flat roofing tiles; VII., VIII., Plan and section of coping tile ;

IX., Plan of semi-cylindrical coping tile.

Scale of figs. I.-VIII., }cm.— 1 inch. Sefle of fig. TX., ,, inch.

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. q

but taper slightly upwards, where a projection on the under side

serves to keep them from slipping off the reepers. Other flat tiles

- are pointed at the lower end, and very beautiful roofs are often seen

in which the pointed and square ended tiles are arranged on patterns

or in alternate rows, giving great variety. Tile hangers are very

clever in covering all sorts of awkward angles and steep slopes, and

good old Kandyan roofs are consequently very picturesque, an effect

which is greatly enhanced by the change of slope which is usually

found and which corresponds to a structural feature of the timbering.

We sometimes, but not very often, meet with especial bent coping

tiles of a corresponding type. Flat tiles of the above types are usu-

ally ornamented with very simple parallel incised lines ; these seem

to be a survival of the much deeper grooves which are to be seen on

the old tiles so common at Sigiriya and Anuradhapura; the

grooves were doubtless originally intended to facilitate the flow of

rain water, but the simple incised lines found on Kandyan tiles are

of no practical use for this purpose, and merely serve as an ornament,

though not altogether a meaningless one, as the above remarks show.

In Text fig. II. will be found illustrations of the tiles referred to

The roofing tiles most commonly seen nowadays however are

semi-cylindrical in form, tapering slightly upwards. They are often

associated with flat tiles on the same roof, and are generally used

also for ridge or coping tiles. These semi-cylindrical tiles are less

characteristic than the flat ones, but nevertheless quite pleasing

and satisfactory. When used four or five thick they are a very

efficient protection against heat, owing to the layers of air which

occupy the spaces between the tiles ; they are generally so used in

the northern districts. The new-fashioned Basel Mission and Man-

galore tiles are perhaps slightly more convenient, especially in res-

pect of leakage, but of course far less cool ; in addition to which

their rigid form and mechanical effect are distinctly unpleasant. |

Instead of the slight curves and irregularities of a roof covered with

ordinary tiles, we see what is practically a plane surface crossed by

strictly parallel lines which are wearisome and uninteresting. The

ordinary tiles if well burnt and well laid are much to be preferred

in respect of appearance and comfort; though requiring slightly

more attention, for in the services due to temples we see regular

provision made for the annual shifting of tiles.

A special variety of tile is the eaves or hanging tile, used on

déwala and viharé roofs to fringe the eaves (see Text fig. III.). These

tiles have a plain flat upper portion which passes under the last row

of tiles at the edge of the roof, and is inclined at an angle of about

110-120° to the visible down-hanging part of the tile which forms

og 10(2)06

10 SPOLIA ZEYLANIGCA.

the roof fringe and which is alone shown inthe figures. The hanging

part of these tiles is sometimes approximately square in form, Plate

C., figs. 2, 3), but they have more often (as in Text fig. IIT.) the shape -

of conventionalized bd leaves. Animal figures, usually those of the

lion (sinha) and goose (/ansa), are embossed on both the outer and

inner surfaces of the hanging tile, but sometimes the inner less easily

seen surface is left plain. This relievo decoration is effected by

pressing down the tile on to a wooden mould on which the lion

(found usually on the obverse) is engraved, the clay being pressed

well into the mould from behind by the action of the fingers. The

Text fig. IIT.

KANDYAN EAVES-TILES.

A., Length 15} inches. B., Length about 8} inches.

addition of ornament on the reverse is now more difficult. The

figure, usually a goose, is prepared in the same way by pressing

soft clay into a suitable mould, but instead of the whole tile being

so pressed against the mould, only the actual animal form is made,

and when this is lifted off the mould it is applied to the back of

the tile (the obverse of which has already been ornamented).

The result of this pressing of both animal forms into hollow moulds

is that when they are applied together back to back on the obverse

and reverse of the tile there remains a hollow space within the tile,

and between the two animal shells. It is usual to pierce a small

round hole on the reverse side animal’s body to admit of the escape

of heated air when the tile is fired. The decoration tiles so made

stands out in high relief, and shows up well in brilliant sunshine.

A simpler method results in the production of similarly decorated

tiles with less relief. This result is attained by merely pressing the

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 11

clay tile between two wooden moulds. Itis obvious that equally high

relief cannot be obtained in this way as there is no way of pressing

the clay into the hollows of a deep mould.

Rectangular tiles with lions or geese are used for the decoration of

wall surfaces, and are then often painted to enhance their effect.

Examples are to be seen at the Dalada Maligawa and at the Old

Palace, Kandy.

While speaking of roofs there must also be mentioned the hand-

some finials, often decorated with cobras, which complete the effect

ofa Kandyanroof. They are found on ambalams and on déwala and

vihara roofs, where however the earthen finials are often replaced

by more pretentious ones of gilt bronze. It should be remembered

that in the old days only chiefs of the rank of a Disawa were allowed

to build tiled houses; much less was it usual to make use of finials

on domestic roofs.* A story is told of a chief of the Hinidum pattu

who proceeded to Kandy especially to obtain permission to have a

tiled roof, but never returned, having been found guilty of some

unnamed offence, apparently presumption, and beheaded !

Bricks (gadol) also must be briefly mentioned though not very

widely used except in the erection of digabas and for some other

special purpose. It may be remarked that they are of the rather

flat narrow form which is so much more satisfactory in appearance

and makes a stronger wall than the bricks of more nearly equal

dimensions which are now more generally used.

Mr. F. H. Modder has described the earthen rings (%#rakof{ta) used

for lining Kandyan wells called “ira lin. He says: ‘‘ These wells

are very common in the Kandyan district. They are circular in

shape, about three feet in diameter, and instead of being built up

with stone, earthen rings made by the village potter, and each

about a foot and a half broad, are inserted and fitted in from the

bottom of the well, increasing from two feet in diameter as they

come up to the top tothree feet. The earthen rings are called “rd-

kotta, and the wells are known as tirdketa lin, abbreviated into ira

lin. The tirdkotta help to keep the water cool, and if they could be

made of larger dimensions so as to get into wells of all sizes, they

would certainly be a useful and cheap substitute for stone. Each

of the rings used at present can be made at a cost of about 375

cents, and the cost of a well thus built would not exceed a couple

of rupees.”’ f

ot a eee RE ee ee a ee ee

* Cf. Trans. R. A. S., London, vol. III., 1833, p. 488, footnote ; and

Philalethes and Knox, p. 192.

7 Journal, C. B., R. A. S., vol. XITI., No. 44, 1893, p. 38.

12 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

DECORATION OF POTTERY.

Under this heading I propose to describe the ordinary methods of

ornamenting earthen vessels, referring only to such decoration as is

applied before firing. What is ordinarily known as painted Kan-

dyan pottery is painted with oil colours after the pots are fired, and

this work will not be referred to in the present section. Leaving

that oil-painted pottery aside, the decoration of pots may be classed

as incised, stamped, and slip-painted. The simplest form of slip-

painting is the application of concentric bands of red, to apply which

the vessel is inverted on the wheel, which is revolved slowly while

the brush is held against it (see Plate A, fig. 3, where a kalagediya is

being thus treated). The red paint is made by grinding up with

water certain ferruginous nodules and concretions called gurugal,

while white paint is similarly made from kaolin. Beside the plain

stripes, simple geometrical ornaments in red or white is sometimes

seen, as on the pornuwa, Plate B, fig. 7. Black stripes are some-

times done with graphite. Incised ornament, if more than a mere

concentric line, is usually combined with the red striped painting

Text fig. IV.

I iN

DecoraATION or A KAaLAcepryaA. (From Pelmadulla.)

The pot is allowed to get very hard and dry and the pattern

then engraved on the red bands with a sharp tool. Plate B, fig. 2,

shows a kalagediya so treated. This vessel is ornamented with

alternate concentric stripes of red and gray; the incised ornament

(see Text fig. IV.) is added on the red bands, of which the

uppermost has geometrical forms only, the middle conventional

creeper (wel), and the ornament on the lowest red band consists of

fishes alternating with a sort of inverted trident; on a still lower

zone, a few upright lines appear in widely separated groups. ‘The

pattern (after burning) stands out on the lighter colour of the plain

clay, against the darker red due to the gurugala paint.

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 13

Highly finished water vessels (kalagedt) are made at Kelaniya,

and on these the incised decoration reaches its highest level of design

Text fig. V.

DECORATION OF A KAnacepiya. (From Kelaniya.)

and execution. “Text figure V. shows part of the incised ornament

on sueh a pot. The remarkably Greek appearance of this design will

be remarked ; this is a subject which I shall deal with in greater

detail elsewhere.* The Kelani pottery is much appreciated, and as

already stated travels far and wide. There is also made a great

variety of grotesque animals, toys, money boxes, &c., which hardly

call for further notice on the present occasion.

The most beautiful decoration however is put on with wooden

stamps (achchu), which are of varied form. The simplest are merely

Text fig. VI.

mee De me eae | |

WE =o

Oa a de, Ba La Ds Oa tr, is eX.

Rox Ge ea

2XADBRAARA AD

DEcoRATION oF KanAcept. (From Kolonna Keérale.)

blunt wooden chisels with which simple various arrangements of lines

are formed, as in text figure VI. taken from two pots at Kolonnawa ;

* Journal, C. B., R. A. S., 1906.

14 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

in one of these a small triangular stamp is also used.

VII. is from another Kolonna ka/agediya which is shown in full on

Text fig. VII.

Text figure

~22 2000008

be eee

2 @ ase

RASAaE GHBSO

®2# BBL 2OLOPP

BD @ BBPPOD

(From Kolonna Korale.)

DECORATION OF A KALAGEDIYA,

Plate B, fig. 3; we have here an elaborate rosette beside some

other simpler forms. Text figure VIII., from the muttiya of Plate

Text fig. VITI.

Hye

Mil

Z Zs, @s

4 GS 4

oto

DwucorArion ov A Murriya. (from Kundasite Pansala.)

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 15

B, fig. 5 (from Kundasdle), and fig. IX., from Plate B, fig. 1

(from near Balangoda), show the still more excellent type of stamped

decoration with conventionalized 6d leaf forms, in addition to

simple lines and rosettes. The kotalaya of Plate B, fig. 8, is also

ornamented with bd leaves and rosettes. The universal application

of the 66 leaf decoration in all sorts of Kandyan work is really remark-

able ; its outline can be recognized sometimes only with difficulty ;

at other times it is exceedingly obvious. We have already seen

certain hanging tiles of this form, and now find it again as a stamp.

Text fig. IX.

ORNAMENT OF A KaLaceptya. (From near Balangoda.)

One special form of incised ornament has already been referred

to, z.e., the furrowing inside némbili. The utilitarian object of this

grooving has been indicated, but nevertheless the arrangement of

the groovings will be found to differ much in various specimens, and

always to be elegant and decorative.

The incised ornamentation of tiles has also been referred to above ;

examples are shown in Text figure II., where Nos. 1-6 represent flat

roofing tiles, Nos. 7 and 8 a coping or ridge tile in plan and section,

and No. 9 a semi-cylindrical ridge tile with incised ornament, such

as is only very rarely met with however on the curved tiles.

Before leaving the subject of stamped ornament, brief reference

must be made to the finger-mark decoration seen on the larger koraha

of Plate B, fig. 6, a type of decoration often seen on the modern

flowerpots also.

PAINTED POTTERY.

The general subject of painted pottery lies somewhat outside the

scope of the present paper ; for the painting is of the same character

as that applied to book covers, woodwork, and other objects, and is

applied to earthenware only after it has left the potter’s hands.

16 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The best work has been done in the Kandy District, but compara-

tively little of real delicacy is now met with, while a great deal of

careless gaudy stuff is to be seen. Tall classical amphore too are

now largely made and painted, usually very badly, and considering

their exotic form and poor decoration are not very pleasing.

Some painted earthenware appears to be intended merely to serve

as decorative objects,and not intended for use ; other sorts are special-

ly made for use, such as various jars and vessels with lids convenient

for keeping betel leaves fresh, some varieties of pankanda, and a

complex form of cobra-decorated lamp, holding many wicks, used

by devil dancers and called piinakalé. The only colours properly used

in painting pottery are red, yellow, white, and black, 7.e., the ordi-

nary pigments of the Kandyan painter. The designs and decoration

are also identical with those found in other paintings, so that there

is no need to describe them in further detail upon the present occa-

sion.

CONCLUSION.

The subject of Sinhalese (especially Kandyan) pottery has now

been reviewed in some detail, although there are many points on

which fuller information would be desirable. A full account of early

types of earthenware found at Sigiri, Anuradhapura, and elsewhere

would be of great value and interest. It is also possible that I have

overlooked some forms of earthenware to be found in other districts

than those (chiefly Sabaragamuwa and the Central Province) which I

have especially studied. I have found, however, that once a fami-

liarity with the typical forms had been obtained, I scarcely ever

met with aberrant or unusual forms ; in other words there is great

fixity of type, and we do not find individual potters experimenting

on their own account, probably because the fixed types exactly ful-

filled the purposes for which they were required, and it would not

occur to the potter to work for mere amusement or for the produc-

tion of beautiful forms apart from practical ends. Nor was the

material available, or the potter’s skill sufficient, to so interest the

leisured or more wealthy classes as to lead to a demand for decorative

pottery considered apart from ordinary household requirements.

The most elaborate earthenware we meet with is made for use in

connection with religious buildings, for the needs of which the king

or other rich patrons were willing to secure the services of all the

best workmen, or for which the potter was willing to work unpaid,

or to which he had to supply earthenware as a service rent.

The reader will have already observed that the art of pottery has

degenerated far less than the other Sinhalese industrial arts, and

though there is nowadays little demand for good work in decorated

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. V7

finials, imposing lampstands or moulded eaves-tiles, the potter’s

ordinary wares have not changed much, either lately, or probably

even for a very long time. We may congratulate ourselves then

that Sinhalese pottery has so far degenerated very little; this

is mainly because it isso cheap and so intimately adapted to

local requirements as not to invite the competition of imported

machine-made wares. Unfortunately, however, the kerosine tin

has made some progress, and is commonly seen in use instead

of a kalagediya. This is pitiful, but less fatal than a degeneration

of form in the kalagediya itself. The growing use of Basel

Mission and Mangalore tiles is more to be regretted, no less

on the score of comfort than of appearance ; an ancient building

re-covered with such tiles, perhaps subscribed for at considerable

cost by poor village contributors to some vihara funds, is robbed of

most of its distinctive character. Is it too much to ask those con-

cerned to take a little trouble and exercise some thought in dealing

with such buildings? Now that the old sumptuary laws forbidding

tiled roofs to any but Disawas are no longer in force, the builder of a

new house might even, if he cared to do so, make it beautiful by

giving due consideration to its roof. Unfortunately the elements

of beauty or dignity, which may enter into even such homely matters,

are the last which are likely to influence him ; and at the same time

the capacity for good work in making and laying tiles is dying out,

so that it is increasingly difficult to get it, and a majority

of persons are scarcely aware that good work ever was done, or can

recognize it when they see it. I need hardly add that this applies

with equal or even greater force to almost every aspect of old Sin-

halese art.

Explanation of Plates A, B, and C.

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE FROM KanpyAn Districts,

Plate AA—MANUFACTURE OF EARTHENWARE.

1. Potters at work in verandah of house; a muttiya on the wheel,

etili behind, between the potters. Dumbara.

2. Completing the underside of a némbiliya ; muttiya holding

water seen on worker’s right. 4

3. Painting red stripes on kalagediya ; other kalagedi in the fore-

ground, stacks of mutti behind ; potter working in house verandah.

Madampe.

4. Scoring furrows inside némbili and koras (photographs 2 and 4

taken outside potter’s shed owing to darkness of interior), Balangoda.

D 10(2)06

18 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Plate B.

Figs. 1-4, Kalagedi.

1. With stamped 66 leaf ornament ; from Alutnuwara, Balaygoda.

2. With incised ornament and red and black stripes ; from Pel-

madiulla.

3. With stamped ornament ; from Kolonnawa.

4. With stamped ornament; form recalls by its angularity

waterpots of the Tamil fashion ; from Pelmadulla.

5. Muttiya with stamped 60 leaf and rosette ornament used for

new rice at Alutsdl Mangalya. Kundasale near Kandy.

6. Koraha; 104 in. high, 16 in. across mouth. Mahawalatenna,

Balangoda.

7. Pornuwa. Kégalla.

8. Kotalaya, with stamped 60 leaf ornament. Dodantale Vihara,

near Kégalla.

Plate C.

1. Dummala kabala. Kandy, 1905.

2. and 3. Obverse and reverse of hanging portion of eaves tile in

high relief ; observe small hole in centre of goose to allow of escape

of air in burning, there being a hollow space between goose and lion ;

tile 62 in. wide ; from Dalada Maligawa, Kandy.

4. Inside of némbili showing furrows. Kandy.

5.. Dummala kabala. Alutnuwara Déwila, near Balangoda.

6. Pdanktiiduwa (lantern) and two pankaiidu (lampstands).

Mangalagama, near Kégalla.

7. Coping or ridge tile with incised ornament. Alutnuwara

Déwala, Balangoda.

8. Gini kabala (fire dish); diameter 12 in. Mahawalatenna,

Balangoda.

9. Kan bola ctiliya (preserving pan) ; diameter 16 in. Mahawala-

tenna, Balangoda.

Vol. IVU., Plate A.

SPOLIA ZHYLANICA,

~wuuunwyv iva

= ER

Cy ae ss

“WOOONV1VE

as >

«TIISWAN

rirravwaw

JO 3qdIs

“aU S0v20e GSINWE UNTaUUS

“YSO0NN ONILAIWOO

— pba ot as ee

—

Bemrose Ltd,, Derby, Ei :

SPOLIO ZEHYLANICA. Vol. IV., Plate B.

KANDYAN POTTERY. (A, K. Coomaraswamy).

Bemvose Lid., Derby, Eng.

SPOLIA ZHYLANICA, Vol. IV., Plate Cc,

KANDYAN POTTERY. (A. K. CoomMARASWAMy),

Bemrose Ltd., Derby, Eng.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA 19

HYBRIDIZATION EXPERIMENTS WITH THE

CEYLON JUNGLE FOWL.

By J. LLEWELLYN Tuomas, F.R.C.S., Enc.

HE Ceylon jungle fowl, Gallus Stanleyii, or perhaps more

generally known as the Gallus Lafayettii, is one of the four

varieties of jungle fowl found in Asia. From one or more of these

four all domestic poultry have had their origin. The Ceylon bird

was one of the competitors for the honour of being the (or one of

the) parent stocks of domestic fowls. The origin of the domestic

fowl is one of considerable interest, and has received the attention

of some of our most distinguished naturalists, chief among them

being Darwin, who gave his great mind to the investigation of the

subject. His conclusions were largely drawn from the experiments of

others, and in some quarters it has been felt that he had insufficient

data placed before him for the perfect prosecution of his investi-

gations, and some of his conclusions have been accepted with

considerable reserve by men of some authority in the poultry world.

_ The question of the origin of modern pigeons has been settled beyond

all dispute by Darwin, but the origin of the domestic fowl was not

quite so easy of solution. He himself says: ‘* We have not such

good evidence with fowls as with pigeons of all breeds having

descended from a single primitive stock.’’

The four varieties of jungle fowl are—

(1) Gallus bankiva (or ferrugineus).

(2) Gallus Stanley (or Lafayettic).

(3) Gallus Sonneratv.

(4) Gallus furcatus (or varius).

In considering the claim of these various breeds to be the parent

stock of domestic poultry, the points on which stress is laid are, the

comb, the wattles, the hackle feathers, the colouring, the voice

of the bird, and lastly the great question of its power to breed with

the domestic fowl, the power of the progeny so produced to breed

20 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

with either parent stock ; and above all the power of the progeny

to breed amongst themselves. This last is supposed to be the

severest test of unity of species.

Darwin concludes: his investigation by stating that the Gallus

bankiva, the great jungle fowl of India, is the parent stock. This

view is generally accepted as correct. He then gives reasons why

the other three probably are not parent stocks. It is these con-

clusions that are received with much hesitation. In the present

article we are concerned only with the Gallus Stanleyi.

In ‘‘ Animals and Plants under Domestication,’’ Vol. I., p. 246,

Darwin writes :—

‘Ceylon possesses a fowl peculiar to the Island, viz., Gallus

Stanleyit ; the species approaches so closely (except in colouring

of the comb) to the domestic fowl that Messrs. Layard and Kelaart

would have considered it, as they inform me, as one of the parent

stocks had it not been for its singular voice.

‘« This bird, like the last (Gallus Sonnerati), crosses readily with

tame hens, and even visits solitary farms and ravishes them. Two

hybrids, a male and a female, thus produced were found by

Mr. Mitford to be quite sterile ; both inherited the peculiar voice of

the Gallus Stanley. This species may in all probability be rejected

as one of the primitive stocks of the domestic fowl.”

In appearance the bird does very closely indeed approach the

domestic fowl. The three points urged against its being a parent

stock are—

(1) Unique comb ; a fairly large single comb with an orange

centre, this latter being found in no domestic fowls.

(2) Its voice, which is not like an ordinary cock crow, but a*

curious call popularly said to be like the words “‘ George

Joyce.”

(3) The sterility of its hybrids.

Let it be well noted that Darwin makes no positive statement ;

he does not dogmatize. He merely says: “This species may then

in all probability be rejected,” &c. He was open to conviction.

Discussing these points, the late Lewis Wright, one of the greatest

authorities in poultry matters, writes in the 1893 edition of his

colossal standard work, “‘ The Book of Poultry,” p. 504 :-—

‘Regarding the Ceylon jungle fowl, or Gallus Stanleyiz, there is

less evidence on either side. The fact that hybrids between it and

the common fowl are so common in Ceylon as scarcely to excite

remark, should make us cautious in concluding, on the sole evidence

HYBRIDIZATION EXPERIMENTS. 21

of two individuals mentioned by Mr. Mitford, that such hybrids are

sterile ; and on this point many of our observations on the Gallus

Sonnerati, as to the difficulty of breeding from wild birds or their

descendants in captivity, will peculiarly apply, for it will be noted

that the wild breed itself is stated never to have bred in such

circumstances, or even to have long survived. Hence we might

expect great difficulty in breeding from its hybrids, quite apart

from any actual sterility. The great difference in the voice is of

more weight, but will be thought much less of by a poultry fancier,

who is accustomed to the most extraordinary differences between

the voices of various domestic races, than by a naturalist. On the

whole it must be admitted that there is very little evidence to show

either that the Gallus Stanleyii had or had not any share in the origin

of the domestic fowl, though it is worthy of remark that the resem-

blance of the bird itself is perhaps the most startling of all the wild

breeds ; so that Messrs. Layard and Kelaart mention the “George

Joyce” crow as the sole reason for discarding it as one of the parent

stocks. This reason, however, as we have remarked, a fancier

would consider very insufficient if unsupported by others. In

relation to this breed, it is also decidedly worthy of remark that in

most cases of reversion in colour amongst various breeds of poultry,

the evident tendency is towards a red or brown breast* in the cock

rather than to a black. This fact we have already pointed out ;

and, so far as it goes, it is more in favour of the present variety than

of the Gallus bankiva as a possible parent of our domestic breeds.”

The sterility of the hybrids rests entirely on the evidence of two

specimens. The data placed before Darwin are the one single

experiment made by Mr. Mitford, who failed to breed from two

hybrids! One swallow does not make summer, and one experiment

by Mr. Mitford does not settle the question of the sterility of these

hybrids.

On 25th October, 1902, a letter appeared in the “* T’%mes of Ceylon ”’

suggesting that the newly-formed Ceylon Poultry Club should

endeavour through its members to investigate this subject ; that

accurate scientific experiments should be made to furnish sufficient

data to form a solid opinion and so either to establish Darwin’s

suggestion as a solid fact or to demolish it as untenable.

The matter was taken up by the Club, and certain members

undertook to work at the problem. The inaugural meeting was held

on 16th December, 1902, at the Colombo Museum, under the presi-

dency of the Director, Dr. A. Willey, F.R.S., and there were present

_ * Gallus bankiva is invariably black breasted ; the Gallus Stanleyii is

yellowish red.

22 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Major Firminger, Messrs. 8. P. Jeffrey, P. D. Warren, A. Redemann,

F. Lewis, and Drs. A. J. Chalmers and J. Llewellyn Thomas. The

actual experiments commenced in January, 1903. Covered-in

runs were put up by several members and were made suitable with

shade and cover for the wild birds. Many birds were brought by

natives which were said to be hybrids. None however gave any

evidence of jungle fowl parentage, save perhaps one ; these of course

were not accepted. Some of these interviews with the native

vendors were really amusing. For scientific purposes all these so-

called hybrids were utterly useless, and it became evident that no

bird was to be trusted unless there was positive proof of its parentage,

and the only way to ensure this was to begin de novo and first make

the hybrids.

It was necessary first to secure the wild birds, tame them down,

and mate them up with domestic fowls. Attempts were made to

produce the hybrids both ways, ?.e., by mating the jungle cock with

domestic hens and by the domestic cock with jungle hens. This

latter way was a complete failure ; the wild hens would never stand.

for the domestic cock. On the whole, too, it was found that the

jungle cocks seemed to be more amenable in captivity than the

jungle hens. On the other hand, one of the experimenters, the late

Mr. Young, of Udabage, had two hens that lived in captivity for

considerably more than one year.

As much difficulty was anticipated in keeping alive and of taming

down the adult jungle fowl, attempts were made to secure jungle

fowl eggs and incubate them. The eggs of course were not easy

to secure, and in those cases in which they were procured one thing or

another spoiled the hatch, so that the experimenters were reduced

to purchasing the captured wild fowl.

Many and many of these birds died—some did not survive their

capture by many days. Several survived six weeks or so and then

died just when hopes of their taming down were high. It was noted

at the time that these deaths occurred mostly about the fiftieth day

of captivity ; this probably was a mere coincidence. The causes of

death were probably fretting and pining for liberty, too small

runs, and over-feeding. At first the experimenters were only

just feeling their way and many things were learnt by bitter

experience, which would be avoided on a future occasion.

The histories of some of these birds were very interesting, but

have no bearing on the main issue. The constant failure by deaths

was very discouraging, with the result that the experimenters were

reduced to two or three. The untimely death of Mr: Young of

Udabage by lightning was a great blow to these experiments, Only

HYBRIDIZATION EXPERIMENTS. 23

in one run was there any success, namely, in that of Mr. Clement

Johnson, lately of Hunasgeria. This was an ideal run, of large

size, with ample shade and cover and with a little stream running

through it. It was surrounded and covered in by one-inch mesh

wire netting, which has been proved to be better than netting of

larger mesh. Mr. Johnson, in the first two years succeeded in

producing in all some twenty-five or thirty hybrid chicks. He had

a remarkable jungle cock which he mated up with several (three)

domestic hens in this run. This cock, as the bird does in its wild

state, only took up with one single hen and bravely ignored all the

others. From this one pair came all the hybrids. In the wild state

the jungle cock is known to tread the domestic hens in outlying

villages, but this bird was never seen to touch any but his one

special hen.

Many of these hybrids died, some at an early age and some when

older. Some perished by wild cats tearing through the wire netting

and getting at them. Others perished during the very severe

monsoon rains. Chicken-pox and gapes also claimed their victims.

The following is Mr. Johnson’s description of these chicks when

quite young. These chicks are very small in size and are remarkably

active. They are all marked alike and very like pure jungle chicks

in appearance, perhaps a little lighter incolour. “ The little beggars

are just two weeks old, and they are already out of control ; they

will fly anywhere ; I found them yesterday all perched up in a tree

twelve feet from the ground, the disconsolate mother hen below.

Fortunately, they follow her still or they would disappear entirely.

At an alarm they scatter in all directions like a flash. With care

you can approach them quite closely lke ordinary chickens ; any

untoward movement however and they are off to cover. They are

the jolliest little chaps you ever saw.”

It may be stated here that ‘every one of the hybrids bred by Mr.

Johnson took almost entirely after the jungle parent. The pullets

turned out like jungle hens, so great the likeness that when seen

apart these hybrids were invariably mistaken for jungle hens. The

same might be said of the hybrid cocks. The plumage was very

similar. None had such orange centres of comb as the wild birds,

but there was in some an attempt at the yellow patch. This mark

only appeared in the hybrids after they were full grown, and since

many died young it is impossible to say what they would have been

like. The purple patch at the throat of the wild male was

observed in one of the cocks, while in the others it was merely a dark

patch. As to the voice—all the pullets had the voice of the wild

hen. The cock’s call was very strange, hard to describe ; it was

24 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

neither that of the wild bird nor yet the honest crow of the

barndoor cock—something midway between the two.

The cockerels and pullets are very hard to distinguish till after -

the age of three months. The earliest sign of a cockerel was the

appearance of a red sheen on the feathers of apparent pullets ; all

such birds in a month or two turned out to be cockerels. The

colour of the tarsi was generally yellow like the wild fowl, but many

came of a willow or dark gray colour. On the average the hybrid

males and females were a shade bigger than the corresponding

jungle birds.

The general impression was that these birds (according to Darwin)

were to be sterile, for Darwin, in closing his general argument, says :

““The four known species of Gallus when crossed with each other,

or when crossed (with the exception of Gallus bankiva) with

domestic fowl, produce infertile hybrids.”

Does he mean infertile when bred with either parent, or does he

only mean infertile when crossed inter se ?

It is the opinion of natives here that the hybrids will certainly

breed with domestic poultry, and the doubt has never entered their

minds but that the hybrids will breed inter se. This mere opinion

is however really valueless, as it has never been demonstrated by

strictest scientific investigation and experiment.

We now come to the actual experiments ; they were carried on

in Hunasgeria, Matale District; Atgalla, Gampola ; and Queens-

down, Colombo. Mr. Johnson’s runs at Hunasgeria were closed in

April, 1905, with the departure of this experimenter to England—

a great loss toinvestigators. His stock was distributed between the

Atgalla and Queensdown runs.

No. 1.—Hybrid Cock and Domestic Hen.

All the hybrid cocks have been mated up at one time or another

in different rufs with domestic hens and in every single case fertile

eggs have been produced, and strong healthy chicks hatched out. .

The hybrid cocks are quite fertile with the domestic parent.

No. 2.—Hybrid Cock and (J } + D 2) Hen.

The progeny of the hybrid cock and domestic hen produced in

No. 1 may be said to be three quarters domestic and one. quarter

jungle. Such a pullet was mated up with a hybrid cock. She laid

fertile eggs and produced chickens. This is a distinct step further

than hybrid and pure domestic in No. 1. The progeny of No. 2.

experiment may be said to be a 3-jungle and 3 domestic. This

experiment was repeated with several of the hybrid cockerels.

HYBRIDIZATION EXPERIMENTS. 25

No. 3.—Hypbrid Cock and Hybrid Hen.

This experiment was the crux of the whole problem before the

experimenters. It was the experiment Mr. Mitford tried and failed

to produce chicks. It was the experiment that led Darwin to

conclude that the hybrids of Gallus Stanleyii were sterile. If the

experimenters could only breed from this mating, the whole question

would be settled at once and for ever, and the little Ceylon jungle

fowl would have the honour of being acknowledged a parent stock.

The result so far has been a complete failure to produce chickens !

Some three or four hybrid cocks have been mated up in various

runs with some four or five hybrid hens. Thus Mr. Mitford’s one

experiment has been’ multiplied four-fold. Each hen has

laid several clutches of eggs, but so far no single chick has been

produced. The eggs have been incubated by the hybrids them-

selves and also under other hens ; but no chicks. The large majority

of the eggs have been infertile ; only in one or two instances have

two or three of the eggs been addled, which points to the egg having

been fertilized.

In some of these experimental runs the cock has been seen to

tread the hens, and yet the eggs were infertile. In the Queensdown

run the hybrid cock has never been seen to tread a hybrid hen ;

it is not surprising therefore that all the eggs laid by the hybrids

were infertile ; it would have been the same with eggs of any other

neglected hen.

Some have suggested that since all the hybrids were produced

by one pair of parents, and are therefore brothers and _ sisters,

perhaps they may not be able to interbreed. But this would

hardly be a serious objection to, or sufficient excuse for, infertility.

An interesting point worth recording about breeding from a

hybrid cock is this. When a hybrid cock has the choice of mating

up with either of the four following hens: (1) Domestic ; (2) (4 J + 3

D) ; (3) hybrid ; (4) jungle ; he would take up with them in the order

named. He would never look at any of the other three if he had

a domestic hen to attend. The domestic hen is relatively a little

wanton, so gentle, tame, and amenable! If she be removed from

the run the cock will then mate up with the next most domestic of

the hens, 7.e., No. (2) (1 J + 2D). She is not so wild and will

stand better than the remaining two. A hybrid cock has not yet

been tried with only hybrid and jungle hens, but if he were and he

did mate up, it would certainly be with the moré domestic of the

two, 2.e., the hybrid. The jungle hen is far too wild and timid in

captivity and frightened even of a cock bird. Hence the difficulty

of breeding from them with the domestic cock ; they are friendly

E 10(2)06

26 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

enough with him till he evinces any intention of treading them,

and then they become beside themselves with terror !

Much time was wasted at the Queensdown run in first putting.a

domestic as well as a hybrid hen with the hybrid cock. His majesty

of course neglected the hybrid for the domestic, and all the eggs of

the former were of course infertile. Later the domestic hen was

removed and another hybrid and one (+ J + #D) hen were added.

Once again the two hybrids were neglected while the cock mated

up with (1 J + #D) as stated in experiment No. 2, and produced

chicks, whereas every batch of eggs laid by the two hybrids was

infertile.

Only lately was the hybrid cock shut up to two hybrid hens

alone. Since then they have both laid a clutch of eggs each and

sat on them themselves, but all proved infertile. This is what may

be called the first real test at Queensdown. The hybrid cockerel,

it would appear, mates up with only one hen, just like the jungle

parent.

No. 4.—Hybrid Hen and Domestic Cock.

An experiment is being tried by Mr. G. C. Bliss of Atgalla, in

which a bantam cock is mated up with a hybrid hen. This domestic

cock has often been seen to tread the hybrid hen, and she has laid

several clutches of eggs, but so far they have all proved infertile.

No. 5.—Hybrid Hen and Jungle Cock.

At Hunasgeria Mr. Johnson put a hybrid pullet to his famous

jungle cock (daughter to father), but as there were domestic hens

in the run no attention was paid to this hybrid and her eggs were

naturally infertile.

At Atgalla Mr. Bliss has a jungle cock mated up with a hybrid

hen, but so far there have been no eggs, and the cock does not seem

to notice the hen.

Two furthgr experiments are worth mentioning.

It has already been stated (No. 1) that the hybrid cock mated

with the domestic female produced chickens J 4 + D #

In No, 2 we saw that a female of this blood had been mated back

to the hybrid father and had produced chicks.

No. 6.—Male (J 4 + D 3) and Female (J 4 + D }).

This pair of the same blood were mated together and produced

chickens, 7.e., they will breed inter se.

No. 7.—Male (J 4 + D }) and Domestic Hen.

The result of this mating was to produce chickens.

HYBRIDIZATION EXPERIMENTS. 27

The chickens produced by the matings in No. 2, No. 6, and No. 7

may be stated to contain jungle and domestic blood in the following

proportions respectively :—

No. 2 gives chicks = (J $ + D 8).

No. 6 is = (J + D 8).

No. 7 34 =(J}+D).

It will, in conclusion, be observed that, whereas the hybrid

cockerels have been fertile with the domestic and with the } domestic

hens, all the hybrid hens have been apparently sterile.

It has been therefore asked, Can the hybrid hens be sterile although

the hybrid cocks are fertile? Does such a condition obtain in

breeding other birds or animals ?

No attempt has been made to demonstrate Mendel’s law, the

experimenters being ignorant of its exact nature. Doubtless

many very interesting points bearing on this subject have passed

entirely unnoticed and unrecorded.

The main object of the present experiments has been to investigate

the sterility or fertility of the hybrids. The partially negative

results so far obtained can hardly be said to finally settle the question.

Experiments on a more extended scale are required. The present

experiments have nevertheless added somewhat to the meagre

data upon which the question of sterility of the hybrids was based.

It is for others to state whether the results obtained so far in any

way modify, confirm, or refute the accepted opinion that ‘‘ this

species then may in all probability be rejected as one of the primitive

stocks of domestic fowl.’’

These experiments are greatly crippled for want of funds. The

cost of putting up several suitable runs by any one experimenter

is prohibitive, and many who are keenly interested in the experi-

ments are deterred from undertaking them on the score of expense

and want of ground space.

The accompanying diagram ‘gives at a glance the various experi-

ments and their results up to date (June 1, 1906).

It will be seen that the jungle and domestic mating is the starting

or centre point.

The mating of the domestic male with jungle female gives a

negative result. That of the jungle male and domestic female

gives the hybrids, males and females. The hybrid female mated

back to the jungle cock gives negative results. The mating of

hybrid with hybrid shows negative results.

The mating of the hybrid male back with the domestic pared

gives males and females, which may be called hybrid-domestic

(or J + 3? D). The female of this, mated back to the hybrid

28 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

male, gives male and female progeny ; and the male + J + ? D

mated back with the domestic female has produced chicks ; and

further the male and female } J + } D have bred inter se and.

produced chicks.

A Summary in Diagram of the Ceylon Jungle Fowl Experiments,

June 1, 1906 :—

Negative

2 oO

na DOMESTIC

Chicks

fe acre J + 3D)

‘A “

a Chicks

Es a +$D)

FS HYBRIDS Chicks

g Gita 2D) g < (J + 3D)

Negative

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA. 29

THE LANKESVARA GOLD COIN.

By C. M. FERNANDO, M.A., LL.M. (Cantab.).

HIS coin is so called because of the fact that it bears upon

it, in Nagari characters, the legend “Sri Lankesvara.’’

‘Sri’ is an honorific word applied to royalty and the priesthood

‘“*'Lankesvara” is compounded of the two words “ Lanka” and

‘“‘Isvara,” and signifies “the Lord of Lanka.” There are five

different types of this coin in the Colombo Museum. These and

the two coins of Parakrama Bahu are figured in the plates appended

to this article.”

Fig. 1.—Sri Lankesvara Type.

On the obverse of the Lankesvara coin is a standing figure of the

king. The two curved lines on either side of the legs depict the

folds of the *‘ dhoti,” or cloth in which he is clad. What appears

on the head to be a sort of “‘ conical cap,’ as described by Rhys-

Davids,f is in fact the “‘ konde,” or knot of hair. The konde has

Fig. 2.—Sri Lankesvara Type.

from the earliest times been a distinctive feature of the Sinhalese

*race, and has been so mentioned by ancient writers. Ptolemy speaks

of the eee length of hair worn by the people of he

* Prepared from copies made by Mr. F. P. Kandappa, eee of the

Colombo Museum.

+ Numismata Orientalia, Part VI., p. 25.

30 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Agatheremus (circa 272 4. D.) gives a detailed description of theif

mode of dressing the hair. ‘The men,” he says, “ who inhabit

Ceylon allow their hair an unlimited growth, and bind it on the

crown of their heads after the manner of women.”’*

Fig 3. —Sri Lankesvara Type.

With his right hand he holds the sceptre of royalty (“jayakonte” ),

the emblem of his power.t To the left or innerside of the sceptre

is a figure which I take to be another royal emblem, the “ camara,” t

or flapper used to drive away flies from the royal presence.

The king stands on a lotus stalk terminating in figures 1, 2, and 4

with a flower. The left arm is bent downwards in figure 3. In the

rest it is turned upwards, and in figures 2 and 4 holds a lotus flower,

while in figures ] and 5 it holds a circular object, which I believe to

be the “ chakra” or “ discus,’ denoting universal dominion. Under-

neath the left arm are circular dots, which may be meant to depict

the varying phases of the moon.

Fig. 4.—Sri Lankesvara Type.

On the reverse is the figure of the king in a rather uncomfortable

sedent attitude.’, The parallel lines below indicate the throne. In

figures 1 and 5 the left hand holds the “‘ chakra,” and in the other

figures a lotus flower. To the right of the figure is the legend “Sri

Lankesvara ”’§ (His Majesty t the Lord of Lanka).

* “Toye KarouKovvrac avrny Pa ae pradAdte avadeokar Tac kepadQac.””

Agathemerus Geogr., Lib., I., ch. VI.

Also, the Mahawansa says of Prakrama Bahu the Great: ‘‘ Thereupon he

forthwith fastened his hair-knot firmly, and wrapped himself closely in the

blanket that he had girded himself with,” &c. (Wijesinha’s Mahawansa, Part

Pp sly

+ Of Duttagamini (161 to 137 3B. c.) the Mahawansa says: ‘* The royal

suite, who were the sceptre bearers, in like manner deposited in an erect

position, on the site of the (future) dagoba of that name, the imperial

sceptre.”” (Wijesinha’s Mahawansa, Part I., p. 102.)

$ ‘<A yak’s tail, used asa whisk to drive away flies; it is one of the

insignia of royalty.” (Childers’s Pali Dictionary.)

§ The letter ‘‘ra”’ is omitted in all the specimens for want of space.

LANKESVARA GOLD COIN. 31

i, ren Sy |

Fig. 5.—Sri Lankesvara Type,

Rhys-Davids has identified this coin as belonging to Parakrama

the Great, who reigned at Polonnaruwa from 1164 to 1197 a.v. I

venture to hold a different view. Figure 6 is the lion coin of that

king (copper), and figure 7 is his copper “massa.” Each of them

bears the legend ‘“‘ Sri Parakrama Bahu,” and not “ Sri Lankesvara,”

and on each the figure of the king is different in detail from that

on the Lankesvara coin.

Fig. 6.—Sri Parakrama Bahu (Lion Coin, Copper).

The face consists of three lines with a curve at the back, described

by Prinsep as “ altogether unique in the history of perverted art.”

The characters of the legend are better formed and less archaic than

those of the “Sri Lankesvara.’’ The Lankesvara coin would thus

appear to be anterior to the period of the Great Parakrama. The

Pali equivalent of Lankesvara, ‘“‘Lankissara,” is applied in the

Mahavansa to Vijaya Bahu 1. (1065 to 1120 a. D.). The coin was

very probably issued by that king. True it is that the word is applied

to two earlier kings as well, Mahasena (277-304 a.p.) and to his

successor Meghavarna ; but the Nagari characters on the coin are of

a period much later than that of these two kings. The long reign of

Vijaya Bahu I., lasting as it did for over half a century, would have

necessitated more than one issue of his money, which very probably

accounts for the different types now extant. At any rate one thing

is tolerably clear: the Lankesvara coin is not to be attributed to

Parakrama Bahu I.

32 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

NOTES.

1. Behaviour of Toads when confronted by a Snake.—I was much

interested in Mr. E. E. Green’s note on the “‘ Curious action of a toad

when confronted by a snake”’ (Spolia Zeylanica, vol. ITI., Part XI.

January, 1906, p. 196), since my colleague Mr. 8. A. Heron and I

once witnessed precisely similar behaviour on the part of toads

towards a snake, although the species were different. In this case

the actors were an English ringed snake (T'ropidonotus natrix, Linn.)

and three common toads (Bufo vulgaris, Laurenti), and the comedy

was performed on the floor of an English greenhouse. The behaviour ,

of the toads when confronted with the snake was exactly as described

by Mr. Green, although, with its usual reluctance to feed in public,

the snake made no attempt to attack them. The appearance of

the toads was certainly most grotesque, and there is little wonder

that a snake is disconcerted by the performance, which, as remarked

by Mr. Green, is apparently due to an inherited instinct. In the

case of English toads, at any rate, very many individuals in all

probability pass their lives without ever seeing a snake.

I venture to think that the inflation of the abdomen, and perhaps

also the tiptoe position, is due to a widespread instinct, which

prompts a small and comparatively defenceless animal, when in the

presence of a recognized or potential enemy, to make itself as large

as possible. Many instances of this might be quoted, but the

expansion of a cobra’s hood, the behaviour of a half-tame owl when

approached, and the action of a cat in the presence of a strange dog,

will suffice as iilustrations.

ERNEST E. AUSTEN.

British Museum (Natural History),

Cromwell Road, London, S.W., .

April 4, 1906.

2. Notes on the Ceylon Honey Bee.—It is well known that the

Ceylon honey bee (Apis indica) depends largely for its hive require-

ments on the cocoanut palm, but the ‘‘toddy-pot” suspended from

the end of the undeveloped inflorescence in the process of extracting

NOTES, 33

toddy has a great attraction for them, and many get drowned

in the sweet juice. A gentleman who has some experience of

bee-keeping has come to the conclusion that only some of the hive

inhabitants are addicted to the use of the fermenting liquid, a fact

he is said to have discovered by marking the drunken bees with a

dot of paint and noting the intoxicated condition of some who

escape drowning and return to the hive. Whether there were

sufficient data to warrant such a conclusion I am not prepared to

say ; but observations made in India corroborate the statement

that the honey bee is particularly fond of toddy from the coco-

anut palm and probably from other palms as well.

The bee has many enemies.

Geckos either watch for them on the alighting board or enter

into the hive for a meal ; garden lizards (“* blood-suckers”’) take up

a position near the hive and snap up any bees coming their way ;

spiders spin webs and trap bees, but sometimes also enter the hive ;

cockroaches are common in hives and appear to attack the combs ;

ants as a rule go after honey, but I have seen a party of red ants

attempting to attack and capture bees; the bee moth and wax

moth are not unknown. Mr. A. P. Goonetilleke of Veyangoda, has

been greatly troubled with hornets raiding his hives. They kill

the bees but do not appear to care for the honey. Mr. Goone-

tilleke informs me that the birds known as kawda, redihora, and

polkichcha attack bees on the wing.

C. DRIEBERG,

Colombo, March 26, 1906.

3. Scorpion Stings.—In reply to Mr. Green’s request in his note

on this subject in the last issue of this journal I write to say that I

have experience of the sting of the small gray scorpion, and do not

think it any more severe than that of our indigenous honey bee

(Apis indica). The native remedy for the sting is a mixture of

lime juice and slaked lime (the latter in the form of ‘‘ chunam ”’ used

for betel-chewing).

“ Kha” (K. H. Aitken) in his charming book, “‘ The Tribes of my

Frontier,” referring to the scorpion as a superfluous enormity which

cannot justify its existence, mentions that a drop of strong

ammonia is an almost instant cure. I have found a saturated

solution of salt as efficacious in the case of bee stings.

C. DRIEBERG.

Colombo, March 21, 1906.

F 10(2)06

34 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

4. Colour adaptation to surroundings.—On most tea estates

up-country in Ceylon there are now numbers of large Dadap trees

growing, the result of planting for the last twenty years. These

trees are now visited in the day time by flocks of little lorikeets,

coloured green with red spots, which cluster amongst the foliage

and feed off the scarlet blossoms. The similarity of the colourings

of the birds to those of the leaves and flowers of the Dadap trees is

very remarkable, and the shades blend so harmoniously that when

the former are at rest on the branches of a leafy tree it is almost

impossible to detect their presence. This looks like a case of

colour adaptation to surroundings so often observable in nature.

Perhaps during your travels up-country you may have noticed

it yourself. If not, I think it would be an interesting matter to

look into.

S. E. TENCH.

6, Barons’ Court Chambers, London, W.,

March 23, 1906.

5. The word ‘“ Boss.’—The derivation of this term, which is

constantly applied in Ceylon to master craftsmen such as carpenters,

blacksmiths, and others, forms the subject of a letter to the Spectator

of 2Ist April, 1906, from Mr. Ernest H. 8. Schwarz, of Rhodes

University College, Grahamstown, South Africa.

The author of the letter referred to says :—

“In South Africa the term “‘baas”’ is commonly supposed to be

the same, and the Hottentots call the head of the family ‘* Ou baas,”’

or old boss, and the eldest son is the “‘ Yong baas.” ‘‘ Ou baas,”

however, is a term of respect, and may be used in addressing a

beardless youngster who is in a position of authority, and there are

grounds for suspicion that the words have been taken over by the

Dutch from an original native source. It is significant that Cicero

(“De Nat. Deorum’’) states that the god Vulcan was called by the

Egyptians “‘ Obas,” who was the son of Cellum. “‘Skelm,” in Cape

language, is the same as Burns’s “skellum” (“Tam o’ Shanter”’),

and indicates an unruly person,—Bacchus and his various syno-

nyms, who in a sense was the father of all. It seems extravagantly

far fetched to trace back the Hottentot’s ‘‘Ou baas”’ to the Egyptian

‘“Obas ”’; but I have so frequently come across classical customs

among the natives of South Africa that to me the connection does not

seem improbable. I have seen the wailing for the dead. Adonis

NOTES, 35

among the Basutos performed as ceremoniously as among the

ancient Greeks, while some of the folklore tales of this nation, given

by Cassalis, can be paralleled, incident for incident, with some of the

Greek tales, which in many instances were borrowed from the

Egyptians. I should explain that I am thinking of the god Obas

(Vulcan), not as the blacksmith of later mythology, but as ae very

essence of supreme being.”

Apropos of the above it may be of some interest to know that

among the nrinor relics of the Dutch occupation of Ceylon which are

exhibited in the Colombo Museum, there is a silver heirloom plate

upwards of six inches in diameter, the general shape square, with

the angles elegantly scalloped, bearing the following inscription in

Dutch, indicating that it was dedicated to the memory of one

Nicolaas Kuyselaar, a master coppersmith, who died in Colombo

on the 19th April, 1774 :—

Ter

Gedagtenis: Van den

EKersamen

Nicolaas Kuyselaar,

In Zyn Leven Baas der

Smits, en Kuypers ;

Gebooren te Stynbach,

Den 13 April, 1714, Overleeden

te Kolombo, ~

Den 19 April, 1774

Oud 60 Jaaren

En 6 daagen.

It may be added that the silver plate bearing the above inscription

is the only example preserved in this Museum in which the word

“Baas” (which has been anglicized or ‘‘ americanized’’ into

** boss’) occurs.

Ep., S. Z.

6. Flying-foxes (Pteropus medius) at Barberyn.—Having lately

been afforded an opportunity of landing on Barberyn island, of

whose flying-foxes and crows Dr. Willey* has already given a most

interesting account, I was enabled to make a few additional

observations on these bats.

* Spol. Zeyl., Vol. II., Part V., p. 50.

36 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Resting Habits.

In the day time “‘the bats may be seen suspended in rows from

the midribs of the palm leaves.” They invariably select very high

trees, and usually congregate in colonies of about six to ten on a

tree, several such trees being together. Occasionally, they are to

be seen on twigs and slender branches of other trees, but show a

distinct partiality for cocos—mainly, I think, because these are

higher and because the bare stem renders it more difficult for any

enemy to approach unseen. These bats are very wary, and all in ©

the vicinity take to flight when disturbed in any way, as by firing

a gun. They are extremely tenacious of life and very difficult to

kill.

Sexual Gregariousness.

It is well known that amongst bats in general the species are

social and gregarious, but that the two sexes do not, as a rule,

intermingle, and only come together at the nuptial season. At

other times they live apart, and sometimes at considerable distances,

go that in a large colony of a given species not a single individual

of the female sex may be found, while in another the females will

abound and not a male occur. This colony of flying foxes at

Barberyn appears to be entirely composed of males. Four speci-

mens were shot and all proved to be males, nor were any females

or young observed. Dr. Willey refers to a similar colony on islands

in the Bentota river, and it would be interesting to ascertain the

sex of the individuals of which it is composed, and, if a female

colony, whether it is entirely mutually complemental to the colony

at Barberyn.

External Parasstes.

The specimens shot were obtained with a view to examination

for any peculiar fleas, but none were found. A large and very

active bat-tick, however, was common, running freely over the

body and wings; it is apparently a species of Nycteribia, a very

remarkable apterous genus of parasitic Diptera. None of the

flying foxes shot were free from these ticks, usually about half a

dozen being present, but in one case only one adult specimen and

one very immature. These parasites seem a great source of annoy-

ance, the bats being seen often to scratch themselves as they hang

on the trees. ;

Preference for Islands.

~ The habit of resting by day on islands, wherever these are access-

ible, seems to be general amongst the species of this genus. Keller*

* Keller, ‘‘ Madagascar, Mauritius, and other East African Islands,”’ p. 40.

NOTES. oH,

says ;—‘‘ They especially haunt the coast region (of Madagascar),

and spend the whole day clinging fast by the claws to the branches

of the large trees on the lonely islands. At dusk they set forth

for the places on the coast and plunder the fruit trees.” And

again* :—‘‘ Further out to sea (from Nossi-be) one perceives Tany

Kely, an uninhabited islet which serves as a safe asylum for the large

bats.” In both these cases, Pteropus Hdwardsii is the species

referred to. It need hardly be pointed out that this partiality for

islands is potent as a protection against enemies such as snakes

and carnivorous mammals. There appear to be no snakes in

Barberyn except a small Dendrophis.

T. BAINBRIGGE FLETCHER.

H. M.S. ‘‘ Sealark,’’ March 12, 1906.

* 1. Coy Pe 155,

SCALY WINGED COPEOQGNATHA.

THE SCALY WINGED COPEQGNATHA (atonograph of the

Amphientomide, Lepidopsocide, and Lepidillide in relation

to their Morphology and Taxonomy).

By Dr. GUNTHER ENDERLEIN.

(Stettin.)

With Plates A-G and six text figures.

CONTENTS.

Introduction ..

Preservation and Peon,

Geographical Distribution

Table of Recent and Fossil Scaly Consopaatna:

Table of Comparison of Amphientomide, Lepidopsocide, ane

Lepidillide

Systematic Part.

AMPHIENTOMIDAt

TINEOMORPHINE. Tineomorpha, Enderl. ..

Cymatopsocus, Enderl.

AMPHIENTOMIN2

Syllysis, Hag.

Amphientomum, Hag.

Paramphientomum, Enderl.

Stimulopalpus, Enderl.

Seopsis, Enderl.

Hemiseopsis, Enderl..

Stigmatopathus, Enderl.

LEPIDOPSOCID 4

PERIENTOMIN”]

Soa, Enderl.

Lepium, Enderl.

Perientomum, Hag.

Nepticulomima, Enderl.

LEPIDOPSOCIN of:

Echmepteryx, Aaron. .

Lepidopsocus, Ender).

ECHINOPSOCIN2&

Scolopama, Ender.

Echinopsocus, Ender).

LEPIDILLIDA

Lepolepis, Enderl.

Lepidilla, Ribaga

Index

Bibliography of the Scaly Ge scoumatne

Explanation of the Plates

PAGE

40,

103

109

110

lll

111

112

113

115

116,

117

10(4)06

40 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

INTRODUCTION.

N India, the Wonderland of Antiquity, there may yet remain

many a secret unrecognized and unsuspected. It is my good

fortune to raise the curtain upon an admirable nature-play ; minute

insects, in appearance resembling microlepidoptera and not second

to these in elegance and beauty of tint of the scaly covering, and yet

only simple* ‘‘ woodlice,” a series of forms of the most varied des-

eription, of which only scanty fragments have hitherto been reported

upon, here enjoy their obscure existence.

I am indebted to Mr. E. Ernest Green, the Government Entomolo-

gist at Peradeniya, Ceylon, for the opportunity of examining a rich

collection of these exquisite animals from Ceylon. Doubtless

numerous other species will still be found in the Indian Region, and

the specimens which have occasionally reached my hands from the

tropical regions of other parts of the world only indicate what a

wealth of forms may yet be expected.

For a long time I had contemplated a monographic investigation

of the scale-bearing Copeognatha, so that I gladly seized the oppor-

tunity to realize this idea, the more so because the abundant mate-

rial from Ceylon put me into a position to finally establish and

accurately illustrate a series of types described by Hagen from

Ceylon in 1858 and 1859.

My hearty thanks are due to my friend and esteemed colleague,

Professor F. Karsch, since I have only been able to carry this work

through by the use, at home, of his excellent Zeiss-microscope.

In the following pages the morphological details will be found

under the several families.

PRESERVATION AND PREPARATION.

For the preservation of scaly Copeognatha and of scaly insects in

general the use of alcohol'or of other fluids is in no case to be recom-

mended, because the scales are mostly detached in the fluid and the

design of the scale-covering can therefore no longer be recognized.

The scale-bearing Copeognatha are best preserved dry, and should

be mouuted upon minute needles of hard nickel and fixed on cubes

of pith or hetrer still upon small cardboard slips, the so-called

* The term * woodlice ’-—as used by Dr. Enderlein—must not be confused

with tng crustacean animus popularly known by that name in England.

The subjects of tnis paper are true insects, belonging to a family of which

the commoner species are recognized in England by the name ‘ booklice.’

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 4]

minimal labels [Minutienklebzettel], according to the system of

Ortner, Vienna. Morphological details can be studied in examples

which have been softened in caustic potash, so that, on the whole,

alcoholic material can be dispensed with. Before softening a unique

specimen a precise description of it must be provided. Above all,

the wings should be carefully removed before the softening process ;

one pair should be preserved dry between two cover-glasses

rimmed with wax; the other pair can, if necessary, serve for a

Canada balsam preparation.

As I have indicated on a former occasion* and then again, in

greater detail, later, the method of softening is as follows :—

The insect is transferred carefully into a mixture of one part of

moderately strong caustic potash and about 8-10 parts of water ;

(winged insects after removal of the wings) ; except when dealing with

very delicate animals, in which case the s lution of caustic potash

should be weaker. According to size and delicacy of the object

it remains from ten minutes to several hours in the fluid, until it

recovers approximately the natural form ; then it is transferred to

water, where it must be watched since it now begins to swell. The

larger air-bubbles are next carefully removed with a fine brush, and

eventually the object is again placed in the dilute caustic potash.

Here it can remain, at convenience, a longer or a shorter time ;

even delicate examples can be left in the fluid for several days if

the caustic potash is not too strong.

If the object presents black and dark-coloured chitin, it is often

necessary to leave it in the solution for a long time in order to dissi-

pate the pigment completely.

Finally, after the object has been washed out with water, it is

transferred gradually into alcohol, where the smaller air bubbles

can be easily removed. The animal can now be preserved in 96

per cent. alcohol, and it retains perfectly the natural form which

it had regained in the caustic potash. If a permanent microscopic

preparation is desired, the contents of the body should be removed

as far as possible by pressure with a fine brush, and the object having

been properly orientated, is treated first with absolute alcohol, then

with cedar oil, and finally mounted in Canada balsam. Cedar oil is to

be preferred to clove oil, xylol, or benzol because the diffusion of fluids

takes place much slower and consequently shrinkages rarely occur.

*Giinther Enderlein. Eine Methode, kleine getrocknete Insecten fiir

mikroskopische Untersuchung vorzubereiten in Zool. Anz. Bd. 27, 1904,

pp. 479-480.

+ Enderlein, Monographie der Coniopterygiden, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. 23,

1906 (pp. 173-242), see pp. 174-176.

42 SOPLIA ZEYLANICA.

When however the chitinous cuticle is very thin, it is impossible

to avoid shrinkage if the object is mounted in Canada balsam ;

in such cases it should be transferred from the water into glycerin.

For permanent glycerin preparations the following is the best

method :—The cover-glass, over which no glycerin must be allowed

to escape, is fastened to the slide by means of a rim of wax which

is applied by a wax taper or wax match which has been lighted and

immediately extinguished ; the wax border can then be covered over

with Canada balsam or gold size.

Teasing up the object with needles can only be effected success-

fully in Canada balsam or glycerin.

In dealing with delicate objects, the dilute caustic potash should

not be heated, as the chitin is liable to change to a tenacious sub-

stance which will cling to the needles used in the preparation.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The Amphientomide, Lepidopsocide, and Lepidillide belong

almost exclusively to the Tropics. Only two species occur in the

sub-tropical region, namely, an Amphientomid, Stimulopalpus

japonicus, nov, gen., nov. spec., in Japan, and one Lepidillid, Lepr-

dilla Kelloggi, Rib., in California. One species only occurs in the

Temperate zone, namely, Hchmepteryx Hageni, Pack., in the

United States.

The three families contain together nineteen genera; of these,

three were described by Hagen (1859-1866), one by Ribaga (1905).

one by Aaron (1886), and fourteen by me.

Up to the present, forty-four species belonging to these nineteen

genera are known, of which one was described by Packard, one by

Ribaga, nine by Hagen, and thirty-three by me. Of the last,

twenty-two species are established in the present work.

TABLE OF THE RECENT AND Fosstn ScaLy CoPEOGNATHA.

Fam. AMPHIENTOMIDAS, En- | IIl.—Syllysis, Hag. 1866,

derl. 1903. 3. caudata, Hag. Ceylon.

Sub-fam. TINEOMORPHINA, m. 4. erato,n. sp. Ceylon.

-I.—Tineomorpha, nov. gen. 5. ritusamhara,n.sp. Ceylon.

1. Greeniana, n. sp. Ceylon. |

[1.—Cymatopsocus, Ender]. 1903. IV.—Amphientomum, Hag. 1856.

2. opalinus, Enderl. 1903. Fur- 6. paradoxum, Pict. Hag., 1856.

ther India. in amber.

Sub-fam. AMPHIENTOMINa, | 7. leptolepis, Enderl., 1905, in

Enderl. 1903. / amber.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA.

8. colpolepis, Enderl., 1905, in

amber.

V.—Paramphientomum, n. g.

9. Nietneri,n. sp. Ceylon.

VI.—Stimulopalpus, n. g.

10.

1L.

12.

13.

14,

japonicus, n. sp. Japan.

VII.—Seopsis, n. g.

vasantasena, n. sp. Ceylon.

superba (Hag., 1865). Ceylon.

metallops, n. sp. Ceylon

VIII.—Hemiseopsis, n. g.

Fiilleborni, Enderl. 1902.

Kast Africa.

IX.—Stigmatopathus, Enderl.

15.

1903.

Horvathi, Enderl.

India.

Further

Fam. LEPIDOPSOCIDAi, En-

derl.

1903.

Sub-fam. PERIENTOMIN2, En-

derl.

16.

17.

18.

1903.

X.—Soa, Enderl. 1904.

Dahliana, Enderl. 1904.

Bismark Archipelago.

flaviterminata, n. sp. Ceylon. |

XI.—Perientomum Hag.

1865.

trichopteryx, Hag. 1859.

Ceylon.

. chrysargyrium, nn. sp.

Ceylon.

. gregarium, Hag. 1865.

Ceylon

. Greeni,n. sp. Ceylon.

. morosum, Hag. 1865. Ceylon.

. triste, Hag. 1865. Ceylon.

. ceylonicum, n. sp. Ceylon.

. argentatum, n. sp. Ceylon.

. acutipenne, n. sp. Ceylon.

. tncultum, Hag. 1865. Indian

Copal.

XII.—Lepium, n. g.

. chrysochlorum, n. sp. India. ,

. luridum, n. sp.

Ceylon.

XIII.—Negticulomima, n. g.

30. Sakuntala, n. sp. Ceylon.

. Essigkeana,n. sp. Ceylon.

. Hésemanni, Enderl. 1903.

Cameroons.

brasiliensis, Enderl. 1906.

Brazil.

. Birdiana, Enderl. 1903. New

Guinea.

. chalcomelas, n. sp. Ceylon.

. mortua (Hag. 1865) Zanzibar

Copal.

Sub-fam. LEPIDOPSOCIN &.

4].

42,

. Nepticulides, Enderl.

Enderl. 1903.

XIV.—Echmepteryx, Aaron.

188.

. Hageni (Packard, 1870).

North America.

. Mihara, n. sp. Ceylon.

. sericea, Nn. sp. Ceylon.

XV.—Lepidopsocus, Enderl.

1903.

Further India.

Sub-fam. Ecutnopsocin#,

XVI.—Echinopsocus, Ender.

1903.

ertnaceus, Enderl.

New Guinea.

1903.

XVII.—Scolopama, n. g. »

halterata, n. sp. Ceylon.

Fam. LEPIDILLIDA

‘Ribaga, 1905).

XVIII.—Lepidilla, Rib. 1905.

43. Kelloggi, Rib. 1905. Califor-

nia.

XIX.—Lepolepis, n.g.

44, ceylonica, n. sp. Ceylon.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

TABLE OF COMPARISON OF THE AMPHIENTOMID®, LEPIDOPSOCID,

Hoad

}

Occipital margin

Eyes

Ocelli 6

Joints of antennz!

Inner lobe of

maxilla

Terminal joint of

the maxillary

palp

Maxillary __palp-

organ

Prothorax 4

Scales on the legs

Teeth on the

claws

Hind-tibiz (over

the entire length)

Thorn-shaped *

anal append>ges

on the lateral

valves of the

telson

Fore wings

AND LEPIDILLID 2.

AMPHIEN-

RON LEPIDOPSOCIDA.| LEPID.LLIDZ.

.(Glabrous or near-|With long hairs;With long and

ly so generally close-| shaggy hairs

set

Sharp Sharp Sharp

Glabrous (except|Pubescent In front or also

in Tineomor- in the middle

phinz) fincly pubes-

cent

0, 2 or 3 0, or 3 0

13 About 21-47 More than 50

Spatulate, irre-/With 3 apical/With 3 apical

gularly toothed] points - points

Long and slender|Short, ' strongly|Short, strongly

widened, trun-

cate at the end,

like an axe

widened, trun-

cate at the end,

like an axe

In the form of alIn the form of ajIn the form of a

sense-papilla;in' short sense-| short sense-

the Tineomor-| papilla papilla

phine a long

sense-hair

Small, concealed Large and broad,|Large and broad,

below the me-| visible from| visible from

sothorax above above

Femora tibize and Femora and tibix|Ends of the femo-

first tarsal joint ra and bases of

the tibize

1-2; also about 1

1-10 fine hair-

1, rarely traces

of more, with-

like or thorn-| out hair-like

like denticula-| denticulations

tions

Beset with very With a _ great/With numerous

short and fine) number of un-| longand strong

spur-like thorns) usuallylongand| bristles ; middle

strong bristles! tibize also with

on the outer; longand strong

side, some of| bristles

them nearly

half the length

_ of the tibia

Absent ‘Present ‘Present

}

. With veins; on'With veins; usual-|Small. scale-like ;

the outer side} ly more or less); without veins

usuallyrounded,| strongly acu-

rarely drawn) minate, some-

cut to a point) times with long

at the front) thin apex;only

edge ; some-| in Soa, Enderl.,

times withatail-| is the outer

like appendage; margin round-

in the middle of| ed.

the outer margin

A A

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA.

AMPHIEN-

TOMIDA.

Scalesof fore wing/Equal; in the

(excluding the; Tineomorphinze

marg-nal scales)} only are there

ground - scales

and covering

scales

Between the scales|\Numerous very

of the fore| fine and short

wing. hairs

Searcely percep-

tible; without

cross rows of

hair-cupules _ ;

chiefly scaled

Marg‘nal vein ..

Analis and Axil-/End in one point

laris (Nodulus) as in

all other Cope-

ognatha

2. Axillaris

tion of Stigma-

topathus, En-

derl., constant-

ly present

Absent

Very long and

strong bris les

(macrochet °),

which stand

vertically upon

the marginal

zone (especial-

ly the subcostal

Ground-seales and

.|/Front and eer

Leriporsocip & | LEpipILLip&.

covering scales ;

or asymmetri-

cally knife-|

shaped

No fine and short!

hairs. but only

scattered long

and strong hair-

like scales

Sharply demar-

cated ; with

cross rows of pro-

jecting round

hair-cupules__ ;

Equal

Neither hairs nor

hair-like scales

Absent

chiefly hairy

Never end in one

point

..|With the excep- Absent

Present

Hind wings scales,|.

border scaly, as| only pubescent;

well as the api-| in the Echinop-

cal membrane} socine they

usually ; in the) are strongly

Tineomorphi- reduced or

nz almost the| absent

whole surface

Media .jimple, only in Two distinct

the Tineomor-| branches

phinz forked

Radius and mc-|Videly separa-\Coalesced or only

dian trunk ted; alarge cell] an extremely

intervening narrow and

long cell be-

tween

Radial ramus and|United by a cross'Fused at the base

Media vein which 7, therefore

serves as the| appears to

basis of both

arise from the

media or the

radial ramus

Absent

46 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Fam. AMPHIENTOMIDA:.

[Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Bd. I, 1903, p. 206. |

Head, large, hairless, or with very short hairs ; eyes and clypeus

very slightly projecting. Occiput very steeply declining and sharp-

edged; the margin somewhat rounded. Eyes moderately large,

hairless, except in the Tineomorphine, where they are compactly

and shortly pubescent.

The three ocelli of the Amphientomine are rather far apart, but

always form a small triangle ; the anterior ocellus generally smaller

(only larger in Seopsis metallops,n. sp.) ; the ocelli are sometimes

absent (Stigmatopathus, Enderl.) ; the Tineomorphine have only two

ocelli which lie more or less close in front of the border of the com-

pound eyes. Maxillary palp 4-jointed, the first joint very short,

the last long and slender. Inner lobe of the maxilla strongly

widened at the end and very irregularly notched and flatly dentate.

Organ of the maxillary palp, in the Amphientomine, in the form of

a short sense-club ; in the Tineomorphine it has the form of a

remarkably long sense-hair on the inner side of the second joint

of the palp. Labial palp 2-jointed, but the two joints grow to a

large roundish disc-like structure close together (as figured in the

case of Cymatopsocus, Enderl., in Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Bd. I, 1903.

Plate XII., fig. 56 2).

Flagellum of the antenna thin to very thin, rather closely beset

with long to very long hairs. Antenna short, two-thirds to three-

quarters the length of the fore wing. The number of the long

antennary joints is in all cases, recent and fossil, thirteen. Hagen

(Ent. Zeit. Stettin, 1882, p. 268) states that the antennz of Am-

phientomun paradoxum, Hag., from amber, are 15-jointed. I have

however been able to convince myself by examination of Hagen’s

material that the species which occur preserved in amber have also

only 13 antennary joints (cf. Enderlin, /.c., 1905, p. 576). In conse-

quence of the ,extraordinary and unusual length of the very thin

antennary joints it is very difficult to count them with certainty

in the amber.

Prothorax small, compressed below the mesothorax, and not

visible from above ; mesonotum beset with scales. Femora, tibiz,

and first tarsal joint beset with slender scales. Hind tibize with

very short and fine spur-like thorns scattered along the entire

length. Hinder tarsal joints with a series of ctenidiobothria (fig.

123) on the inner side. Tarsi 3-jointed. Claws with one tooth

before the apex (Stimulopalpus, Enderl.; Seopsis, Enderl.; Stigmato-

pathus, Enderl.); or with two teeth (Amphientomum, Hag., 1859,

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 47

Paramphientomum, n. g., Syllysis, Hag., and in the Tineomorphine);

between the tooth or teeth and the basal angle a row of about 4-6

or more (about 10 in the Tineomorphine), bristle-like, partly

expanded or almost tooth-like chitinous processes, like the teeth

of a comb; these are more or less strongly inclined towards the

apex.

Fore wing normally rounded on the outer side, sinuous (Cyma-

opsocus, Enderl., 1903), or the apex is more or less produced, or in

front of the middle of the outer border there may be a thin tail-like

process. Subcosta moderately long, its distal portion shutting off

the pterostigma at the base may be absent (Seopsis Fiilleborni,

Enderl., 1902, and Paramphientomum Nietneri, n. sp.) ; according to

the size of the pterostigma, it is more or less long.

fy, straight ; the triangular pterostigma may be narrow and long,

or broad and short, sometimes very small ; it is cell-like, not strongly

chitinised but membranous. The distance between the place of

branching from the radial ramus and the pterostigma is long to

very long. The stigma-sac is a more or less thickened spot on the

lower side of 7, in front of the pterostigma or at the base of the

distal portion of the subcosta. Radial ramus united with the

media by a short cross vein which meets the media inside of the three

median branches or between the second and third median branch

(Tineomorphine). Areola postica large to very large, usually elon-

gate ; cw,, more or less long; analis (an) and awillaris (ax,) constantly

end in one point called the nodulus; there are two axillary

veins.

Hind wings :—In Amphientomum and in the Tineomorphine, r,

terminates near the end of r. +. at the anterior border, but is absent

from all other recent forms (except the Tineomorphine) where the

radius ends at the point of ramification of the radial ramus. The

basal portion of the radial ramus, which appears as a cross vein

may, as well in fossil (Amphientomum) as in recent forms (Seopsis,

n. g.), be present or absent ; in the latter case it is frequently feebly

indicated. Media and cubitus simple, the latter forked in the

Tineomorphine, axillaris rather long. Radial ramus and media

united by a cross vein=which serves as the base of both.

Fore and hind wings without prominent marginal vein. Mem-

brane of fore wing closely scaled ; between the scales numerous very

fine and short hairs (absent from the Lepidopsocidx). Outer mar-

gin of hind wing scaled and at the same time bearing long hairs,

generally a more or less broad zone at the outer border also szaled

(in Amphientomum metallops, n. sp. alone the scaling of the mem-

brane is completely absent) ; hinder margin with very long hairs ;

H 10(4)06

48 j SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

in the Tineomorphine the scaly zone is very broad and extends

along the entire hind border.

The scales of the fore wing may have parallel sides, or the latter

may converge towards the base; they are more or less slender,

slightly curved at the end, generally truncate or emarginate, differ-

ing according to the species. Marginal scales slender to hair-like,

thin and long, rounded at the end, directly truncate or more or less

deeply bidentate. Inthe Tineomorphine the scales of the fore wing

have become still further differentiated ; in addition to the ground

scales there are at various points still larger covering scales.

The scaleless Hmpheriine and Psyllipsine, which I formerly

placed with the Amphientomide, constitute together a special

family which I name the Hmpheriide. Perhaps the Thylacine

(Enderlein, 1903) also belong to this family as a third sub-family,

cf. page 77, footnote.

TABLE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE SUB-FAMILIES OF

AMPHIENTOMID&.

TINEOMORPHINE. AMPHIENTOMIN 2.

Cross vein between| Discharging between} Discharging ~__basal-

radial ramus and m, andm,. wards from mz.

media in the fore :

wing F

Media in hind wing ..| Forked Simple.

Eyes ts .-| Pubescent Glabrous.

Ocelli a ..| Two, immediately in} None or three, placed

front of the eyes relatively close to-

gether.

Organ of wmaxillary| Long sense-hair Short sense-club.

pal

diaten: of fore wing ex-| Ground-scales and| Equal.

cluding the margi-| cover-scales

nal scales

Sealing of hind wing..| Nearly the entire} The membrane of the

surface, front border} wing-apex (the

and outer border latter being scale-

less), the front

margin and outer

margin.

Sub-fam. TINEOMORPHIN 2.

TABLE FOR DETERMINATION OF THE GENERA OF TINEOMORPHINA.

Outer margin of the fore wings smooth ;

the ocellus lying in front of each eye

nearly touches the border of the eye .. Tineomorpha, n. g.

(Type 7. Greeniana, n. sp.).

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 49

Outer margin of the fore wings with two

sinuous emarginations; the ocellus in

front of each eye is farther removed

from the eye-border than the length of

its diameter of .. Cymatopsocus, Enderl.,

1903.

(Type C. opalinus, Enderl., 1903.

Tineomorpha, n. g.

Two ocelli close in front of the eye-borders, nearly touching the

latter. Terminal joint of the maxillary palp long, not thickened at

the end ; organ of the maxillary palp not in the form of a sense-club

but a long sense-hair (fig. 97 sh). Inner lobe of the maxilla (fig. 100)

strongly expanded at the end, with strong flattened and blunt teeth.

Eyes closely and shortly pubescent. Claws with two powerful teeth

before the apex and behind these a row of 9-10 acute, very fine

denticles curved backwards.

Wings (fig. 25 and 26) with smooth border, particularly the outer

border is perfectly smooth, neither emarginate nor sinuous. The

portion of the subcosta which shuts off the pterostigma at the base

is clearly formed and long. The cross vein between media and

radial ramus in the fore wing discharges between the points of

insertion of the second and third median branches (m, and ms).

Two axillary veins (ax, and ax.) in the fore wing.

Fore and hind wings scaly. Scales of the fore wing more or less

long, round, and truncately bent at the end, or rounded ; scales of

two kinds, smaller ground-scales and larger cover-scales. Marginal

scales slender, emarginate at the end. Scales of the hind wing

slenderer, often emarginate in front ; marginal scales very slender,

at the hinder border hair-like.

The form of the scales agrees completely with the genus Cymatop-

socus, Enderl., 1903.

One very large species from Ceylon.

Tineomor pha Greeniana, n. sp. (figs. 1, 25, 68, 94, 97, 100).

Head reddish brown, with close and flat silver gray pubescence.

Occiput sharply declivous, rounded, somewhat concave. Suture of

the vertex fine ; suture very distinct between vertex and front, ter-

minating laterally at the antennary groove which lies close in front

of the eyes. The two ocelli relatively large, brown, nearly touching

the borders of the eyes to the inner side of the antennary grooves.

Front (forehead) rather long, flat. Clypeus moderately projecting.

Upper lps fairly smooth, blackish-brown. Cheeks somewhat

50 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

expanded in a lobe-like manner, brownish yellow. Antenne short,

about two-thirds the length of the fore wing, 13-jointed, blackish

gray, the two basal joints and the third and fourth joints reddish

brown, the pubescence gray, oblique and moderately close ; in the

male compact, fairly erect and longer. Eyes closely and extra-

ordinarily shortly pubescent, standing off somewhat laterally, in

the male rather more so; temples displaced by the eyes. Inner

lobe of the maxilla (fig. 100) strongly expanded at the end with

strongly flattened and blunted teeth. Maxillary palp (fig. 94)

blackish brown, apex of the terminal joint brownish yellow ; third

and especially the second joint with slender scales between the hairs,

particularly at the outer side (fig. 97) ; the palpal organ of the second

joint which is here developed as a sense-hair (fig. 97 sh) is shorter

than half the length of the joint.

Mesothorax black above, covered with glistening straw-coloured

scales. Parapsidal furrows very indistinct. Abdomen pale brown-

ish, rather closely beset with silvery gray hairs; without scales.

Legs brownish yellow, the brown colour as follows :—Anterior

border of the coxe, a broad diffused ring in the middle and the apex

of the upper side of the femora, the tibize with exception of the base,

the apex, and a ring before the centre, in the anterior and mid-tibie

a small spot upon the upper side of the extreme base; the base

of the first tarsal joints, as well as the second and third tarsal

joints. The anterior femora are more strongly expanded than the

rest.

Claws (fig. 68) large, slender; between the two powerful teeth

before the apex, a smaller; between the inner angle and the first

tooth a series of 9-10 acute, backwardly curved, very fine denticles.

Length of hind tibia 14 mm. ; on the inner side six spurs, and in

addition on the inner side at the end four spurs, on the outer side

two spurs, all spurs without ctenidiobothria. The length of the

first, second, and third joints of the posterior tarsi is 1°16 mm.,

0:13 mm., and 0°15 mm. respectively, 7.e., in the approximate ratio

8}: 4:1. The first posterior tarsal joint with 43 short and small

ctenidiobothria. Femora and tibize beset throughout their whole

length with narrow, truncate scales which are silvery on the clear

areas, brown on the brown tract.

Fore wings dull straw colour to grayish white, marbled with

labyrinthine design (fig. 1). Front margin with 8-9 strongly

marked dark brown spots interrupted by clear spots. Veins brown.

Hind wings with exception of the centre rather closely scaled

whitish gray to pale brownish, hind border densely pubescent.

Membrane of the hind wing brightly iridescent green to red.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 51

Membrane of the fore wing dull opaque grayish white. The

remarkable opalisation of the wings of Cymatopsocus opalinus,

Enderl., 1903, is quite absent here.

The veins (fig. 25) are explained in the diagnosis of the genus.

Length of fore wing 43-5 mm. Wing expanse 11-114 mm.

Ceylon, Peradeniya, on tree-trunks. January, 1905, two males

and one female. March, 1905, two females. Collected by Mr-

KE. Ernest Green.

var. major n. (fig. 26).

One male differs from the five specimens recorded above by its

greater size. The colour is somewhat more whitish, but there are

no further differences, so that it probably represents a second

more highly developed generation.

Length of fore wing 5-6 mm.; wing expanse 12} mm.

Ceylon, Maskeliya; on the stem of a bamboo; April, 1905,

one male. Collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Cymatopsocus, Enderl. 1903.

[Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Bd. I., 1903, p. 314.]

Cymatop. opalinus, Enderl., 1903 (fig. 98).

[l.c. p. 315, fig. 56 a—m.]

The palpal organ of the second joint of the maxillary palp is—

as in the preceding genus—developed not in the form of a sense-

club but as a sense-hair (fig. 98 sh.). It reaches in this species a

remarkable length, being longer than the second joint of the palp.

Further India.

Sub-fam. AMPHIENTOMIN &.

[| Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Bd. I., 1903, p. 207 and p. 310.|

TABLE FOR DETERMINATION OF THE GENERA OF AMPHIENTOMIN&.

1. . With 3 ocelli; 2 axillary veins in fore

Without ocelli ; 1 axillary vein in fore

wing ; 7, and sc of the ptersotigma

lie close together. .. .. Stigmatopathus, En-

der]., 1903.

Type :—St. Horvathi, Enderl., 1903.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Outer border more or less strongly acu-

minate in front or with a thin, more

or less long and acute tail-like append-

age in the middle ; claws with 2 teeth

before the apex ; r, absent from hind

wing e .. Syllysis, Hag., 1865.

Type :—S. caudata, Hag., 1865.

Outer border quite rounded DL eave witeas

Claws with one tooth before the apex .. 5.

Claws with two teeth before apex atl

R, present in hind wing (fossil in amber) Amphientomum,

Hag., 1856.

Type :—A. paradoxum, Hag., 1887

R, absent from hind wing (recent) ..Paramphientomum, n. g.

Type :—P. Nietneri, n. sp.

R, present in hind wing (recent) .. Hemiseopsis, n. g.

Type :—H. Fiilleborni, Enderl., 1902.

R, absent from hind wing (recent) .. 6.

Maxillary palp without spur, hind tibiz

with few spurs ; very small forms .. Seopsis, n. g.

Type :—S. Vasantasena, n. sp.

Second, third, and fourth joints of the

maxillary palp with stout spurs;

hind tibia with numerous spurs ; very

large species .. Stimulopalpus n. g.

Type :—St. japonicus, n. sp.

Syllysis, Hag., 1865.

[Hagen. Ent. Mo. Mag., Vol. II., 1865, p. 150; and Verh. Zool.

Bot. Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 203.] /

(Type :—S. caudata, Hag., 1865).

Occipital border sharp edged, the edge rounded. Front long ;

antenne thin and short; three ocelli placed relatively close

together. Terminal joint of the maxillary palp slender, not acute ;

palpal organ of the second joint of the maxillary palp in the form

of a sense-club. Claws with two teeth before the apex. Tarsi

3-joimted.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 53

Outer border of the wings between the ends of m, and m, with

an outgrowth (6), which in the female is produced into a more or

less long and acute tail-like process. It is remarkable that in this

case the female is characterised in such a marked manner.

There is no pterostigma since the distal portion of the subcosta

is lacking. Stigma sac distinct. Median branches very long.

Areola postica elongated. Two axillary veins. -

In the hind wing, an and ax end rather near to one another ;

media simple. In the fore wing between the scales are numerous

very fine hairs.

Scales slender, sides nearly parallel, ends rounded (fig. 42).

Marginal scales (fig. 42, rs) very slender, truncate at the end. Scales

of the hind wing (fig. 43) very slender, with two long acuminations

at the end, which become shorter towards the margin of the wing.

Three relatively large species from Ceylon.

It is thus established with certainty that this important genus.

does not belong to the Lepidopsocide (cf. Enderlin, 1903) ; it is, on

the contrary, a typical Amphientomid.

TABLE FOR DETERMINATION OF THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS SYLLYSIS.

1. Fore wings with some broad silver cross

bands, gold markings, and a large orange

yellow or gold spot in the anterior half of

the apical quadrant .. Brat 22

Fore wings with numerous fine, sinuous,

closely arranged golden cross-bands ;

over the front and vertex two broad

dark brown longitudinal bands .. ritusamhara, n. sp.

2. Vertex with a broad black cross band

between the eyes ae .. caudata, Hag., 1865.

Vertex with two fine parallel dark brown

cross bands between the eyes .. erato, n. sp.

Syllysts erato, n. sp. (figs. 2, 37, 38, 42, 43, 55, 95, 102).

Head whitish grayish yellow, glabrous. Across the vertex, uniting

the eyes, are twonarrow parallel dark brown bands, leaving an equally

broad tract between them ; the anterior band placed at the front

margin of the vertex, runs through the two posterior ocelli and is

feebly notched (concave forwards) in the middle ; the hinder band

is indistinctly concave forwards. Occipital border, sharp edged, the

edge rounded, somewhat concave, Suture of vertex very fine, some-

times almost invisible ; suture between vertex and front distinct.

Front remarkably elongate and very flat. Clypeus relatively small

54 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

and unusually flat (only feebly convex), with three wide brown

longitudinal streaks, which frequently coalesce, not quite reaching

the hinder border and sometimes confined to the anterior half (in

poor specimens not be seen). Cheeks lobe-like, expanded below with

almost circular margin ; at the point of junction with the forehead

a diffuse brownish line. Antenne brownish yellow, the two basal

joints and the third joint pale grayish yellow, becoming darker

towards the apex. Antennz approximately half the length of the

wing, in the male with close-set long hairs on all sides, in the female

only thickly hairy forwards, beset behind sparsely with long hairs.

Antennz inserted close in front of the eye-border.

Ocelli small, reddish brown ; interval between the posterior ocelli

almost equal in length to the interval between them and the eye-

borders.

Eyes smooth, dark brown, with darker bands, generally a golden

sheen in the male, glabrous, very slightly convex; the borders

are not angulately set off from the vertex, but the eyes pass quite

flatly into the vertex; scarcely different in male and female.

Temples quite ousted by the eyes.

Upper lip small, strongly retracted. Apical third of the second,

the third, and fourth joint of the maxillary palp, pale brown ;

approximate ratio of the palpal joints as $: 1#: 1: 14 (fig. 95). Sense-

club (fig. 95, sk) of the second joint of the maxillary palp short

and stout. Inner lobe of the maxilla (fig. 102) with irregular,

strongly flattened, and rounded teeth. .

Thorax pale, brown-scaled above, with gold coloured scales at the

sides. Abdomen, in spirit-specimens, very pale; diffuse grayish

brown cross streaks at the segmental junctions ; finely and mode-

rately closely pubescent, without scales ; apex of abdomen brown,

Legs yellowish gray white; the brown colour is distributed as

follows :—apex of the cox and on the underside of the femora, in

each case, a spot in the middle, before the base and before the apex ;

the latter spot is very feeble in the mid legs and is generally absent

from the hind legs; on the upperside of the femora the extreme

border of the apex ; the fore and mid tibize are annulated in the

centre by two brown bands in such a manner that three approxi-

mately equal uncoloured tracts remain free; in the hind tibie

these rings expand so that only the extreme apex and base and a

narrow uncoloured ring at the end of the second third remain free ;

the three tarsal joints with the exception of a clear ring in the middle

of each and except the extreme apex of the first joint.

Femora compressed, especially the expanded anterior pair.

Claws (fig. 55) slender, apex moderately acute ; between the two

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 45

stout teeth before the apex there is an indication of a minute blunt

denticulation ; between the base and the first tooth, on the inner

side, a row of bristly hairs.

Hinder tibize 1:12 mm. long; outside with 3 spurs, inside with

7 spurs, in addition to the terminal spurs of which there are 4 inside

and 2 outside ; each spur with a ctenidiobothrium which exhibits

the same structure as in the first posterior tarsal joint. The length

of the first, second, and third hinder tarsal joints is 0°67 mm.,

0°07 mm., and 0:09 mm., the ratio being as 74: 3:1. First joint

of the posterior tarsus with about 25 ctenidiobothria, which are very

broad and arcuate ; the marginal bristles are fine hairs ; along the

arcuate margin there is a row of very small black pigmented points,

with two terminal spurs.

Femora and tibiz, in their whole length, beset with narrow silvery

scales (coloured brown on the brown tracts), which are abruptly

truncate behind.

Fore wing with a tail-like outgrowth at the outer margin between

m* and m,, whichis short and rounded in the male (fig. 37), long

and acuminate in the female (fig. 38).

The extraordinarily dense and differentiated scaling of the fore

wing occasions an unusual likeness to the marking of a moth’s wing,

as can be seen from figure 2. The colouration is essentially as fol-

lows :—The ground colour is brown; four narrow silvery cross bands,

which are acutely notched outwards in the middle, divide the wing

into four quarters, the two first bands occurring close beside one

another at the end of the first quarter, the third in the middle,

the fourth approximately at the end of the third quarter. The pos-

terior halves of the two first bands are golden, much reduced and

interrupted, the first not reaching the fore margin ; the third is

interrupted in the middle, and is considerably wider in the

posterior half; the fourth is golden in the posterior half, thin

and linear, usually much diffused in the middle. The third and

fourth bands are distinctly seamed with black brown in the anterior

half ; between them about 5 golden streaks run from the anterior

margin, in front interrupted nearly equally by brown streaks which

soon fuse and disappear behind (hardly + of the wing breadth), only

the most external of them runs into the angle of the notch of the

fourth silver cross band. Between the posterior halves of the third

and fourth bands occur irregular golden spots, here and there also

silver scales. The anterior half of the outer quarter of the wing is

occupied by a roundish reddish golden spot into which a prominent

silvery wedge-shaped spot projects from the end of the fore margin,

the base of the wedge lying upon the fore margin and its catheti

I 10(4)06

56 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

seamed with black. This seam proceeds inwards into a narrow

wedge-shaped spot lying at the margin and is prolonged outwards

into a seam at the outer margin which bends inwards at the caudate

process and merges into the brown colour of the posterior half of the

outer quarter of the wing, which is only interrupted by a roundish

golden spot in its outer moiety, two silver marginal spots behind the

latter, the inner of which becomes towards the inner side gradually —

golden, and by a narrow golden spot placed parallel to the end of the

fourth cross band ; in the inner half occur scattered groups of silver

scales and in front at the limit of the golden spot, a deep blackish

brown longitudinal spot, which is bounded behind by a diffuse golden

line. The scaling of the outer margin is yellowish golden; the

caudate process is silvery, its hinder margin black. The base of the

wing is yellowish golden. The membrane is tinted pale brownish.

Hind wing hyaline, apical angle with very slender scales ; ends of the

veins and the analis beset with scales. Hind margin hairy ; veins

and scales pale brownish. Venation and scaling of both wings are

described in the diagnosis of the genus. Membrane of the hind wing

intensely iridescent, green to red.

Length of fore wing in male 3 mm., in female 4 mm. ; expanse

of wings in male 7 mm., in female 9 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya ; on tree trunks, February, 1905. Eighteen

males (7 in alcohol) and five females (1 in alcohol) ; collected by

Mr. E. E. Green.

Syllysis caudata, Hag. 1865.

Amphientomum caudatum, Nietner in litt. ; Hagen Ent. Mo. Mag.,

vol. II., 1865, p. 150.

Syllysis caudata, Hagen. Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. II., 1865, p. 151.

Syllysis caudata, Hagen. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, 1866,

pp. 204, 210, and 219.

Syllysis c@udata, Hag. Enderlein Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Bd I.,

1903, p. 320.

Hagen, loc cit. :-—

“ Head bright yellow, with a broad black band between the eyes ;

ocelli distant ; palpi grayish brown; antenne grayish brown, the

three basal joints yellow ; thorax brown, bordered on each side and

posteriorly with golden scales, brown in the middle; abdomen

black ; superior wings elongated, the apex prolonged into a point

truncated posteriorly, brown, with the scales forming very pretty

markings, viz., the base golden, with silvery bands, on the middle

of the anterior margin a golden band between two silvery lines

bordered with black ; at the apex an oblique comma-shaped silvery

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 57

mark bordered with black, behind this mark an orange spot partially

encircling a black pupil, placed after the apical prolongation ; in-

ferior wings hyaline, brown ; legs yellow, femora with two black

rings nearly obsolete on the posterior pair, posterior tibiz black with

a yellow ring before the apex, first tarsal joint with two black rings,

the two following brown.

Long. cum alis 44+ mill.; exp. alar. 9 mill. Ceylon. Rambodde

(Nietner), in woods.

I have seen but one specimen of this extraordinary species. In

all the others the superior wings are oval, the apex scarcely acute,

but in A. caudatum they are prolonged into a sort of tail. The

colours are very bright and the markings very pretty. Probably it

will be advisable eventually to place A. caudatum in a distinct

genus. I propose the name Syllysis.”

Syllysis ritusamhara, n. sp. (Fig. 3, 39, 40, 54, 96, 111.)

Head clear brownish yellow, with extremely short, fairly dense,

fine, silken, recumbent hairs. Along the front and vertex run two

parallel dark brown bands which touch the somewhat concave eye-

borders laterally and the hinder ocelli inwardly, leaving between

them an equally broad clear longitudinal tract free. Occipital

margin sharp edged, the edge rounded ; somewhat concave. Su-

ture of the vertex very fine. Suture between front and vertex dis-

tinct. Forehead long and flat. Clypeus rather small, prominent,

blackish brown. Clypeolus narrow, yellow. Upper lip blackish

brown, strongly diverted towards the lower side and posteriorly.

Cheeks expanded lobe-like below, with arcuate border ; separated

from the front by a roundish brown spot in which, close in front of

the eye-border, the insertion of the antenne occurs. Antenne

brownish yellow, becoming blackish beyond the middle ; in the

male on all sides with close and fairly erect long pubescence, in the

female with sparser and more oblique pubescence which, on the

hinder side, is still sparser and shorter. Ocelli small, dark reddish

brown ; interval between the posterior ocelli slightly shorter than

the distance between them and the eye-borders. Eyes smooth,

brownish yellow to reddish brown, generally dark spotted or banded,

in the male with reddish gold sheen, glabrous, as in S. erato, n. sp.,

hardly differing in male and female. Temples quite displaced by

the eyes. Maxillary palp scaleless, brownish yellow, apex of the

third and the fourth joint pale brown ; sense-club (fig. 96, sk) of the

second joint relatively short and stout. Inner lobe of maxilla

figured in fig. 111.

58 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Mesothorax black above, parapsidal furrows and hind border

yellow, the scaling at these places golden. Abdomen, in spirit-

specimens dirty whitish, the segmental junctions brown on the

under side, anterior half brown at the sides, apex brown : finely and

rather closely pubescent, without scales.

Legs yellowish grayish white, tarsi brownish yellow. The

blackish brown coloration is distributed as follows :—The anterior

margin of the coxe, the basal half of the femora on the under

side and a spot before the apex, the latter sometimes very

indistinct especially on the hind legs; on the upper side of the

extreme base and the extreme margin of the apex ; a ring before the

apex of the mid tibize, the hind tibie with exception of the base,

the apex and a narrow ring in the middle ; the base and the apex

of the first tarsal joint and the second and third tarsal joints.

Femora flattened, especially the somewhat expanded anterior

femora. Claws (fig. 54) slender, apex moderately acute, the tooth

nearer to the apex much stouter than the other ; between base and

first tooth in the middle a ridge-like prominence, between this and

first tooth a row of bristly hairs.

Length of hind tibia 1°34 mm. ; this carries on the outside three

spurs, on the inside nine very short spurs in addition to the ter-

minal spurs (four on the inside, two on the outside) ; each spur with

a ctenidiobothrium, which presents the same peculiar structure as

that of the first posterior tarsal joint. The length of the first,

second, and third posterior tarsal joint is 0°83 mm. : 0°07 mm. :

0'1 mm. ; their ratio is as 84: #5: 1. First posterior tarsal joint

with about 29 ctenidiobothria and two end spurs ; each ctenidio-

bothrium very broad and arcuate, overlapping its neighbour, margin

densely hairy. Second posterior tarsal joint with one end spur.

Femora and tibie in their whole length beset with narrow silvery

scales (brown on the brown parts), posteriorly abruptly truncate.

Fore wing tipped with a somewhat elongated but rounded apex

in the male (fig. 39), which in the female is drawn out into a long

trailing tail-like acumination (fig. 40). The marking of the wing

which is produced by the dense scaling is shown in fig. 3 and is

essentially as follows :—The ground colour is deep brownish black ;

the wing is traversed by numerous, irregular, much interrupted,

wavy, thin cross bands with golden sheen, the base of the wing, a

zone at the hinder border and at the outer border and a central

oblique cross band interrupted in the middle remaining free. The

middle of the outermost cross bands is silvery. The tail-like elon-

gated wing apex silvery, in the middle at the anterior margin a

black spot, which indistinctly radiates posteriorly ; behind and

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 59

inwards seamed with black: parallel to the inner seam a golden

band which turns inwards and ends shortly before the re-entering

angle [‘‘einspringende Ecke’’] of the outer margin, in which a

silvery white spot bordered with golden scales occurs ; the black

hinder border of the wing apex with fine golden seam. Hinder

border except middle and base seamed with gold ; wing base golden.

Hind wing hyaline, apical quarter with very slender pale brown

scales ; the ends of r,45,m, cw, and an scaly ; hinder border long

and densely pubescent. Membrane of the hind wing iridescent

from green to intense red. Venation and scaling are explained in

the diagnosis of the genus.

Length of fore wing in male 4 mm., in female 4:2 mm.; wing

expanse in male 9 mm., in female 10 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya; on tree trunks; February, 1905. Seven

males (6 in alcohol) and eight females (1 in alcohol). Again

in March, 1905, seven males and one female ; collected by Mr. E. E.

Green.

Amphientomum, Hagen. 1856.

Hagen. in Berendt. Benst. Org , 1856., Taf. II., p. 61. Taf. VII.,

ng. 21.-' Taf. VIL., fig. 10.

Hagen. Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. IT., 1865., p. 148. Id. Verh. Zool. Bot.

Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 203. Id. Ent. Zeit. Stettin., 1882, pp. 268-276.

Taf. I., fig. VI., 1-8.

Enderein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Bd.I., 1905, p. 310. 7d. Zoolog.

Anz. Bd. 29, 1905, pp. 576-580, fig. 1-5.

uarge forms, only known fossil in amber. Differs from the

nearly related recent genera Paramphientomum, n. g., Stimulopsis,

n.g., and Seopsis, n. g., by the absence of the radial branch 7, from

the hind wing ; from the two last-named genera it also differs in the

fact that the claws carry two teeth before lace apex. Maxillary

palp without spurs.

TABLE OF THE SPECIES.

1. Scales of fore wing abruptly truncate at the end 2.

Scales of fore wing emarginate at theend .. colpolepis,

Enderl. 1905.

2. These scales shorter and broader, lateral

borders converge towards the base .. paradoxum,

Hag. 1856.

These scales longer and narrower, lateral borders

parallel ve at .. leptolepis, En-

derl. 1905.

60 SPOLIA ZEYLANIOA.

Amphientomum colpolepis, Enderl. 1905.

A. paradoxum, Hag. 1856. Hagen. Ent. Zeit. Stettin, 1882,

p. 268 partim.

A. colpolepis, Enderlein, Zool. Anz. Bd. 29, 1905, p. 577, figs.

2 and 3.

In the fore wing the cross vein between radial ramus and media

is longer and more oblique than in A. paradoxum, Pick. Hag. The

pterostigma appears to be shorter and narrower. In the hind wing

the base of the radial ramus is absent so that the latter appears to

arise from the media ; ri reaches the anterior margin near the end

of re-s8-

Fig. 1. Amphientomum colpolepis, Enderl.

Venation of fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

The distal portion of the subcosta, which forms the basal boundary

of the pterostigma, is clearly recognisable and fairly distant from

the point of origin of the radial ramus.

Terminal joint of maxillary palp relatively slender. First joint

of posterior tarsus with about 27 ctenidia ; the same joint 0°7 mm.

long, second joint 0:06 mm., third joint 0°11 mm.

ps TS

Fig. 2. Amphientomum colpolepis, Ender].

Seales of fore wing; re marginal scales x 280.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 61

Scales of fore wing slender, at the end smoothly truncate, and in

the middle more or less deeply emarginate ; the marginal scales (rs)

have two more or less long apices. Some scales near the margin,

which are somewhat elongated, sometimes show an indication of a

third denticulation. The scaling of the fore wing appears blackish

with only a few small marginal spots between the ends of the

veins.

Length of fore wing about 3°15 mm.

Found in amber of East Prussia. One specimen, No. 91 of the

Kiinow Collection in the possession of the Paleontological Institute

of the Royal Museum of the Natural History ; also one of the speci-

mens which Hagen assigned to Amph. paradoxum, Hag., in his new

monograph on the Psocide in amber (Stett. Ent. Z., 1882, pp.

217-237 and 265-300).

Amphientomum paradoxum, Pict. Hag. 1856. A. paradoxum.

Hagen im Berendt. im Bernst. bef. Organismen II., 1856, p. 61,

Taf. VII., f. 21. Taf. VIII. f. 10; Hagen. Ent. Z. Stettin., 1882,

pp. 268-276. Taf. 1., fig. VI., 1-8; Enderlein, Zoolog. Anz. Bd.

29, 1905, p. 579, figs. 1, 4, and 5.

In all the available material examined by Hagen in 1882, the base

to the radial ramus of the hind wing is constantly present. Hagen ~

omits this stretch of vein from his figure and has presumably

selected the hind wing of object No. 91 (A. colpolepis, Enderl.),

which is preserved rather favourably, and has correlated it with

Fig. 3.—A. paradoxum, Hag. x 27.

Venation of fore wing and hind wing.

the fore wing of the typical A. paradoxum, Hag. It is clear

with what caution the combination of several fragments should be

undertaken.

62 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

r, always reaches the margin of the hind wing near the end of

ant

Ts Ts

Mg Xg-

Fig. 4.—A. paradoxum, Hag.

Scales of fore wing xX 280; rs = Marginal scales.

The scales are moderately slender, and usually expand feeble

towards the end, where they are directly or somewhat roundly

truncated. The slender marginal scales (rs) rarely show an extreme-

ly shallow emargination at the end (cf. fig. 4). The distal part of

the subcosta, which closes the pterostigma in the fore wing, appears

to be partly present in this species, and partly absent. It is cer-

tainly present in Nos. 81, 84, 85, and 95, whereas otherwise it is

apparently lacking (Nos. 87, 89, 92).

Fig. 5.—A. paradoxum, Hag. Claw x 280.

Claw with two teeth before the curved apex ; before the teeth

three or moré-bristle-like hairs ( fig. 5 from No. 89). The length of

the first joint of the posterior tarsus varies from 0°85—-0°88 mm. ;

that of the second joint from 0:08-0:09 mm.; that of the third

from 0°1-0'12 mm. ; the number of ctenidia on the first hind tarsal

joint varies between 29 and 32; one specimen has 34 (No. 95).

The above statements supplement Hagen’s detailed description

(l.c. 1882). Locality: In East Prussian amber.

I had at my disposal Nos. 81, 82, 84-87, 89, 92,93, 95, and 162

(nymph) from the Kiinow Collection. Nos. 81 and 85 present a

quite colourless gold gleaming scaling ; these animals had probably

been sun-dried and bleached before they were completely saturated

with the resin. ;

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 63

Amphientomum leptolepis, Enderl. 1905. A. paradoxum, Hagen.

Ent. Z. Stettin, 1882, p. 268, partim. A. leptolepis, Enderlein

Zool. Anz. Bd. 29, 1905, p. 580, fig. 6.

One specimen, closely resembling A. paradoxum in size and wing

marking, differs inthe very long, slender, and narrow form of the

scales of its fore wing (fig. 6); the sides appear to be quite parallel.

uc?

Fig. 6.—A. leptolepis, Enderl. Scales of fore wing x 280 rs=

Marginal scales.

In addition, the number of the ctenidiobothria of the first hind

tarsal joint reaches the number of about 36, which I have not

observed in A. paradoxum. The length of the first hind tarsal joint

is about 0°8 mm. ; of the second 0:1 mm. ; of the third 0°11 mm.

I leave it doubtful whether the specimen under reference represents

a separate species or whether it is to be regarded as a variety of

A. paradoxum, Hag.

In East Prussian amber. No. 94 of the Kiinow Collection.

Paramphientomum, n. g.

Type: P. Nietneri, n. sp.

Closely related to the fossil genus Amphientomum, Hag., from

which it differs by the absence of the first radial branch (r,) in the

hind wing. Claws with two teeth before the apex. Maxillary palp

(2nd—4th joints) with spurs.

A large form which is extraordinarily similar in marking to 4.

paradoxum.

One species from Ceylon.

Paramphientomum Nietneri, n. sp. (figs. 7, 27-29, 34, 56, 112.)

Head clear brownish yellow, dull, and glabrous, almost hemis-

pherical since all parts ( eyes, clypeus, &c.) are developed without

convex projections and without projecting edges; the occipital

margin is very sharp, steeply descending ; the sharp edge slightly

rounded and straight. Suture of vertex very fine; middle of the

K 10(4)06

64 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

vertex with two broad brownish longitudinal streaks, leaving free

only a very fine yellowish line along the suture. Temples absent.

Eyes relatively small, not prominent, hairless, brownish, with red-

golden sheen. Cheeks strongly arched, expanding below, whitish

yellow. Clypeus relatively small, set off by a fine groove, slightly

convex. Clypeolus narrow, pale. Upper lipsmooth, black. Maxil-

lary palp pale yellowish, end joint slender and brown ; second joint

with two spurs, third with three, fourth with two strong “and

relatively long spurs.

Ocelli (fig. 34) very small, the anterior ocellus half the diameter

of the posterior ocelli ; the interval between the latter about half

as great as the interval between them and the eye-borders. Suture

between forehead and vertex absent.

Antenne thin, about three-fourths the length of the fore wing,

brown, the three first joints clear brownish yellow, fairly closely and

fairly long pubescent, at the base chiefly pubescent in front only

(probably all specimens female). Inner lobe of maxilla represented

in fig. 112.

Mesothorax brown above, beset with gray scales which have

mostly dropped off. Abdomen of dried specimens brown. Legs

clear brownish yellow to whitish yellow. The following parts are

dark brown :—The extreme upper apex of the femora; the tibie

with exception of the apex and of a ring in the middle, in the hind

tibiz with exception of the base also ; the first tarsal joints except

the apical third in the fore leg, and the apical half and more in the

middle and hind legs. Femora little expanded, the hind femora

not expanded. Hind tibie with a great number of almost upright,

short (long in comparison with syllysis, &c.) spurs which are dis-

tributed on all sides of the tibia. The length of the anterior tibia

is 0-57 mm., of the middle 0°63 mm., and of the posterior tibia

1:23 mm. Claws (fig. 56) slender with two teeth before the apex

and inwardly outside the edge with fine hairs. The length of the

first, second, and third fore tarsal joints respectively is 0°42 mm.,

0:08 mm., 0°01 mm. ; of the mid tarsal joints 0°45 mm. 0:07 mm.,

0:09 mm. ; of the hind tarsal joints 0°85 mm. ;0°1 mm. 0°14 m.m.

The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore as 84: 1:12. First

hind tarsal joint with about 27 ctenidiobothria. Femora, tibiz,

and first tarsal joints scaly.

The closure of the pterostigma fails through the absence of the

distal piece of the subcosta (fig. 27). Stigma sac well developed,

short and thick. Membrane of fore wing brown, apical angle almost

hyaline. Veins brown, those of the apical third dark brown.

In consequence of the scaling, a gray silver ground colour is present,

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 65

which is interrupted by black brown marking (fig. 7), rather variable ;

the veins are generally seamed with yellow, feebly golden scales,

which more or less disappear in dark specimens, but numerous yellow

scales are always found. The brown marking is illustrated in fig.

7, and is very similar to that of Amphientomum paradoxum, Hag.,

from the amber; frequently it spreads still more over the wing,

sometimes it becomes somewhat reduced especially in the apex.

In the hind wing the scaling of the outer margin is only slightly

continued in the apex into the membrane, the latter iridescent

intense violet, red to golden.

The scales of the fore wing are long, slender, with parallel sides

and moderately emarginate ends (fig. 28) ; marginal scales slender,

rather narrow, with two generally very long apices. Scales of the

outer margin of the hind wing similarly deeply bifid at the end.

Length of fore wing 2°6-3'4 mm. ; expanse of wings 6-8 mm.

Ceylon, Peradeniya, on moist walls. January, 1905, sixteen

specimens, probably all female. June, 1905, one specimen. Col-

lected by Mr. E. E. Green.

I have dedicated this species to Mr. Nietner, who collected,

with so much interesting material of other orders in Ceylon, the

examples of the Amphientomides and Lepidopsocids diagnosed by

Hagen.

Stimulopalpus, n. g.

The first radial branch is lacking in the hind wing. Maxillary

palp (fig. 130) with spurs at thesecond, third, and fourth joints.

Claws (fig. 128) with one tooth before the apex. Hind tibia with

numerous spurs.

One large species from Japan.

Scales of the fore wing (fig. 129) deeply emarginate, especially the

marginal scales (rs), which have two long to very long apices ; scales

of hind wing resembling the latter.

Stimulopalpus japonicus, n. sp.

Plate C., Figs. 127-130.

Head pale grayish white ; upper lip and clypeus dark brown, as

are also the sides of the forehead and a narrow median cross bar

before the anterior ocellus upon the forehead.

The vertex is brown except fora large round spot in the middie of -

each half, and the distinct suture of the vertex. The neighbourhood

of the ocelli is grayish white.

Antenne very thin, about three-fourths the length of the fore wing ;

dark brown with excéption of the first three joints; sparsely

66 SPOLIA ZEYLANIOA.

pubescent. Terminal joint of the maxillary palp brown ; sense clubs

(fig. 130 sk) short but stout ; second and fourth joints with three

spurs, third joint with four (fig. 130, sp, to sp,9). Anterior ocellus

muchsmaller than the two posterior; the interval between the eyes and

the posterior ocelli is about twice as great as that between the latter.

Eyes dark brown, hairless. Clypeolus very narrow and indistinct.

Thorax pale, mesothorax brown above. Scales are lacking on

the thorax, but they have probably dropped off from the specimens,

all of which are preserved in spirit. Abdomen very pale, apex dark

brown.

Legs pale gray white ; the following parts are brown: the coxe,

the extreme base of the hind femora, a ring through the middle of

the basal half of the tibize occupying about one-third of their length,

the distal half of the tibize except their apical third, the basal half

of the first tarsal joint (in the posterior foot rather less) and the

second and third tarsal joints. Claws (fig. 128) pale yellowish, the

tooth before the apex stout; before the tooth five setz, the last: of

which is very long. Tibiz and first tarsal joints beset with rela-

tively short and moderately emarginate scales on the posterior and

outer sides of the brown places, as shown in fig. 129 6. Hind tibia

with about 18 spurs in addition to the 6 terminal spurs (fig. 127).

On the front of the first hind tarsal joint, a row of eight small spurs

(fig. 127 a-h.), and two terminal spurs besides ; first hind tarsal joint

with about 26 ctenidiobothria. Second hind tarsal joint with one

terminal seta. Ratio of the hind tarsal joints as 9:1: 1}.

The closure of the pterostigma fails through the absence of the

distal piece of the subcosta. Stigma sac short and thick, nearly

globular. Membrane of fore wing brown, apical fourth hyaline,

colourless. Veins brown, those of the apical third dark brown,

rr, dark brown in the entire length, only the base pale brown.

On each side of the cross vein between radial ramus and media a

large roundigh, hyaline, nearly colourless spot (which is not present in

Paramphientomum Nietneri, Enderl.). Thescales of the wings have

to a large extent fallen off, as the material is preserved in alcohol ;

the wing-marking cannot therefore be recognized ; but they have still

so far remained that their distribution in respect of scale form can

be ascertained.

The scales of the fore wing (fig. 129 a) are extraordinarily slender.

and long, at the end sharply and deeply bifid ; near the outer margin

(fig. 129 b) on the contrary they are shorter and broader and less

deeply incised. The marginal scales (fig. 129 rs) are very long,

strongly expanding towards the end and deeply to very deeply befid.

Those of the hind wing resemble the latter.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 67

Length of fore wing about 3°6 mm.

Japan, Okayama, Herbst, 1904 ; twelve nymphs and five females,

Collected by Hans Sauter.

The nymphs have 2-jointed tarsi. They are pale gray white,

sprinkled above with gray brown. Antennz brown, eyes gray black.

Colour of the legs as in the imago. Wing sheaths long and narrow,

almost equal in length to the abdomen, the hind wings rather

shorter. The colour of the latter is pale yellowish gray white, that

of the fore wing with a brown cross band respectively at the end of

the first and second third.

Seopsis, n.g.

Type :—S. vasantasena,n. sp.

First radial branch in hind wing absent. Maxillary palp without

spurs. Claws with one tooth before the apex.

Three small species in Ceylon.

Scales of fore wing mostly abruptly truncate at the end, only feebly

emarginate in 8. vasantasena (fig. 31); marginal scales and scales of

hind wing more or less deeply or flatly incised.

TABLE OF SPECIES OF THE GENUS SEOPSIS.

1. Head in front with metallic green glitter.

Fore wing with silvery scaling and black-brown

marking te . metallops, n. sp.

Head without metallic lustre is sae

2. Fore wing dark brown with golden marking superba (Hag

1865).

Fore wing silvery with irregular golden -

longitudinal band in the middle; hinder border

with irregular dark brown marking; anterior

border with three brown cross bands (of which the

middle one is clear gray brown) which scarcely

reach the middle of the wing; before and behind

these a dark brown marginal spot vasantasena,,

n. sp.

Seopsis vasantasena, n. sp. (Figs. 5, 30, 31, 35, 58, 103).

Head clear brownish yellow, over the vertex four rather narrow

reddish brown longitudinal streaks, the two submedian streaks

very close to the distinct suture of the vertex ; they often coalesce

especially in the central portion ; the two lateral streaks are ‘near

to the eye-borders, often touching them. These four brown

68 © SPOLIA ‘ZEYLANICA.

longitudinal bands are continued upon the relatively narrow forehead,

but never coalesce there. Over the middle of the convex clypeus

passes a broad brown band divided into two parts in the middle line

by afine yellow line. Clypeolus yellowish. Upper lip black-brown,

at the sides brown. Cheeks whitish. Inner lobe of maxilla shown

in fig. 103. Maxillary palp without spurs, whitish, the first jomt

and basal half of second joint brown. Eyes relatively small, black,

frequently pale speckled or banded, hairless. Ocelli (fig. 35) very

small, very near together. Occiput steeply descending, occipital

margin rounded and emarginate in the middle. Antenne thin,

about two-thirds the length of the wing, black-brown, the three

first joints reddish brown; rather sparsely pubescent, somewhat

more densely towards the apex; the lengths of the eleven (anten-

nary) joints of the flagellum in millims. are: 0°09, 0°12, 0°14,

0°12, 0°11, 0°09, 0°08, 0°08, 0°05, 0°05, 0°06.

Thorax brown, with golden scales in the middle, some silver

scales at the side, most of the scales lost. Abdomen of dried speci-

mens brownish. Legs brown, the following parts clear brownish

yellow: the apices of the coxe, the trochanters, the extreme

apex of the femora below, the extreme base of the tibiz, the apices

of the tibize and first tarsal joints, and the very short spurs standing

out on all sides of the posterior,tibie. The length of the anterior

tibia is 0°47 mm., that of the middle tibia 0°47 mm., of the hinder

tibia 1 mm.

The lengths of the tarsal joints of the fore foot in millims. are

0°3, 0°05, 0°08; of the mid foot 0°33, 0°05, 0°07; of the hind

foot 0°52, 0°06, 0°08. The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is there-

fore as 64: ?: 1. First hind tarsal joint with about 18 ctenidi-

obothria. Claws (fig. 58) relatively small, one tooth before the

apex, which is very long and acute, before the tooth about 7 seti-

form hairs. Femora, tibie, and first tarsal joints squamous.

The venation is illustrated in fig. 30. Pterostigma very short and

small, far removed from the ramification of the radial ramus, the

distal portion of the subcosta remote. Peduncle of the radial fork

nearly equal to the length of r,;,. The basal portion of the

radial ramus is lacking in the hind wing, and the radial ramus ap-

parently arises from the media; 7, is absent (r ends at the place

where the radial ramus should have been given off). The marking

of the fore wings produced by the scaling is as follows :—Ground

colour silvery, a golden longitudinal band through the centre of the

wing which spreads out in the apical half as far as the hinder margin

and is interrupted by two or three silver spots ; in the anterior half

of the wing, in front of the line joining the most anterior portion of

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 69

the root of the wing to the wing apex, occurs near the middle a clear,

gray brown, rather broad cross band which runs from the anterior

margin obliquely backwards and ends directly truncate. In the

anterior half of the wing the following places are dark brown :—~A

narrow brown longitudinal band from the anterior margin of the

wing base, in the first half lying against the anterior border, in the

second half directed obliquely backwards and towards the wing

apex ; close beside the gray brown cross band on the inner side of it

a nearly equally broad parallel cross band, outside the gray brown

band and also close beside it another very narrow parallel cross band.

Outside the latter a dark brown marginal spot produced acutely

backwards, outside this again a minute marginal spot over the

apex. Hinder border with a dark brown zigzag seam, broad at the

base, expanding at the end of the first third to an acute triangle,

the apex of which reaches to about the middle joint between poste-

rior and anterior margin, then becomes strongly attenuated ; it is

interrupted in the middle and, before ending before the apex, encloses

one or two golden spots. Hind wings hyaline, veins pale brown,

apical border with long scales, hinder border with very long hairs :

in the membrane scales only occur at the anterior margin of the apex

upon a very narrow zone (fig. 5); membrane blue to intense red

violet iridescent to golden yellow.

The scales of the fore wing (fig. 31 a) are relatively slender, the

sides parallel, feebly emarginate at the end; the marginal scales

are very narrow and long, strongly bifid at the end (fig. 31 3); the

scales of the hind wing are slenderer and attenuate gradually toward

the base and are at the end usually more or less emarginate or smooth-

ly truncate (fig. 31. y. 6. «.), the marginal scales (fig. 31. £.) like

those of the fore wing, though usually less strongly bifid at the end.

Length of fore wing 2 mm., wing expanse 44 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya. January, 1905;0n the outer surface of

walls and verandahs ; 13 specimens ; collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Seopsis superba (Hag., 1865).

(Figs. 6, 32, 36, 123.)

Amphientomum superbum, Hagen, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. II., 1865

p. 150.

Perientomum superbum, Hagen, Verh. d. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. ,

1866, p. 210.

Perientomum superbum, Hag., Enderlein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hun-

gar., Bd. I., 1903, p. 322. ;

Seopsis superba (Hag.) m.

70 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Vertex yellowish brown to reddish brown, in the middle a dark

brown longitudinal band which is sometimes crossed in the centre

by a more indistinct transverse band ; a narrow seam at the inner

borders of the eyes. Suture of the vertex fine. Ocelli relatively

close together, the interval between the two posterior ocelli one-

third to one-fourth of the interval between them and the eye-borders.

Forehead dark red-brown, with delicate gray pubescence. Clypeus

black-brown with very fine gray pubescence, moderately convex.

Clypeolus usually clear yellowish, short. Labrum black. Maxil-

lary palp without spurs, black ; end-joint, except its extreme base,

whitish yellow. Antenne about two-thirds the length of the fore

wing, black-brown, the four first joints dark red-brown, the apex

of the third and fourth joint, sometimes also the apex of the second

joint (second basal joint), very pale brownish yellow. The length

of the eleven (antennary) joints of the flagellum are in millims.:

0:15, 0°17, 0°2, 0°2, 0°16, 0°13, 0°1,.0°1, 0°07, 0°06, 0°07. Eyes -

fairly large, black, sometimes with golden lustre, glabrous. Tem-

ples displaced.

Thorax black above, covered with golden scales, especially behind. -

Abdomen in the dried animal blackish, Legs black, ends of the

coxe, the trochanters, the apices of the femora, tibiz, and first

tarsal joints clear brownish yellow to whitish yellow with golden

lustre ; the apices of the first tarsal joints are often only at the

extreme tip pale coloured ; in the hind legs this clear colour becomes

sometimes almost entirely obliterated. In clearer specimens the

three tarsal joints incline to a pale colouration. The length of the

anterior tibize is 0°5 mm., of the middle tibiez 0°48 mm. ; and. of the

hind tibie 0°95 mm. The lengths of the tarsal joints of the fore

foot in millims. amount to : 0°28, 0:05, 0°08; of the middle foot,

0:32, 0°07, 0°08; of the hind foot 0°6, 0°08, 01. Ratio of the

posterior tarsal joints as 6: $:1. Claws slender, with one rather

stout tooth hefore the apex. First hind tarsal joint with 23 cteni-

diobothria. Femora, tibie, and first tarsal jomts squamous. The

posterior femur is shown in fig. 123.

Venation illustrated in fig. 32. Pterostigma very short and

small, distal portion of the subcosta distinct. The basal part of the

radial ramus in the hind wing is lacking (the ramus apparently aris-

ing from the media); 7; is absent and r ends at the place where

the radial ramus should begin. The pattern produced by the scaling

of the fore wing (fig. 6) is the following :—Black brown to brown

with golden marginal spots between the ends of the veins, a narrow

golden band (which is often broken up into points) near the outer

margin, and parallel to the latter; in the middle of the, anterior

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 7)

margin a large golden spot which radiates diffusely through the

wing to the hinder margin ; at the nodulus a large golden spot which

usually radiates indistinctly and diffusely towards the middle of

the anterior margin ; wing base golden ; at various places isolated

golden scales; the marginal spot of the middle of the anterior

margin and that between the ends of 7, and 754. are generally

the largest of the wing, sometimes the remaining golden marking

decreases in proportion to these, with the exception of the outer

marginal spots. Inthe hind wing the membrane of the apical zone

with clear brownish scales ; membrane red to intense golden yellow,

with greenish golden yellow iridescence.

Scales of the fore wing (fig. 36 a) relatively broad and short, at

the end smoothly truncate, the marginal scales (fig. 36 () slender,

relatively broad and emarginate at the end ; scales of the hind wing

(fig. 36. y. 6. «.) similarly emarginate.

Length of fore wing 2°2 mm., wing expanse 43 mm.

Ceylon, Peradeniya, January, 1905, one specimen on a tree

trunk ; February, 1905, two specimens on tree trunks ; March, 1905,

one specimen on a tree trunk ; collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Seopsis metallops, n. sp.

(Figs. 4, 33, 57, 92, 93, 121.)

Head deep dull sammet black, rarely brownish black ; clypeus,

forehead, and frontal margin of the vertex rather thickly covered

with a microscopic pubescence having a strong metallic green lustre ;

on the clypeus this pubescence forms very fine closely packed

parallel longitudinal streaks. Over the middle of each half of the

vertex passes a flat but very distinct longitudinal impression, which

is continued upon the not very long forehead, where it marks off a

roundish median prominence which carries in the middle a small

roundish clear yellowish brown spot ; in the middle of each of the

impressions of the vertex occurs an equally large and similarly

coloured-spot. These three clear round spots lie in the angles of an

imaginary isosceles triangle, whose apical angle is little short of

60°, and. they are extraordinarily deceptive, resembling the ocelli

when examined with a low power lens. The actual ocelli are very

small and shine like orange yellow glass beads ; the anterior is a

little larger ; the distance between the two posterior ocelli is about

half as great as their distance from the eyes. Clypeolus clear

yellowish brown. Upper lips glossy brown black, rarely brown.

Occiput steeply descending, but at the same time strongly rounded.

Suture of the vertex very fine, sometimes pale brown behind.

Eyes fairly large, hardly prominent. Antennz moderately thin,

10(4)06

We. SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

black, about three-fourths length of fore wing, very sparsely beset

with scattered hairs ; the lengths of the eleven (antennary) joints

of the flagellum in millims. are : 0°22, 0°24, 0°28, 0°23, 0°16, 0:1,

0:08, 0:09, 0:1, 0°11. Inner lobe of maxilla shown in fig. 92 ;

maxillary palp without spurs (fig. 93); organ of maxillary palp

(sense-club, fig. 93 sk) slender.

Thorax dull brownish black; whether it has had scales above

cannot be asserted since all examples are badly rubbed, still here

and there a single silver scale appears to be present. Legs brownish

black ; the following parts are clear brownish yellow :—Apices of

the coxze, the trochanters, the apex of the hind femur, the base of

the hind tibia ; a narrow ring on the tibiz near the end of the first

third, in the hind tibia at the end of the first fourth, and the apices

of the tibiz. The short spurs which stand on all sides of the hind

tibia (fig. 121) are yellowish.

The length of the anterior tibia is 0°67 mm., of the middle tibia

0:72 mm., of the hind tibia 1°33 mm.

The lengths in millims. of the tarsal joints are: in the forefoot

0:5, 0°08, 0:1; in the middle foot, 0°55, 0°08, 0:1; in the pos-

terior foot, 0°77, 0°08, 0:1. The ratio of the hind tarsal joints

is therefore as 73: +: 1. First hind tarsal joint with about 23

ctenidiobothria. Claws (fig. 57) very large, tooth before the apex

broad and stout, the five or six hair-like sete between the basal

angle and the tooth, very stout. Femora, tibie, and first tarsal

joints beset with slender scales.

Membrane of the fore wing dark blackish brown. Pterostigma

very slender and narrow ; the distal portion of the subcosta which

limits the pterostigma distinct but very short, arising approxi-

mately in the middle of the length of r,, which here forms a feeble

angle. Peduncle of the radial fork as long as r,+, and about

twice as long as the media between cross vein and first bifurcation.

Areola postica rather high and relatively short, cw, long, about

twice as long as cu,. The pattern produced by the scaling of the

fore wing, which is almost entirely rubbed away in most of the speci-

mens and is to some extent well preserved in one example only,

is as follows :—Ground-colour whitish gray with silvery lustre,

The following parts are black :—The base (more extended behind),

_ a cross band through the middle and another through the end of

the third quarter, as well as the apex ; all the dark markings are

much interrupted by roundish’ silver spots; the markings of the

apical half are united by irregular black anastomoses.

Scales of fore wing (fig. 33) very broad, the sides attenuating

towards the base, with feebly arcuate almost directly truncate

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 73

ends (fig. 33. B.), rarely, towards the outer wing margin, very

shallowly emarginate at the end (fig. 33. y.). Marginal scales

(fig. 33 6) hair like. In the hind wing the hyaline membrane and

the pale grayish brown veins are completely scaleless and hairless ;

outer and hinder margin long haired, only at the outer margin

between the hairs occur single slender scales (fig. 33, «.), which

are incised at the end. Membrane of hind wing with dull gray

lustre.

Length of fore wing 2°4 mm., wing expanse 54 mm.

Ceylon, Diyatalawa. April, 1905; on rocks; ten specimens

probably female ; collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Hemiseopsis, n. g.

Type : —H. Fiilleborni, Enderl. 1902.

First radial branch (7,) present in hind wing. Claws with one

tooth before the apex.

One large species from Africa.

Hemiseopsis Fiilleborm, Enderl. 1902.

Amphientomum Fiillebornii, Enderlein. Mitt. Zool. Museum,

Berlin. Bd. II., 2 H., 1902, pp. 14-15. Taf. 5, figs. 1, 4, 6, 8, 10,

and 11.

Head reddish brown. Eyes large, somewhat prominent. Antenne

with nearly hairless joints of usual size; perhaps 13-jointed ;

the ends are brokenoff, but they appear to be shorter than the fore

wing. Upper lip fairly large. Clypeus convex, feebly emarginate

in front ; with the microscope a meshwork can be seen whose more

compact places are beset with very small round clear spots. Cly-

peolus not marked out. The two mandibles highly asymmetrical.

Inner maxilla of a complex shovel shape. Anterior ocellus nearly

at the anterior margin of the rather broad forehead, the two pos-

terior ocelli in the extreme anterior angles of the vertex, close

beside the eyes. Vertex quite hairless, suture rather fine. Occi-

pital margin rather steeply descending. Maxillary palp brown,

first joint very short, second longest, third very short, fourth nearly

as long as second ; second and third joints with narrow hair-like

scales.

Prothorax rather broad and clearly visible from above, very pale

brown. The remaining thorax clear brown with pale sutures.

Abdomen pale brownish white, the two last segments clear brown.

Legs clear brown, apices of the femora, tibiew, and of the first tarsal

joints pale, likewise the middle of the tibie. Fore legs beset with

74 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

scales. Claws with a large acute tooth before the apex, the rest

of the anterior margin of the claws beset with long delicate

hairs. First hind tarsal joint with a row of 22 sete with slightly

developed ctenidiobothria. Ratio of the hind tarsal joints as 6:

1; |i.

Wings hyaline, feebly brown ; fore wing with brown tinted basal

half, only at the anterior‘margin of the base and along the analis

clearer ; the brown colour becomes gradually fainter towards the

outer margin. Veins brown, analis and veins of the apical half

dark brown. The second axillaris long and distinct. In the hind

wing the media, ramus radialis, and cubitus are brown,the remaining

veins pale ; the axillaris is very long. The base of the fore wing is

sparsely beset with scales, which are arranged fairly symmetrically

on both wings.. Head, body, and legs (apart from the fore legs)

without scales. The distal end of the scales is only slightly con-

vexly truncate.

Length of fore wing 34 mm., wing expanse 74 mm.

German Kast Africa. Lagenburg on Lake Nyassa. Captured at

lantern, November 24, 1899. One female ; collected by Dr. Fiille-

born.

A nymph which doubtless belongs to Hemiospis Fiilleborni is

yellowish with faint brownish wing sheaths in which the definitive

venation shows through and is particularly distinct in the distal

half. The antenne are distinctly 13-jointed ; the last jomt presents

at the end an extremely short and faint constriction, which however

does not represent an articulation. The hairs of the antenne are

moderately dense and long. The tarsi are 2-jointed, as in the

larvee and nymphs of all species with 3-jointed tarsi in the adult,

nevertheless one sees through the nymphal skin two distinct

joints lying within the second joint, the first of which is beset

with sete, the second being destitute of these structures, but

having ctenidibothria. The inner lobes of the maxille are pri-

mitively bifid:

Length of fore wing 1} mm., of hind wing 1 mm. Body length

21 mm.

tole

German East Africa. Mararupia, Ukinga. In a forest ravine,

on leaves, September 22, 1899, collected by Dr. Fiilleborn.

Stigmatopathus; Enderl. 1903.

Enderlein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Bd. I., 1903, p. 312.

Ocelliabsent. Only one axillary vein in the fore wing. A, and

sc of the pterostigma lie close beside one another. In the hind

wing 7, is absent. Claws with one tooth before the apex..

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 75

Stigmatopathus Horvathi, Enderl. 1903.

Enderlein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Bd. I., 1903, p. 313.

Taf. 57 a-e. ~

In the marking of the fore wing this species reminds somewhat of

Seopsis vasantasena, Enderl.

Further India, Malacca.

Fam. LEPIDOPSOCID 2.

Enderlein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Bd. J., 1903, pp. 206 and 319

Head large but very short ; forehead and vertex very densely

and shaggily hairy, rarely thin-haired but always long and shaggy.

Eyes and clypeus very little convex. Occiput very steeply descend-

ing and sharp-edged, the edge usually little rounded. Eyes

moderately large with very dense and short sammet-like pubescence.

The three ocelli far asunder, the anterior ocellus sometimes smaller ;

they are only absent in Echinopsocus, Enderl., 1903. Maxillary palp

4-jointed, first joint very short, the last strongly expanded and cut

off at the end like an axe. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow at the end,

with three long apices. Organ of the maxillary palp in the form of

a short sense club on the inner side of the second joint of the palp.

Labial palp 2-jointed, both joints distinctly separated. Antenne

usually thin, with sparse and rather long pubescence, which towards

the base becomes long and shaggy ; the number of antennary joints

amounts in the Perientomine to about 20-25, in the Lepidopsocinz

and Echinopsocine about 30-47. The (antennary) joints of the

flagellum are relatively long in the Perientominz, in the Lepidopso-

cine and Echinopsocine very short (moniliform) or at most about

twice as long as thick.

Prothorax large, very short but lying in front of the mesothorax

(not concealed under the latter), distinctly visible from above and

free; mesonotum densely scaly. Femora and tibize beset with

slender scales. Hind tibia (fig. 117) with a great number of very

long stout sete on the outer side distributed along the whole length.

Tarsi 3-jointed. First hind tarsal joint with a row of ctenidiobothria

(ctenidia). Claws with one tooth before the apex, rarely traces of two

others; without hair-like denticles. Empodial appendix setiform.

Fore wing more or less broad to narrow ; on the outer side usually

more or less strongly acuminate, sometimes drawn out into a long

thin apex. The subcosta bounds a much thickened, strongly

chitinised, narrow area, which extends along the anterior margin

from the base approximately up to the middle of the wing and is

densely beset with very long and thick upright setz (macrochetz).

The distal piece of the subcosta which bounds the pterostigma is

very long and never wanting ; in the Echinopsocine it is unusually

76 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

long. ‘The pterostigma is large, cell-like, not strongly chitinised (as

it is in most Copeognatha), but thin-walled ; in the Echinopsocina

it is a very long triangular cell projecting deep into the wing.

Stigma sac at the basal part of the distal stretch of sc. In the

genus Soa, Enderl. 1903, the subcosta (sc) is not divided into two

parts, as in all the other Copeognatha ; a cross vein between the

end of the proximal part of the subcosta and the stem of the

radius effects the union (fig. 41). The pterostigma (branch 7,) is

united with the peduncle of the radial fork by a cross vein, or

fused with it over a certain extent; by this means a small 5-6

angled cell is enclosed which is absent in Lepidopsocus and the

Echinopsocine. In the Echinopsocina the radial ramus is not

bifurcated but simple. Media triramous or biramous (Echinopsocus.

Enderl., 1903). Radial stem in Lepidopsocus, Enderl., 1903,

and the Echinopsocina strongly reduced in the basal portion, so

that only one row of set or insertion-cupules indicate its course.

Radial ramus constantly fused with the media over a greater or

lesser extent. Areola postica long, peduncle usually short; cw,

and cu, very long. Analis and axillaris never end at one point,

but always separated from one another by an interval.

In the hind wing the radial stem and the median stem coalesce

(Lepidopsocine), or are only separated by .a long and extremely

narrow cell (Perientominz). Radial ramus concrescent with the media

- in the basal part, consequently 7, apparently arises from the media or

radial ramus. Media with two quite separate branches. In the

‘chinopsocine the hind wing is absent or only developed in miniature.

Fore wing and hind wing with pronounced sharp and broad mar-

ginal vein. Membrane of fore wing densely scaled; no delicate

short hairs between the scales but only scattered very long stout

hair-like scales. Veins and a narrow marginal zone of the fore wing

with some stout seta (macrochete). The wing margin is beset

with very long hairs which are inserted upon plug-shaped cupules

which are closely arranged in numerous transverse series on the

marginal veins. Hind wing entirely scaleless. At the border of

the fore wing occur some moderately long spindle-shaped marginal

scales whose edge in the apical half is finely spinose or serrate

(fig. 51 rs).

In the Perientomine the scales are strongly differentiated.

Besides the slender fusiform sometimes more or less serrate mar-

ginal scales in the dorsal half of the fore wing there are two

forms of scales on the membrane of the fore wing, the one kind is

much larger and relatively longer (COVER SCALES), the other smaller

and relatively shorter (GROUND SCALES). The former are present —

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. Ae

in fewer numbers than the latter. Both are usually shorter or

longer fusiform, frequently with acutely produced apex ; rarely

are they oval or elongate elliptical ; sometimes the ground scales

are more or less faintly truncate at the end with rounded angles or

feebly emarginate (Perientomum Greent, Enderl., fig. 53); in Perien-

tomum triste, Hag. (fig. 63) the ground scales are fusiform, the

cover scales spatuliform with concave end (rarely with rounded

end); in Nepticulomima chalcomelas, Enderl., all the scales are

spatuliform with straight cut or feebly concave end. In the Lepi-

dopsocine the scales are uniformly asymmetrical with produced

apex (fig. 107), only the marginal scales are symmetrically fusi-

form; in the Echinopsocine similar scales occur, but they are

intermingled with symmetrical fusiform (Hchinopsocus, Enderl.) or

spatuliform and fusiform (Scolopama, Enderl., fig. 109). The

margin of the fore wing isin the majority densely beset with very

long hairs. There are never any scales on the hind wing.

TABLE OF THE SUB-FAMILIES OF LEPIDOPSOCID&.*

1. Fore wing with stout macrochztz only in the

costal area ; hind wing with distinct but

very narrow closed radial cell (R) ; scales

of the wings,the body,and the legs all sym-

metrical. Antennze with about 20 to 25

joints, the individual joints relatively

long m 3 - °,, PERIENTOMIN/.

*Where the scaleless genusT'hylax,Hag. ,1865 (which is probably the represent -

ative of aspecial sub-family, Thylacinz) is to be placed, cannot be established

on the basis of Hagen’s description. I have just received the work of Meunier,

entitled “‘ Perientomum mortum, Hag. (Meun.), archiptére Psocide du

Copal fossile de Zanzibar ; Le Naturaliste No. 456, 1906.” A comparison

with the species of the genus Perzentomum shows that the venation of the

hind wing diverges from that of all Perientomide in the union of the two

median branches (m, and m,) toa fork. Meuniersays nothing about scales,

and since the long hairs of the fore wing are inserted in fig. 3 the scaling

would certainly have been mentioned. Now,as the Empheriide (cf. p. 18)

have constantly a median fork in the hind wing, and Hagen’s description

(Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. II., p. 172) fully agrees with the description and

illustration of Meunier, especially in comparison with Hmpheria, Hag., and

finally the wings are destitute of scaling, it seems to me to be very probable

that Meunier has had Thylax before him.

Even if it should turn out that this animal is in fact scaly, I think it highly

probable that Thylax madagascariensis and Perientomum mortuum are

identical and that the former has only been strongly rubbed ; then Thylax

would have to be placed near Perientomuwm among the Perientomine. Against

this, however, there is the fact that the Lepidopsocide never possess a median

forkin the hind wing, and it seems to me therefore in the highest degree pro-

bable that my view expressed above on p. 48 is the correct one, namely.

that Thylax Hag., represents the type of a distinct sub-family, the Thylacine,

which is to be classified under the Empheriide.

78 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Fore wing with usually very long macro-

cheetee on the costal area and also on the

veins, sometimes also on the membrane

of the marginal seam. Hind wing with-

out radial cell (without a closed cell) ;

sometimes greatly reduced or absent.

The wing scales all asymmetrical (Lepidop-

socine) or at least predominantly so.

Antenne moniliform, with more than

30-47 very short joints, or at most the

joints are as much as twice as long as

thick .. tie PATE

2. Radialramus bifurcated. Hind wing with-

out radial cell, otherwise normal .. LEPIDOPSOCIN #.

Radial ramus not forked. Hind wing

much reduced, without veins ; or quite

absent sia .. ECHINOPSOCINA.

Sub-family PERIENTOMIN &.

Enderlein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. I., 1903, p. 208.

TABLE OF THE GENERA.

1. Wing broad, strongly rounded at apex.

Subcosta not broken up into two

parts ; the ramus communicans is a

cross vein towards the stem of the

radius sibs .. Soa, Enderl. 1904.

[Type :—S. Dahliana, Enderl. 1904. |

Wing more or less narrow, more or less

acuminate ; subcosta as in all other

Copeognatha broken up into two

parts, the ramus communicans being

absent ae bis A

2. In the hind wing 7, arises between the

points of origin of m, and my gS.

In the hind wing 7, arises between the

origins of m, and r,4,. (In the

fore wing 7, coalescent with the pedun-

cle of the radial fork for a short dis-

tance or at one point) .. Nepticulomima, n. g.

"Type -—N. Sakuntala, n. sp.|

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 79

3. In the forewing r, (posterior border of

pterostigma) coalescent with the pe-

duncle of the radial fork for a short

distance or at one point .. Perientomum. Hag.

1866.

(Type :-—P. trichopteryx, Hag. 1859.

In the forewing +, united with the

peduncle of the radial fork by a cross

VEIN; | 3h fs .. Lepium, n. g.

[Type :—L. chrysochlorum, n. sp.|

Soa, Enderl. 1904.

Enderlein, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., Bd. XX., 1904, pp. 109-110.

Taf. 7. f. 2-9.

Type: Soa Dahliana, 1904.

Wing broad, strongly rounded at apex. Subcosta not divided

into two parts, as it is in all other Copeognatha ; the ramus com-

municans is a cross vein towards the stem of the radius. Claws

with two teeth before the apex. Scales (fig. 44) oval, partially

roundly truncate at the end. Marginal scales narrow, truncate

at the end. End joint of maxillary palp large, more or less axe-

shaped. The three ocelli fairly close together, the anterior ocellus

very small. Head very sparsely hairy. Antennary joints long.

TABLE OF THE SPECIES.

Hair of the outer margin brown. Maxil-

lary palp brown ; end joint relatively

narrow, rather rounded at the end .. Dahliana, Enderl. 1904.

Hair of the outer margin bright yellow.

Maxillary palp brilliant black; end

joint broad, at the end obliquely

truncate ee .. flaviterminata, n. sp.

Soa flaviterminata, n. sp. (Figs. 8, 41, 44, 59).

Head brilliant dark brown, sparsely beset with long and short

black hairs ; labrum and clypeolus yellowish. Clypeus remarkably

small, hemispherical. Forehead very long. Ocelli fairly close

together, the anterior ocellus very small. Suture of vertex very

delicate. Eyes moderately convex, large, black; pubescence

extremely short, close and fine. Occipital margin sharp like a knife

edge and descending at an acute angle; in the middle somewhat

excavated. Antenne thin, brown, about two-thirds length of fore

M 10(4)06

8U SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

wing, then broken off; 18 joints present. Antennary joints of

the flagellum long, as in Perientomum, sparsely beset with long

hairs. The lengths of the existing antennary joints in millims.

are: 0°06, 0°08 (basal joints), 0°19, 0°15, 0°14, 0°12, 0:09, 0:09.

0708, 0:09, 0:08, 0:09, 01, 0°09, O71, 0°09, 0:08; 0:03)

Maxillary palp brilliant black, pubescence gray ; end joint thick,

broad, obliquely truncate at end.

Thorax dark reddish brown ; mesonotum, as it appears, has been

covered with dark brown scales which, however, in the present

specimens have been rubbed off. Legs brown to black-brown, ends

of the tibize and tarsi brownish yellow. The length of the anterior

tibia is 0°57 mm., of the middle tibia 0°65 mm., of the posterior

tibia 1:05 mm. The lengths of the tarsal joints in the fore foot are

respectively 0°24, 0:07, 0:08 millims.; in the middle foot 0°25, 0:07,

0:08 ; in the hind foot 0°42, 0:07, 0°08. The ratio of the hind tarsal

joints is therefore as 54: 4:1. First hind tarsal joint.with about

17 ctenidiobothria. Claws (fig. 59) large, with large stout tooth

rather distant from the thin apex, long setiform semi-circular

empodial appendix curved inwards and a small tooth between this

and the tooth before the apex.

Wing large, very broad, and relatively short, strongly rounded

at the apex. Membrane of fore wing blackish brown. Veins dark

brown. Pterostigma very narrow, but deep. Peduncle of the

radial cell short, m, ending below the apex. Scaling dark brown

with intense red silken lustre (fig. 8); in a second specimen this

lustre is dull dark greenish ; it appears to be subject to great variation.

Marginal hair rather short, that of the anterior margin up to the

apex blackish, that of the outer margin up to the apex bright yellow

with silken lustre (fig. 8). Hind wing hyaline, veins gray brown ;

marginal hair long, gray. Membrane of the apical third and a narrow

zone at the anterior and posterior margin pubescent. Radial cell, R,

fairly narrow. Membrane brightly iridescent from red to green.

Scales ovate (fig. 44), partly feebly truncate at the end, though

strongly rounded. Marginal scales (rs) narrow and long, truncate

at the end, but rounded at the angles.

Length of fore wing 2°4 mm. wing expanse 54 mm.

Ceylon, Peradeniya. On the wall of the bungalow verandah ; April.

1905 ; two specimens, collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Soa Dahliana, Enderl. 1904.

Enderlein, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., Bd. XX., 1904, pp. 110-111. Taf. 7,

figs. 2~9.

Bismarck Archipelago. Ralum (New Britain).

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 8]

Lepium, n. g.

Type: L. chrysochlorum, n. sp.

Wing more or less acuminate. The first radial branch (r,) in the

hind wing arises between the origins of m,and m,. In the fore wing

r, (the posterior border of the pterostigma) is united with the peduncle

of the radial fork by a cross vein.

Claws with one tooth before the apex. Scales fusiform with more

or less produced apex (figs. 61 and 65). Pterostigma relatively

smal] and narrow.

TABLE OF THE SPECIES.

Wing broad, apex subacute. Scaling of

fore wing brown-black with metallic green lustre

with some golden scales intermingled .. chrysochlorum,

n. sp.

Wing narrow and. strongly acuminate

towards the apex. Scaling of fore wing blackish

brown to dirty gray-brown .. luridum, n. sp.

Lepium chrysochlorum, n. sp. (fig. 15).

Perientomum morosum, Hag. Enderlein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung.

I., 1903, p. 323. Taf. XIII, figs. 64 and 64a; and Taf. XIV..,

fig. 64 6.

Head clear brown-yellow, closely beset with long, brownish,

setiform hairs. Occiput moderately compressed lamelliform.

fairly sharp. Maxillary palp with axe-shaped terminal joint, which

is black-brown. Eyes rather large, somewhat prominent, brown ;

closely and finely pubescent. The posterior ocelli distant from

one another, large, rather near the eyes; anterior ocellus

small. Occipital margin fairly sharp. Upper jaws strongly

asymmetrical. Inner maxilla with three long and widely separated

main teeth which, in part, carry further indistinct teeth. Labial

palp distinctly 2-jointed, first joint with two hairs above, second

joint large, with some setz, at the end closely beset with long

taste bristles. Lobus externus of the labium rather small, lobus

internus: only occurring as a vestige. The two chitinous filaments

of the paraglosse of the hypopharynx join together far back.

Antenne short and thin, 16 joints are preserved, the rest

broken off : pale brown, sparsely beset with long, almost setiform

hairs.

Prothorax short but broad, clearly visible from above. Thorax

and abdomen pale brown. Legs clear brown yellow, fore legs pale ;

82 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

tibie strongly and thickly beset with narrow scales and with a

number of very long, erect set, especially the hind tibiz. Femora

closely beset with broad scales and long, delicate hairs. Tarsi

without scales. First tarsal joint closely beset with short sete.

First hind tarsal joint with about 19 ctenidiobothria, second hind

tarsal joint with 3 ctenidiobothria, third hind tarsal joint almost

hairless. The teeth of the ctenidiobothria are hair-like and each

ctenidiobothrium consists of a large number of long and delicate

hairs arranged in a row. Claws very long and narrow with a small

stout, rather blunt tooth near the apex. Empodium with a seta

on each side. Ratio of the hind tarsal joints as 5: 1: 1.

Fore wing closely beset with brown-black scales, among them

evenly distributed golden and metallic green scales ; the fore wing

seen from a distance thus acquires an olive greenish golden hue. |

Between the scales occur long curved hairs which partly stand upon

the veins. ‘The hinder margin as far as cw, is hairless, the remaining

border with very long, close set, brownish hairs. The marginal

hairs are inserted upon long stalked hair cupules arranged in

transverse rows on the marginal veins. The posterior area of the

wing base is formed by a smooth clear brown tract, which carries

about 30 large hair cupules but is without hairs. The area between

costa and subcosta is strongly chitinised, without scales and beset

with long erect dark sete. The scales are symmetrical and bluntly

acuminate in front. Radial ramus united with the media for a

moderately long distance. Radial cell narrow somewhat shorter

than the peduncle. The latter connected with the pterostigma by a

short cross vein; cu, and cw, very long, cu, about 7 times as long as

cu ; cu, about 5 times as long as cu. The axillaris does not reach the

analis at the end ; the latter is accompanied by a very narrow hyaline

seam. Stigma sac occurs as a strong tracheal expansion at the base

of that portion of the subcosta which abuts upon the pterostigma,

with few (about 7) regular, free, strongly enlarged and thickened

portions of the tracheal spirals.

Hind wings hyaline ; margin with very long and close set hairs with

exception of the anterior margin of the costal cell. Anterior margin

of the basal half of the costal cell with short hairs. Veins of the

apical half biserially pilose, membrane of the apical zone with short

hairs. The portion of r which shuts in the extremely narrow radial

cell & in front, is feebly curved and is developed as a well marked

vein. Hind wings intensely and brilliantly iridescent in all colours.

Length of fore wing 24 mm., wing expanse 5} mm.

India, Matheran near Bombay, at 800 metres elevation, J uly 10;

1902; one male (Biré collection).

SCALY WINGED COPEROGNATHA. 83

Lepium luridum, n. sp. (Figs. 16, 64, 65, 73.)

Head, thorax, and legs dirty yellow-brown to brownish yellow.

The similarly coloured hairs on forehead and vertex shaggy. Eyes

rather convex, spherical, brown-black ; pubescence very short, fine

andcompact. Antenne thin, brownish yellow, about three-fourths the

length of the fore wing ; pubescence fairly compact and long ; antennz

incomplete, 24 joints present ; the lengths of the individual joints in

millims. are the following: the two basal joints, 0°05 and 0:07 ;

the remaining joints, 0:09, 0:09, 0-1, 0:1, 0°07, 0:08, 0:07, 0:06,

0:07, 0°08, 0:07, 0:06, 0:07, 0:05, 0:06,0:06, 0:06, 0:07, 0:08, 0-06.

0:06, 0:06. Maxillary palp clear brownish yellow.

Mesonotum with gray brown scales. The length of the anterior

tibia is 0°48 mm. of the middle tibia 0°53 mm., of the posterior

tibia0’'9mm. The lengths of the tarsal joints in millims. are: in the

fore foot, 0°23, 0:05, 0:07 ; in the mid foot, 0°3,0°05, 0°07; inthe hind ,

foot, 0°44,0°06,0°08. The ratioof the hind tarsal joints as 54: }: 1.

First hind tarsal joint with about 19 ctenidiobothria. Claws (fig.

73) with stout tooth close before the apex; empodial appendix

setiform.

Wing membrane hyaline, that of the fore wing very faintly

brownish. Both wings rather strongly acuminate. Pterostigma

relatively narrow. Inthe fore wing m , discharges over the wing apex.

The scales of the fore wing dirty gray-brown to blackish brown

with yellowish brown tints. The cover-scales darker, the ground-

scales clearer. Shortly before the apex, both at the anterior

and at the posterior margin, a somewhat pale very indistinct or

hardly perceptible flat spot. Marginal hairs very long, standing off,

pale brown. Hind wing with very long and pale marginal hairs ;

veins pale brown. Only the apical third pubescent. Radial cell

very narrow. Membrane deep blue-green to violet and reddish

iridescent.

Ground scales (fig. 65 gs) fusiform, apex strongly acuminate ; cover

scales (ds) slender, marginal scales (Ars) very slender.

Length of fore wing 2:2 mm., wing expanse 5 mm.

Ceylon, Peradeniya. Under dry leaves on the ground, March,

1905, one specimen; under dead bark of tree, May, 1905, one

specimen ; collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Perientomum, Hagen., 1865.

Hagen, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. II., 1865, p. 151; Verh. Zool. Bot.

Ges. Wien., 1866, p. 210.

Enderlein, Ann, Mus. Nat. Hung. I., 1903, pp. 320-321.

84 SOPLIA ZEYLANICA,.

Type: P. trichopteryx, Hag., 1859.

Wings more or less acuminate. The first radial branch (7,) of

the hind wing arises between the origins of m,, and m, ; only in

isolated cases does it arise at the insertion of m, (one example each

of P. chrysargyrium, n. sp., and P. trichopteryx, Hag., 1859; cf. Hagen,

Ent. Mo. Mag., II., 1865, p. 152, under P. morosum, Hag., and Nepti-

culomima mortua (Hag.) in the present work. In the fore wing r,

(the hinder border of the pterostigma) is fused with the peduncle

of the radial fork for a short distance or touches it at one point.

Claws with one tooth before the apex. Scales fusiform with

more or less produced apex (figs. 46, 48-50, 67), the cover

scales larger and slenderer, sometimes (P. triste, Hag.) straight

cut at the end (with rounded angles) or faintly emarginate (fig. 63),

sometimes also (P. Greeni, n. sp.) the ground and cover scales are

more or less concave at the end (fig. 53). The three ocelli are far

apart from each other. Forehead and vertex with very long and

close-set hairs. Antennary joints of the flagellum relatively long.

Suture of vertex always distinct.

{ think it very probable that the Thylax madagascariensis, Kolbe

(Berlin, Entomolog. Zeitschr., Bd. X XIX., 1885, p. 184, fig. la, 6, c)

belongs to the Perientomine, probably to the genus Perientomum

or to an allied genus. It seems that Kolbe had before him a speci-

men from which the scales had been lost. The figures and descrip-

tion are entirely in favour of this assumption. Unfortunately the

type has been lost and I therefore leave the question undecided

until new material from Madagascar clearsit up. (See p. 77, foot-

note 1).

TABLE OF SPECIES OF PERIENTOMUM.

1. Wings very strongly acuminate. Pte-

rostigma narrow. Fore wing brown.

Legs*brown-yellow .. .. acutipenne, n. sp

Wings moderately acuminate Me aay?

2. Fore wing silvery and golden, only a

narrow marginal seam in the apical

half black, silver spotted. Pterostig-

ma broad, basal half silvery, terminal

half golden oe: . chrysargyrium, n. sp

Fore wing with dark spots or chiefly dark 3.

3. Fore wing with dark spots, dark pattern

or dark ground interrupted by exten-

‘sive golden or silver or both golden

and silver spots Ay Ale Bs

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 8)

Fore wing with dark brown to black

brown ground with golden or silver

marginal spots

Ground silver with brown spots

Ground brown or black with golden or

silver and golden spots

Legs brown, trochanters pale bieweteh

yellow, as arealso the apices of femora

and tibiz. Wing expanse about 6

mm. Head pale brown.

Legs yellow, spotted brown or black

Apices of femora and tibie brown. Wing

expanse about 74 mm. Head yellow

Upper side of femora, base and a broad

band before the apex of the tiibze and

the base of the first tarsal joint black.

Head black. Fossil in East Indian copal

Ground black intermingled with golden

and silver scales; two large silver

marginal spots at the anterior margin,

one at the posterior margin. Legs

yellow. Base and apex of tibie, basal

half of first tarsal joint, and the second

and the third tarsal joint black

Brown with golden spots and larger golden

marginal spots, one between the ends of

every two veins. Pterostigma moder-

ately narrow. Legs brown-black,

apices of the femora and tibie brown-

yellow |

Marginal spots Pein» very small, at the

end of each vein. Pterostigma broad.

Legs brown-black, extreme apices of

femora above and of the tibiz brownish

yellow

Marginal spots silver

Marginal spots large, with offstanding

hairs between the vein terminations ;

five at the anterior and five at the pos-

terior margin. Pterostigma moderate-

lynarrow. Legs brown to black-brown.

Head brown

dh be

, 1.

. argentatum, n. sp.

ce sG

trichopteryx (Hag.

1859).

incultum, Hag. 1865. .

- gregarium, Hag. 1865.

. Greeni, n. sp.

. morosum, Hag. 1865.

539%

.. triste, Hag. 1865.

86 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Two large spots at the anterior margin

before the apex ; at the hinder margin

one such spot at the border of the cubi-

tal bifurcation and another at the border

of the anal cell. Legs clear brown to

brown. Head brown-black . ceylonicum, n. sp.

Perientomum chrysargyrium, n. sp. (Figs. 9, 48, 74, 101).

Head dark brown; very long and compact hair on forehead and

vertex, inclined in a bunch below and forwards and having a yellow- .

ish brown colour. Eyes dark, large, with short, compact, and

relatively stout pubescence. Antenne thin, about one-half the

length of the fore wing, black brown, basal third yellowish brown,

with rather close-set and long pubescence. Maxillary palp yellow-

brown. Inner lobe of maxilla shown in fig. 101.

Thorax black-brown above, mesonotum with gray-brown, shining

scales. Legs more or less dark yellow-brown ; femora (except their

apices), trochanters, and coxz clear brownish yellow, likewise the

apices of the tibiz, of the first tarsal joints, and the second tarsal

joints. The compact scaling of the femora and tibiz with a bright,

yellowish silken sheen. The length of the anterior tibia is 0-47 mm. ;

of the middle tibia 0°66 mm.; of the posterior tibia 1:3 mm.

The lengths of the tarsal joints in millims. are: in the fore foot, 0:19,

0:05, 0:05; in the mid foot, 0°25, 0-05, 0:06; in the hind foot 0°38,

0:06,0°06. The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore as 64: 1: 1.

First hind tarsal joint with about 17 ctenidiobothria. Claws small

(fig. 74) with a fairly acute tooth relatively far from the apex and very

thin broad empodial appendix, which expands and rounds to a cir-

cular form at the end.

Membrane hyaline; pterostigma broad; m, discharges close

before the wing apex. Scaling of the fore wing in the basal half, —

with more oxless of a silvery lustre, to gray white with silken sheen,

behind often with faint coppery hue. Apical half with bright yellow

golden, behind at the base a narrower silver seam, the rest of the

margin narrowly seamed with sammet black ; this black marginal

seam is interrupted at the anterior margin by four silvery spots, at

the posterior margin by two such spots ; marginal hairs of the apical

half remarkably long, pale yellowish gray-brown.

Hind wing hyaline, veins pale brown. Marginal hair very long,

yellowish gray-brown. The narrow radial cell F is relatively broad.

The point of ramification of 7, lies more or less near to that of m,,

in one case the two points coincide in one of the two wings.

Membrane of hind wing intense red iridescent to violet and green.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 87

Ground scales (fig. 48 gs) shorter and longer elliptical; cover

scales (ds) fusiform, marginal scales (vrs) usually very narrow.

Length of fore wing 2°4 mm., wing expanse 5} mm.

Ceylon, Peradeniya. On walls and ceilings of houses. January,

1905, fourteen specimens and twelve examples in alcohol; March,

1905, one specimen ; collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Perientomum gregarium, Hag., 1865.

Amphientomum ceylonicum, Nietner, im litt.

A. gregarium, Hagen, Ent. Mo. Mag., II., 1865, p. 149.

Perientomum gregarium, Hagen, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien., 1866,

pp. 204 and 210.

P. gregarium, Hag., Enderlein, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. I., 1903,

p. 321.

Ceylon, Hagen, l.c. p. 149:

‘‘ Head reddish yellow, near the eyes, and on each side of the

occipital suture darker, brownish ; ocelli close together, the superior

placed in a black point ; palpi pale yellow, the two apical joints

brown ; antennz shorter than the wings, blackish brown ; the bases

as far as the fourth joint, paler ; thorax blackish brown ; superior

wings clothed with black scales, intermingled with silvery and

golden ; paler spots near the apex, two quadrangular silvery spots

on the anterior margin near the apex, one spot opposite on the pos-

terior margin ; legs pale yellow, the tibize at the knees and before

the apex, as also the basal half of the first tarsal joint and the two

following, black.

Long. 23-3} mm., exp. alar. 53-7 mm.

Ceylon. Rambodde (Nietner). This species is found in troops

of forty to fifty on the walls of houses. In two smaller individuals,

probably males, the part between the eyes (which are more ,pro-

minent) is narrower.”

Perientomum Greeni, n. sp. (Figs. 10, 51-53, 71).

Head black ; moderately long and compact hair on forehead and

vertex ; the hair is curved upwards above and downwards below ;

its colour is black-brown, with individual yellow-brown hairs. Eyes

large, black, with very short, fine, and close pubescence. Antenne

thin, about one-half the length of the fore wing, black, pubescence

relatively sparse and short. Maxillary palp black.

Thorax black, mesonotum behind and at the sides with golden

scales. Legs brown-black, apices of the femora and tibie brown-

yellow. Scales of femora and tibie gray yellowish with silken gloss,

N 10(4)06

88 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The length of the anterior tibize is 0°54 mm.; of the middle tibize

0°6 mm. ; of the posterior tibia 1mm. The lengths of the tarsal]

joints in millims. are: in the fore foot 0-22, 0:06, 0°07 ; in the mid

foot 0°3, 0°06, 0°07; in the hind foot 0°42, 0°08, 0°08. The

ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore as 54: 1: 1. First hind

tarsal joint with about 17 ctenidiobothria. Claws (fig. 71) with

stout tooth fairly distant from the apex and sharp basal angle ;

empodial appendix setiform.

Wing-membrane hyaline. Pterostigma (fig. 52) rather narrow ;

m, discharges into the wing-apex. Scales of fore wing brownish

black with golden mottling (fig. 10). The ground scales are shining

gray, the large cover scales dull and very dark. The golden spots

are distributed as follows :—Hinder border with 6 marginal spots

between the ends of the veins ; the first of these spots (at the end

of the first quarter of the wing) is drawn out to a narrow interrupted

cross band ; anterior border with 4 marginal spots between the

ends of the veins, of which the first is again produced as a several

times interrupted cross band which ends at the third posterior

marginal spot; between these spots occur irregularly disposed

smaller spots. Wing base golden, likewise the space between

anterior margin and subcosta. Marginal pubescence moderately

long, brown, at the golden spots yellowish and shining golden.

Hind wing with narrow radial cell; r, arising midway between m,

and m,. Marginal hair long, pale brown. Membrane red violet

iridescent to intense green.

Ground scales (fig. 53 gs) ovate, somewhat concave at end or

rarely straight cut; cover scales attenuating towards the base,

broad at the end, truncate with faint shallow concavity ; marginal

scales (fig. 51 rs) fusiform, border with fine microscopic serrations ;

macrochete (fig. 51 mch) tuberculate dentate in the apical

half.

Length of fore wing 2°4 mm. wing expanse 5}mm.; Ceylon.

Peradeniya “on tree trunk, February, 1905, one specimen, col-

lected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Perientomum argentatum, n. sp. (Figs. 14, 50, 75).

Head pale brown ; the long close-set hair on forehead and vertex

is silver white, inclined downwards on the forehead, upwards on the

vertex. Eyes brown, with very short, fine, and extremely compact

sammet-like pubescence. Antenne thin, about one-half length of

fore wing, clear brown becoming gradually darker towards the apex ;

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 89

pubescence rather long and moderately compact. Clypeus moder-

ately convex with fine silver gray hairs. Labrum smooth shining

dark brown. Maxillary palp brownish yellow, apical third of the

end joint dark brown.

Thorax brown, mesonotum covered with‘ silver white scales.

Legs brown, the following parts pale brownish yellow :—Trochanters,

usually also the base of the femora, apex of the femora and of the

tibie. Scales of the femora, especially above at the apex, silver

white. The length of the anterior tibia is 0-4 mm., of the middle

tibia 0°54 mm., of the hind tibia 1 mm. The lengths of the

tarsal joints in the fore foot, 0:16, 0:05, 0°06 mm. ; in the middle

foot, 0°25, 0°05, 0°06 mm.; in the hind foot 0°4, 0:06, 0-07.

The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore as 52: £: 1. First

hind tarsal joint with about 16 ctenidiobothria. Claws (fig. 75)

long and slender, with acute tooth rather far before the apex and a

feeble tooth rudiment in the middle between this and the setiform

empodial appendix.

Wing membrane hyaline. Pterostigma (fig. 14) broad and large.

The pattern of the fore wing produced by the scaling is shining

silvery gray-white with brown to gray-brown markings. The

markings are distributed as follows :—On all the ends of the veins

occurs a spot, those of the posterior margin larger ; through the

middle of the axillary cell a narrow band passes obliquely outwards

from the posterior margin to the anterior margin without however

quite reaching the latter ; with this band the marginal spots at the

ends of an and cu, are connected ; the marginal spot at the end of

cu, communicates with a larger irregular spot in the wing centre,

which encloses a small round silver white spot ; the marginal spots

of the wing apex also partly anastomose among themselves. In the

middle of the wing base a brown spot. Marginal hair relatively

short, yellowish white, blackish at the brown spots. Hind wing

with narrow radial cell (R);71 near the base of cu. Veins brown.

Marginal hair of the anterior border relatively short and brown,

that of the posterior border long and yellowish white. Membrane

intensely iridescent in all colours. .

Ground scales (fig. 50 gs) longish ovate, almost imperceptibly

acuminate at the apex ; cover scales (ds) similar, though slenderer

in the basal portion. Macrochete (fig. 50) finely pubescent in the

distal half.

Length of fore wing 2°3 mm.; wing expanse 5} mm.

Ceylon Peradeniya, on tree trunks ; January, 1905, two specimens ;

February, 1905, two; March, 1905, two; collected by Mr. E. E.

Green.

90 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Perientomum trichopteryx (Hag., 1859).

Amphientomum trichopteryx, Hagen. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien.,

1859, p. 205.

Perientomum trichopteryx, Hagen. Ent. Mo. Mag., II., 1865,

pp. 151 and 152 (notice under P. mortuum, Hag.).

Amphientomum trichopteryx, Hagen. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien.,

1866, p. 204.

A. trichopteryx, Hag., Kolbe. Einf. Kenntn. d. Ins., 1893, p. 44,

fig. 43.

A. trichopteryx, Hag., Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Bd. I.,

1903, pp. 311 and 325 (notice in Hagen’s description of P. mortuum,

Hag.).

Ceylon.

Although the “ Psocinorum Syropsis synonymica” of Hagen

(1866) appeared one year later than the work quoted above “ On

some Aberrant Genera of Psocina ” (Ent. Mo. Mag., II., 1865,

pp. 148-152), which was published in December, 1865, there seems

to be no doubt that the former was compiled earlier ; and the second

work was only referred to by notes in the first review which Hagen

made incorrectly and forgot to correct later. Otherwise the

confusion as to the position of P. trichopteryx is unintelligible.

There is thus no doubt that P. trichopteryx, Hag., represents the

type of the genus Perientomum, Hag., since Hagen introduces

this species in the first place after the generic diagnosis (/.c., p. 151).

It is also certain from Hagen’s note under P. mortuwm, Hag. (L.c.

1865, p. 152), that P. trichopteryx does not belong to the new genus

Nepticulomima (cf. N. mortua, Hag., 1865, in the present work).

Perientomum morosum, Hag., 1865 (Figs 11, 47, 49, 69). P.

morosum, Hagen., Ent. Mo. Mag., IT., 1865, p. 152.

Amphientomum morosum, Hagen. Verh. Zool. Bol. Ges. Wien.,

1866, p. 204.

(non Perientomum morosum, Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung.,

Bd. I., 1903, p. 323. Cf. chrysochlorum, n. sp.).

Head brown. On forehead and vertex moderately long (relatively

short) hair ; in the middle this is black, above and below brownish

yellow, with silken gloss; that of the vertex is directed upwards

in the middle vertical, somewhat combed towards the sides, the rest _

upright. Antenne very thin, short, about one-half length of fore

wing, black, the two basal joints brown; pubescence relatively

sparse and short. Eyes black, shortly, closely, and pte! pubes-

cent. Maxillary palp brown, end joint black.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA 9]

Thorax black, mesonotum with brown black scales. Legs brown-

black, extreme apices of the femora above and of the tibiae brownish

yellow. Scaling of the femora and tibize with brown silken lustre.

Length of the anterior tibia 0°52 mm., of the middle tibia 0-6 mm.,

of the posterior tibia 1:05 mm. Lengths of the tarsal joints in the

fore foot 0:21, 0°06, 0°07 mm.; in the middle foot 0:27, 0:06,

0°07 mm. ; in the hind foot 0°4,0°08,0°08 mm. The ratio of the

hind tarsal joints as 5:1:1. First hind tarsal joint with about 19

ctenidiobothria. Claws long and slender (fig. 69), with stout tooth

before the apex, basal angle rounded ; empodial appendix setiform.

Wing membrane hyaline. Fore wing with broad pterostigma

(fig. 47) ; my, ends close behind the wing apex. Scaling black-brown

(cover scales) ; the ground scales gray-brown, with silken sheen .

at the ends of the veins occur small, triangular yellow golden spots,

at the anterior margin four, at the posterior margin seven (of which

the third occurs between the ends of cu, and cw,). Marginal hair

moderately long, brown, at the golden spots yellow, with golden

lustre. Hind wing with relatively very broad radial cell ; 73 in the

middle between mi and m,. Marginal hair long, pale brown. Veins

brown. Membrane iridescent green to red violet.

Ground scales (fig. 49 gs) fusiform, end acuminate ; cover scales

(ds) elongate fusiform, expanding towards the end which is acuminate.

Length of fore wing 2°2 mm., wing expanse 5 mm.

Ceylon. “Maskeliya. April, 1905, on the stem of a bamboo tree ;

one specimen, collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Perrentomum triste, Hagen., 1865 (Figs. 12, 62, 63, 70).

P. triste, Hagen., Ent. Mo. Mag., II., 1865, p. 152.

Amphientomum triste, Hagen. Verh. Zoo. Bot. Ges. Wien., 1866,

p. 204.

Perientomum triste, Hagen, /.c., p. 210.

(nec: P. triste, Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung., Bd. I., p. 325,

cf. P. ceylonicum, n. sp.).

Head brown, forehead and vertex with close and moderately

long pubescence, brown to black-brown. Eyes large, black, with

short, close, and fine pubescence. Antenne thin, black, about one-

half length of fore wing, pubescence moderately close-set and rather

long. Maxillary palp black.

Thorax black, mesonotum with dark gray-brown. scaling. Legs

brown to black brown. The length of the anterior tibia is 0°46

mm. ; of the middle tibia 0°54 mm. ; of the posterior tibia 0°9 mm ;

The lengths of the tarsal joints in the middle foot 0°26, 0°6, 0°07 mm.

92 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

in the hind foot 0:4, 0°08,0°07 mm. The ratio of the hind tarsal

joimts as 5:1: 7. First hind tarsal joint with about 16 ctenidio-

bothria. Claws (fig. 70) slender, with an acute tooth before the

apex ; empodial appendix setiform.

Wing membrane hyaline. Fore wing with moderately broad

pterostigma (fig. 62); mi almost discharges into the wing apex,

only a trace before it. Scaling blackish brown (cover scales), the

ground scales are more gray and somewhat shining. On both the

anterior and posterior margins there are five moderately large

roundish silver spots, upon which, besides the scales, long silvery

fairly erect hairs are inserted, directed at a very steep angle towards

the margin ; the innermost spot at the anterior margin lies at the

end of the subcosta, the innermost at the posterior margin lies at

the end of the analis ; the other spots lie between the ends of the

veins. Marginal hair rather long, blackish brown. The narrow

radial cel! (R) in the hind wing fairly broad ; 7, inserted somewhat

near to m,; marginal hair long; membrane iridescent green to

red.

Ground scales (fig, 63 gs) fusiform, acuminate at the end ; cover

scales (ds) long, with nearly parallel sides, only slightly attenuating

towards the base, the end truncate with strongly rounded angles

or shallowly concave likewise with rounded lateral angles:

Length of fore wing 2°3 mm; wing expanse 54 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya. March, 1905, under loose bark on stems of

Artocarpus integrifolia ; two specimens, collected by Mr. E. E. Green,

Perientomum ceylonicum, n. sp. (figs. 13, 45, 46). Perientomum

triste, Hag. Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. I., 1903. p. 325.

Taf. XIII.; figs. 65-65 a. Text fig. 11.

Head brown-black, beset with fairly compact and long brownish

gray hairs. Qeciput compressed lamelliform, margin fairly sharp.

Eyes gray-brown, closely and shortly hairy, little larger than in

P. morosum, Hag. Antenne brown, short and thin, 21 joints

(complete) ; with sparse, moderately long and setiform hairs, the

separate joints moderately long, shorter towards the end, the last

joint about three or four times as long as broad. Each joint shows,

with strong microscopic magnification, a very fine pubescence dis-

posed in close-set rings. Ocelli far distant from one another.

Prothorax short but broad. Thorax and abdomen brown.

Legs clear brown to brown. Femora thickly scaled as in P. morosum,

Hag., and beset with fine long hairs. Tibiz, especially the hinder

tibiz, thickly beset with narrower scales and with scattered, long,

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 93

thick, yellow sete. Tarsi without scales. First hind tarsal joint

with close-set and short sete, with 20 ctenidiobothria, which how-

ever are composed of very delicate pale yellow hairs and so do not

strike the eyes of the observer. Second hind tarsal joint without

perceptible ctenidiobothria ; the hairs may be so fine and short

that they do not stand out from the fine pubescence of this joint.

Third hind tarsal joint with only three long hairs at the end of the

outer side, otherwise with extremely short, fine, and fairly compact

pubescence. Claws long, narrow and acute, a stout tooth near the

apex. Empodium with a seta on each side. Ratio of the hind

tarsal joints as 5: 1: 3.

Fore wing brown, closely beset with symmetrical scales bluntly

acuminate in front, and amidst these long, thin, curved hairs, the

latter occurring especially on the apical half and here particularly

on the veins. Scales gray-brown to brown, intermingled with

silvery scales ; a streak in the costal cell, a marginal spot in each

of cells Ri, Ra+ 3,Cu1 and An with perfect silver lustre. Analis

with hyaline seam. The hinder portion of the wing base is formed

by a smooth pale brown area which carries about 27 hair cupules

but is without hairs. The area between costa and subcosta pale

brown, strongly thickened and chitinised, scaleless, with only

individual long erect sete ; most of the sete are relatively short

and recumbent. Only the margin of the outer wing half with very

long close-set and delicate hairs; the hairs inserted upon long

stalked cupules arranged in cross rows. The rest of the anterior

margin only shortly pubescent, still the single hairs are faintly

expanded, scale like. The radial branch (r,) of the pterostigma

unites for a short distance with the peduncle of the radial fork, the

radial ramus for a fairly long distance with the media. The radial

fork nearly 14 times the stalk length ; peduncle of the cubital fork

3 of cu, and ft ofcu,. Stigma sac occurs as a strong tracheal expan-

sion at the base of that portion of the subcosta which abuts upon

the pterostigma, with many irregular, torn, and separated parts of

the tracheal spirals.

Hind wing brownish hyaline; veins and membrane of the apical

half fairly closely pubescent. Wing border with exception of the

anterior margin of the costal cell with very long and compact hair.

The two branches of the media without stalk. The portion of r

which bounds the extremely narrow radial cell R in front is some-

what curved, with a little sharp trachea, expanded and represented

by a fairly broad brown pigment seam.

Membrane of the hind wing in certain lights intensely iridescent

deep red, red violet to blue, partly with deep black lustre The

94 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

wing scales are shown in fig. 46 (ds = cover scale, gs = ground scale.

rs == marginal scale).

Length of fore wing 3mm., wing expanse 63 mm.

Ceylon. Pattipola, 2,000 metres, February 22, 1902, one female

(Biro coll.).

Perientomum acutipenne, n. sp. (Figs. 66, 67, 72).

Head reddish brown, occiput very pale; hair of forehead and

vertex erect, moderately long, brown. Eyes red-brown, pubescence

moderately compact, very short but stout. Antenne reddish

brown, about three-fourths length of fore wing, very long and

sparsely pubescent. Maxillary palp brown-yellow, apex of end

joint brown.

Thorax brown. Mesonotum covered with gray-brown shining

scales. Legs brown-yellow. The length of the anterior tibie is

0°6 mm. ; of the middle tibie 0°64 mm.; of the posterior tibiz

1:05mm. The lengths of the tarsal joints in the fore foot are 0°27,

0°07, 0°08 mm. ; in the middle foot 0°35, 0°07,? ; in the hind foot

0:5, 0:08, 0°09. The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore as

54: 5:1. First hind tarsal joint with about 22 ctenidiobothria.

Claws (fig. 72) slender ; tooth close before the apex, stout and acute ;

empodial appendix setiform.

Wings very narrow and strongly acuminate. Membrane hyaline ;

veins very pale brownish ; pterostigma rather narrow (fig. 66).

The scaling of the fore wing brown with faintly reddish tint and gray

lustre. Marginal hair very long and strongly discrete, that of the

anterior margin pale reddish brown, that of the hinder margin

gray-black. The radial cell (R) of the hind wing very narrow.

Marginal hair long and coloured as in the fore wing: Hind wing

brightly iridescent blue green to violet.

Scales of fore wing fusiform, apex acuminate. Ground scales

(fig. 67 gs) shorter, cover scales (ds) longer. Marginal scales (hrs)

slender, but in part very broad.

Length of fore wing 2°5 mm., wing expanse, 54 mm.

Ceylon, Maskeliya ; under dead bark of tree. April, 1905, one

specimen, collected by Mr. EK. E. Green.

Perientomum incultum, Hag., 1865.

Amphientomum incultum, Hagen. Ent. Mo. Mag. IT., 1865, p. 149.

A. lepidopterum, Hagen. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, 1866, p. 204.

Perientomum incultum, Hagen, t.c. pp. 204 and 211. P. incultum,

Hag., Enderein. Ann. Mus, Nat. Hung. I,, 1903, p. 322, Fossil in

East Indian copal,

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 95

Nepticulomima, n. g.

(Type: N. Sakuntala, n. sp.)

Wings more or less acuminate. The first radial branch (r,) in

the hind wing arises between the origins of m, andr,4,. In the

fore wing, 7, is fused with the peduncle of the radial fork over a

short stretch or in one point.

Claws with one tooth before the apex. Antenne, in NV. Sakuntala,

24-jointed (fig. 125). Scales fusiform (figs. 83, 87, 91), ovate

(fig. 85), spatuliform with more or less straight-cut or faintly

concave end (fig. 89), the cover scales larger and slenderer. The

three ocelli far apart from one another. Forehead and vertex with

very long and closely placed hairs. Antennary joints relatively

long.

TABLE OF SPECIES.*

1. Fossil in the copal of Zanzibar .. mortua (Hag. 1865).

Recent a sega:

2. Scales spatuliform. Head polished

smooth, very shortly and_ sparsely

hairy. Scaling of fore wing brownish

black with deep metallic green lustre.

Legs uniformly yellow-brown, apices of

the femora brown above. Head brown chalcomelas. n. sp.

Scales fusiform or ovate. Head dull, pale

brownish ; long and closely hairy aoe

3. Fore wing brown or gray-brown, with

extensive silvery or brass-coloured

marking oe

Fore wing yellow-brown or gray-brown

with small straw yellowish marginal

spots between the ends of the veins _.._ 5.

4 Fore wing dark brown with brass yellow

spots with metallic lustre, and trans-

verse streaks ; at the end of the basal

third a moderately broad very dark

brown cross band. Legs black-brown ;

the following parts pale brownish

yellow :—Trochanters, a broad band

before the apex of the femora, a

narrower ring at the end of the first

third of the tibia, apex of the tibia,

distal half of the first tarsal join and

last tarsal joint a .. Lssigkeana, n. sp.

* N. birotana., Enderl., 1903, is not ineluded in this table.

oO 10(4)06

96 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Fore wing relatively narrow ; gray-brown

with large silvery marginal spots be-

tween the ends of the veins, which, in

part, expand to large spots extending

into the wing centre. Legs reddish

brown-yellow, femora pale brownish

yellow a .. Sakuntala, n. sp.

5. Fore wing gray-brown; the three marginal

spots of the hinder border roundish.

Ocelli large, the space between one of

the posterior ocelli and the eye-border

is much less than one-third of the dis-

tance between a posterior ocellus and

the anterior 5 .. Hosemanni, Enderl.

1903.

Fore wing yellow-brown ; the three mar-

ginal spots of the hinder border flat and

applied to the border. Ocelli small ; the

space between a posterior ocellus and

the eye-border is about one-third of the

distance between a posterior ocellus and

the anterior he .. brasiliensis, Enderl.

1906.

Nepticulomima Sakuntala, n. sp. (Figs. 20, 77, 82, 83, 117, 125).

Head pale brownish yellow, clypeus with faint reddish tint,

labrum brown to pale brown. On forehead and vertex long hair

pale brownish yellow to pale brownish, that of the vertex directed

upwards in a tuft and somewhat curved backwards. Eyes large.

dark red-brown to black, pubescence moderately close but relative-

ly long and stout. Antenne (fig. 125) thin, about two-thirds the

length of the fore wing, pubescence moderately compact and fairly

long ; 24-jointed (complete). The lengths of the antennary joints

in millims. are: 0°05, 0°07 (basal joints) ; 0-07, 0:09, 0:08, 0°08, 0:07,

0:06, 0:07, 0:06, 0:06, 0°05, 0°05, 0°04, 0:06, 0-06, 0:06, 0:08, 0-06,

0-06, 0:07, 0:08, 0°08, 0°07. Maxillary palp brownish yellow, end

joint somewhat brownish.

Thorax clear brownish yellow; mesonotum thickly beset with

clear brownish yellow scales giving a strong silken glitter. Femora

pale brownish yellow, tibiz and tarsi reddish brown-yellow. The

compact scaling of femora and tibiz, strong brownish yellow with

silken lustre. The length of the anterior tibia is 0°52 mm.; of the

middle tibia 0°63; of the hinder tibia 1:08 mm. The lengths of

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA, 97

the tarsal joints in the fore foot are : 0:23, 0:05, 0°06 mm. ; in the

middle foot 0°32, 0°06, 0°07 mm. ; in the hind foot 0°43, 0:07, 0:07

mm. ‘The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore as 6: 1 : 1.

First hind tarsal joint with about 20 ctenidiobothria. Claws (fig. 77)

slender, with thin apex and stout tooth rather far before the apex ;

empodial appendix setiform. Hind leg represented in fig. 117.

Wings relatively narrow, acuminate. Wing membrane hyaline.

Pterostigma rather narrow (fig. 82); m1 enters precisely into the

wing apex. Scaling of fore wing brown (cover scales), ground

scales pale brown-yellow with strong silken lustre. At the margin

between every two vein terminations large silvery to silken spots,

likewise the distal half of the axillary and anal cells. The marginal

spot between m, and cu, expands to a large acute angled triangle,

which extends to the wing centre, its apex being directed towards

the wing base (fig. 20). Marginal hair long and brown. Hind

wing with moderately narrow radial cell (R); veins pale brown ;

marginal hair (pubescence) long and brown, at the hinder border

very long; membrane of the apical half pubescent; 7,4, ends

exactly in the wing apex ; membrane strongly iridescent green to red.

Ground scales (fig. 83) somewhat ovate with the acuminate end

strongly set off. Cover scales (ds) elongate with stout apex.

Marginal scales (vrs) slender, fusiform.

Length of fore wing 2°6 mm., wing expanse 6 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya, under papers in a room; January, 1905,

four specimens; February, 1905, two specimens, collected by Mr.

EK. E. Green.

Nepticulomima Essigkeana, n. sp. (Figs 17. 79, 84, 85).

Head pale brownish yellow ; small brown spots occur at the suture

of the vertex, a row of 3 or 4 on each side approximately parallel

to the inner eye-border, at the base of the antennz, 2 on the forehead.

The base of the ocelli and the upper lip are also brown. Clypeus

sometimes faintly brownish. The long hair on forehead and vertex

pale brown-yellow and shaggy. Eyes spherical, black-brown,

pubescence stout, moderately compact and relatively long. The

ocelli are placed far apart, and are arranged in a very flat triangle,

so that the distance between the two posterior ocelli is almost twice

as great as that between the anterior and a posterior ocellus; the

latter distance is more than twice as great as the space between a

posterior ocellus and the eye-border. Antenne pale brownish

yellow, becoming gray towards the apex ; the anterior side of the

two (in this species) very greatly developed basal joints brown.

98 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

Pubescence fairly long but tolerably compact. Maxillary palp

clearer or darker brown-yellow, apex somewhat darker.

Thorax pale brownish, mesonotum covered with clear brownish

yellow scales which give a brass-yellow lustre. Legs black-brown,

the following parts pale brownish yellow :—Trochanters, a broad

band before the apex of the femora, a narrower ring at the end of

the first third of the tibiz (in the hind tibiee more towards the middle),

apex of the tibie, distal half of the first tarsal joint (in the hind

tarsi two-thirds of the length), and the last tarsal joints. On the

upper side of the hind tibiz six of the long seta are arranged in a

longitudinal row and attain a considerable length, standing nearly

parallel in an angle of about 45°. Scaling of the femora and tibie

with yellowish silken lustre. The length of the middle tibia is 0°56

mm.; of the hind tibia 0°97 mm. The lengths of the tarsal joints in

the middle foot are : 0°25, 0°05, 0°05 ; in the hind foot 0°38, 0:05, 0:06.

The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore as 64: 2:1. First

hind tarsal joint with about 18 ctenidiobothria. Claws (fig. 79) slender,

tooth rather far before the slender apex ; empodial appendix in the

form of anarrow dermalribbon strongly acuminate towards the apex.

Wing membrane hyaline ; pterostigma moderately broad; m+

discharges shortly before the wing apex. The wing pattern pro-

duced by the scaling is as follows :—Ground colour dark brown; a

pale brass-coloured and shining marking, consisting of smaller and

larger spots, marginal spots, and interrupted cross bands, is

distributed almost over the entire wing, attaining special develop-

ment in the basal third of the wing ; only a moderately broad, very

dark brown cross band, which occurs at the end of the basal third,

is free from brass-coloured scales. To this cross band is applied a

narrower brass-coloured cross band scarcely interrupted by a few

brown scales. Marginal hair moderately long, black-brown, at the

brass-coloured marginal spots clear brownish yellow. Hind wing

with relatively broad radial cell (R) ; marginal hair very long, pale

brownish ; veins clear brown ; membrane intensely iridescent violet

to red, passing in some places to green.

Ground scales ovate (fig. 85 gs), cover scales (ds) longish to

elongate elliptical, at the end round or barely perceptibly truncate,

still rounded. Marginal scales as in the other species.

Length of fore wing, 2°3 mm; wing expanse 5} mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya; on the outer surface of walls, January,

1905, one specimen; March, 1905, one specimen, collected by

Mr. E. E. Green.

I have dedicated this species to my friend Mr. Walther Essigke

of Limbach near Chemnitz.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 99

Nepticulomima brasiliensis, Enderl., 1906. (Figs. 19, 78, 86, 87).

Perientomum brasiliense, Enderlein. Zool. Jahrb. Syst., vol. 24,

1906, p. 88.

Head brown-yellow ; hair of forehead and vertex brownish yellow

with silken sheen, compact and moderately long. In the place of

the suture of the vertex occurs a faintly raised longitudinal keel.

Ocelli small, black, bead-like, the ocellar triangle is fairly flat ;

the distance of a posterior ocellus from the eye-border is about one-

third of the space between a posterior ocellus and the anterior.

Occipital edge sharp, in the middle shallowly emarginate. Eyes

hemispherical, black ; pubescence moderately short and_ fairly

stout. Maxillary palp, brown-yellow, end joint slightly darker.

Thorax brown yellow ; mesonotum with clear brownish-yellow

scales, with strong silken lustre. Legs brown-yellow ; the scaling

of the femora and tibiz clear brownish yellow with silken lustre ;

from the ground colour the tarsi appear somewhat darker. Length

of hind tibia 1:08 mm. The lengths of the hind tarsal joints are

0°38, 0:06,0°06 mm. ‘The ratio of the hind tarsal joints is therefore

as 64: 1:1. First hind tarsal joint with about 22 ctenidiobothria.

Claws (fig. 78) with slender apex, a stout tooth before the apex ;

empodial appendix setiform ; base broad.

Membrane of fore wing hyaline, with faint brownish tinge. Ptero-

stigma narrow (Fig. 86) ; m, discharges close before the apex. ‘The

scaling is yellow-brown with silken lustre ; in the apical half four

moderately sharp marginal spots occur at the anterior border,

three at the posterior (the latter rather flat) of straw yellow colour

with silken sheen. Marginal hair tolerably short, brown-yellow,

at the clearer places straw yellow. Hind wing hyaline, veins pale

brown ; marginal hair very long, pale brown, that of the apical

half of the anterior border dark brown. Membrane intensely

iridescent red to golden, at the base iridescent in all colours.

Ground scales (fig. 87 gs) fusiform with apex slightly or not pro-

nounced. Cover scales (ds) elongate fusiform, apex not set off.

Length of fore wing 2:2 mm, wing expanse 5 mm.

Brazil. Para, November 28, 1893. One specimen, in the collec-

tion of the Stettin Museum.

Nepticulomima Héisemanni, Enderl., 1903 (Figs. 18, 90, 91, 110).

Perientomum Hésemanni, Enderlein. Zool. Jahrb. Syst., Bd.

XXIX., 1903, p. 3, Taf. I., figs 1-9. )

Head brownish. Antennz brownish, with sparse and fairly long

hair: more than 24 joints. Hyes large, black, pubescent. Suture of

100 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

vertex rather well defined. Forehead not separated from vertex.

Ocelli large, the two posterior fairly close to the inner eye-borders,

their distance from these being much less than one-third of the space

between posterior ocelli and anterior ocellus (as is the case in

N. brasiliensis, Enderl.). Maxillary palp pale brownish.

Thorax pale brown, mesonotum scaly. Legs brown-yellow.

Ratio of the hind tarsal joints as6:1:1. First hind tarsal joint with

about 24 ctenidiobothria. Claws slender. a stout and acute tooth

rather far before the apex. Empodial appendix setiform. The

abdominal apex of the female with gonapophyses and appendices

anales (aa) is reproduced in fig. 110.

Membrane of fore wing hyaline, with brownish tinge, especially in

middle. Veins brown. Pterostigma fairly narrow; m, ends before

the apex. Scaling gray-brown, margin of the apical half darker and

in front with four small straw-yellowish spots, behind with three, the

latter very small and roundish. Marginal hair fairly long, brown,

at the clear spots straw-yellowish. Hind wing hyaline, veins pale

brown ; marginal hair pale brown and very long.

Ground scales fusiform ; end acuminate, sharply and distinctly

defined (fig. 91 gs); likewise in regard to the much larger cover

scales (ds).

Hind wings brightly iridescent in all colours, especially red and

yellow-red.

Length of forewing 2:4 mm., wing expanse 54 mm.; length of body

2mm.

Cameroon. Nojoko Station; four females, collected by Staff

Surgeon Dr. Hésemann (Types).

Cameroon. Bipindi. GeeeherMecennert 1898; one specimen,

collected by Zenker.

The last specimen was well preserved in regard to the scales, in

contrast with the earlier material which was preserved in alcohol.

I have supplemented the diagnosis from it.

Nepticulomima chalcomelas n. sp. (Figs. 21, 76, 88, 89, 99).

Head polished smooth, shining dark brown; clypeus and labrum

dark brown. The hair upon forehead and vertex is, in comparison

with all other species, unusually scanty and short, but still always

fairly long and shaggy ; its colour is black-brown with gray lustre.

Occipital edge particularly sharp, in the middle somewhat emarginate ;

this emargination is the remains of the suture of the vertex, which is

otherwise not perceptible. Also the suture between vertex and

forehead has completely vanished. Ocelli very small, shining like

SCALY WINGED OCOPHKOGNATHA. 101

orange yellow glass beads ; the distance of the anterior ocellus from

one of the posterior ocelli is equal to the space between the latter and

the eye-border : the ocellar triangle is moderately flat, the angle at the

apex being about 120°. Eyes brown-black, pubescence extremely

short and very delicate. Antenne relatively long, thin, approxi-

mately equal to the length of the fore wing; pubescence

moderately long and tolerably compact ; black-brown, the two basal

joints brown; the antennal flagellum has 19 joints (complete) having

the following lengths in millims. 0°15, 0°14, 0°16, 0°14, 9-1, 0-1,

0:08, 0:09, 0:09, 0°08, 0:08, 0:09, 0:09, 0:09, 0:09, 0-08, 0:07,

0-07, 0:07, 0:07. Maxillary palp (fig. 99) brown, end joint dark brown.

Thorax dark brown, mesonotum covered with brownish black

scales, which mostly give a greenish lustre, certain of them frequently

reddish. Legs evenly yellow-brown, femoral apices brown above.

The setz of the hind tibie relatively short and scanty. Scales of

the femora and tibie dull yellowish with silken lustre. The

length of the anterior tibia is 0-48 mm.; of the middle tibia 0-6

mm., of the posterior tibia 0°96 mm. The lengths of the tarsal

joints in the fore foot are 0:24, 0-06, 0-07 mm.; in the middle foot

0:25, 0:06, 0°07 mm.; in the hind foot 0°37, 0-08, 0-08. The ratio

of the hind tarsal joints is therefore 48: 1: 1. The first hind

tarsal joint with about 14 ctenidiobothria. Ciaws (fig. 76) very

large and slender, tooth before the apex stout and acute ; empodial

appendix jong and setiform.

Membrane of fore wing faint brownish gray hyaline; pterostigma

rather narrow (fig. 88); m, enters the wing apex. The scaling is

brownish black, with deep green metallic lustre: certain scales give

also frequently a deep red metallic lustre. Marginal hair moderately

long, black, with green metallic lustre. Hind wing hyaline, veins

pale brown. Radial cell, R, relatively broad. Marginal hair long,

pale brownish. Membrane intense red violet, iridescent red to

golden, at the wing base iridescent green to blue. |

Ground scales (fig. 89 gs) spatuliform, end broad and straight-

cut or very faintly and shallowly emarginate: angles rather sharp.

Cover scaies (ds) similar, hut much tonger.

Length of fore wing 2°3 mm.; wing expanse 54 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya ; on rotten wood on the ground ; March ,1905,

15 specimens collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Nepticulomima Biroiana, Enderl., 1903.

Perientomum Biroianum, Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. I..

1903, p. 327. Taf. XI., f. 60b; Taf. XIT., f. 60a and c.

102 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The whole body clear yellow-brown. Head with compact and

long hair. The three ocelli standing far apart, yellow, finely rimmed

with black brown. Sutures distinct. Upper lip gray-brown,

clypeus small, very faintly convex ; clypeolus rudimentary. Kyes

fairly large, finely pubescent, black. Occipital margin rather _

sharp angled.

Legs likewise clear yellow-brown up to the claws. Tibiz,

especially the hind tibiz, with long set. The spiny comb of each

seta of the inner setigerous row of the first tarsal joints little distinct,

clear yellow-brown. First hind tarsal joint compactly but rather

finely setigerous. Ratio of the hind tarsal joints as 5:1: 1.

Fore wing pale brown, thickly beset with clear brownish scales.

As the scales are much rubbed away the pattern of the fore wing

cannot be recognised. Hind wing hyaline, colourless, with scanty

but long hairs on the margin, on the veins of the apical half and the

membrane. In the fore wing m4, in the hind wing 7,+, enter

exactly into the wing apex.

Length of fore wing 2} mm.; wing expanse 5 mm.

German New Guinea (northern portion). Lemien in Berlinhafen,

one female (Biré coll.).

Nepticulomima mortua (Hagen, 1865) ; (cf. page 77, footnote 1.)

Perientomum mortuum, Hagen. Ent. Mo. Mag. II., 1865, p. 152.

Nepticulomima mortua (Hag.), m.

“This species is similar to P. trichopteryx in form, size, and colour-

ing. Thus I should not have separated it, but for a difference in

the details of the venation. In the inferior wings the transverse

vein on the anterior margin is emitted from the superior branch (1),

while in P. trichopteryx it is emitted before the point whence this

branch departs.

‘‘T admit that this difference alone is perhaps too slight to justify

the formation of a distinct species, especially as in one individual out

of five of P. trichopteryx now before me, the transverse vein is

emitted precisely from the point of departure of the superior branch

(1); but as the determination of insects in copal is always rather

difficult, I have thought it best to note the species as distinct until

more material shall prove to the contrary.

‘Tn gum copal (Animé), from Zanzibar. One specimen, received

from Baron Osten-Sacken. ”

The description of the venation of the hind wing renders its

position in the genus Nepticulomima certain.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 103

Sub-fam. LEPIDOPSOCIN &.

Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. I., 1903, p. 208.

After I have eliminated the genus Hchinopsocus, Enderl., 1903,

from this sub-family, there remain for it the following characteristics.

Fore wing with long macrochetz not only upon the costal area,

but also on the veins and sometimes also on the membrane of the

marginal seam. Radial ramus forked, united or fused with the

pterostigma by cross vein; pterostigma moderately large and

relatively flat. Hind wing without radial cell (without a closed

cell), otherwise normal. Radial ramus of fore wing forked. Wing

scales are all asymmetrical (fig. 107). Antenne more than 30-

jointed (Echmepteryx) to 47-jointed (Lepidopsocus) ; the antennary

joints of the flagellum are very short (antenne moniliform) or at

most about twice as long as thick.

TABLE OF GENERA OF LEPIDOPSOCIN®.

The radius developed up to the pterostig-

ma. Between pterostigma (branch 71)

and radial ramus a cross-vein .. Echmepteryx, Aaron

1886.

(Type: E. Hageni Pack. 1870).

The radius up to the pterostigma com-

pletely reduced. The pterostigma

(branch r,) is fused with the radial

ramus over a long stretch .. Lepidopsocus, En-

derl. 1903.

(Type: L. nepticulides, Enderl. 1903).

Echmepteryx, Aaron., 1886.

Frank Aaron. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1886, p. 17,

figs. 4-9.

[Type E. Hageni (Packard 1870).]

Pterostigma connected with the radial ramus by a cross vein.

Radial fork sometimes very small (Z. mihira,n. sp.). Stem of the

radius connected with the media by a fine and delicate cross vein —

which shuts in a longish pentagonal cell ; this is wanting in Aaron’s

figure, but is presumably present also here. Radius well developed

in its entire extent. In the hind wing r, arises before or close before

the point of ramification of cw, Both wings more or less acuminate,

Three ocelli,

p 10(4)06

104 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

TABLE OF THE SPECIES.

1. Wing short and broad. Head pale yellow

with brown marking. Legs brownish

yellow, tibize with two dark rings .. Hageni (Pack. 1870).

Wing narrow and long, strongly acumin-

ate. Head uniformly brownish yellow

or brown-yellow ole) ae

2. Fore wing produced into a very fine apex.

Peduncle of the radial fork more than

twice as long as rg+ 3. Scaling pale

brownish yellow to gray with golden

marking. Legs pale brownish yellow ;

apex of the femora, two rings on the

tibize and the tarsi gray-brown .. mihira, n. sp.

Fore wing acute but not produced into a

long apex. Peduncle of the radial fork

little longer than r ,4+,. Scaling yel-

lowish gray-brown, with strong yellow-

ish silken lustre. Legs clear brownish

yellow. . bee , .. sericea, D. Sp.

Echmepteryx Hageni (Packard, 1870).

Amphientomum Hagenii, Packard. Proc. Boston. Soc., vol. XIII.,

1870, pp. 405-407, figs. a—d.

A. Hageni, Pack. Enderlein. Mitth. Zool. Mus. Berlin II. Heft II.,

1902, p. 15.

Echmepteryx agilis, Aaron. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sic. Philadelphia,

1886, p. 17, figs. 4-9.

Echmepteryx Hageni (Pack.), m.

Packard /.c. :—

“The body generally is of a pale yellowish horn colour. Head

of the same colour with a few scattered hairs. Eyes full, round,

prominent, sub-globose. Ocelli arranged in a very low flat triangle ;

the anterior one being on a line with the front edge of the eyes.

Behind each of the two basal ocelli is a blackish brown line, so

doubled as to form three sides of an oblong square, with the open

side facing the anterior ocellus, the inner sides meeting midway

between the ocelli. A dark brown narrow line extends from eye to

eye, passing upwards in the middle, between the anterior and the

other two ocelli. A dark broad line extends from the eyes to the

clypeus. The anterior ocellus is surrounded with black, and there

is a pair of divergent dark brown lines, a little curved, sending a

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 105

branch up to the anterior ocellus. Two curved dark brown broad

short bands just above the clypeus. The clypeus is free, raised

above the surface of the front, andis pale horn colour (testaceous)

and unspotted. Labrum black. Mandibles pale, pitchy. Anten-

ne with the basal joint globular ; the second a little longer, oval,

both very much larger than the sixteen succeeding pale horn-coloured

joints, the latter being slender, gradually increasing in length to the

tip, each joint provided with four or five long stiff hairs, giving a

verticillate appearance to the antenne.

‘* Seen in front the difference between the eyes is equal tothe dis-

tance from the vertex to the base of the clypeus, the front being

equilaterally triangular. Legs testaceous, the femora pale at base ;

beyond a little dusky, the tibize twice broadly ringed with dusky

tarsi pale.

‘* Prothorax very short, the tergum being transversely linear ;

mesoscutum cordate. Abdomen pale, almost whitish. Upper

wings regularly oval lanceolate, the tips being acute, but not pro-

longed ; densely covered with hairs and scales, with the fringe long

on the outer half of the wings, and increasing in length towards the

tip so that the outline of the fringe is oval. Under the microscope

the wing membrane is covered with numerous dots, arranged in

irregular wavy rows, the dots much thicker along the edges than

elsewhere. In the middle and along the costa the hairs are developed

into regular flat scales, like those of the Lepidoptera, and the Lepis-

matide and Poduride, varying greatly in form, some being long

and narrow, with acute teeth on the outer edge, and a rather long

point of attachment ; others broad and short, with blunt teeth, and

others more regular in outline ; all with shaded lines proceeding

from each tooth and fading out towards the base of the scale.

‘* The wings are glistening gray, and spotted irregularly with dark

towards the tips. Venation: in the fore wings a minute, almost

obsolete costal vein, four subcostal venules ; the main vein at the

origin of the second branch anastomoses with the median vein,

forming a long, narrow discal cell ; at one-third the distance between

the anastomosis and the tip of the wing it sends off a third branch

nearly equalling in length the two basal ones ; the median vein has

five branches ; after sending off a branch to anastomose with the

subcostal vein it subdivides, the upper branch again sub-dividing

midway between the tip and the anastomosis. On the basal fifth

of the vein a branch arises, which subdivides, forming the fourth

and fifth median venules. A straight submedian vein is present.

‘* Hind wings similar in form to the fore pair, but a little narrower ;

a slightly marked subcostal vein, ending opposite the origin of the

106 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

first and upper branch of the median vein. The median vein sub-

divides into five branches, the three basal, lower ones arising at

nearly equal distances apart, and of nearly the same length ; the

first and upper one arising on the outer fourth of the wing ; a slightly

marked sub-median vein. The wings are folded at a low angle over

the back.

‘* Length of body, -10; of body with the wings folded, -14 inch,

‘* T first observed this insect under the loose bark of a stump,

moving in groups of several, running swiftly when disturbed, like

other Psoci, to a place of concealment, at Brunswick, Maine, early

inJuly. I also found a specimen September Ist in Salem, Mass.

‘* Dr. Hagen, the founder of this genus, kindly drew my attention

to the great interest attaching to the discovery of this insect in this

country, indicating the genus, and that the species was undescribed.”

Frank Aaron. l.c. :—

‘“* Antenne much shorter than the wings, pale fuscous ; palpi

fuscous. Nasus = clypeus fuscous, pilose ; rest of head somewhat

pilose, pale, with dark brown markings, a bent brown line across the

head transversely, separating the anterior from the posterior ocelli ;

before the ocelli, in the middle, some irregular brown markings and

bands (varying in different specimens), and between the ocelli,

connecting with the transverse line, two convergent brown lines,

extending to a brown patch on each side upon the occiput ; on each

side, within the margin of the eyes, another brown spot, becoming a

line, and also joining the occipital patches. Ocelli black, each one

within a small brown spot ; eyes brown and golden yellow. Thorax

brown, portions pale luteous, dorsum of mesothorax dark brown,

somewhat scaled, and very pilose. Abdomen pale yellowish or

luteous (in some specimens fuscous, probably discoloured by drying),

with some brown markings. Legs fuscous, somewhat paler or

luteous ; tarsi luteous, fuscous towards base.

‘« Wings fuscescent or smoky when denuded, becoming hyaline

towards the apex ; veins darker, semi-transparent. Scales mostly

fuscesent, paler towards the base ; when upon the wing seemingly

fuscous, and when thickly placed appearing almost black ; other

scales luteous upon the wing. These scales cause the wing to be

covered with black, fuscous, and luteous patches. The long apical

hair mostly fuscous, luteous in patches.

‘« Hind wings hyaline, slightly infuscated, no scales, the long apical

hair fuscous. Length to end of wing about 3 millim.

‘‘ Pennsylvania. I found this species on the trunks of beech trees

in a wood near Philadelphia. It is very active, quick and difficult to

secure. I believe it represents a group entirely new to our fauna.”

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 107

The Amphientomum Hageni, Packard, proved to be a true Kch-

mepteryx from the figure of the fore wing and from the description.

I had already pointed out in 1902 (/.c. p. 15) that it did not belong to

the genus Amphientomum. <A comparison of this description with

that of #. agilis, Aaron, showed that both descriptions characterise

extraordinarily similar forms ; only Packard’s figure of the scales

did not agree with Aaron’s. The former however are of such a high

development (at the end with 5-6 acute teeth) as has not yet been

demonstrated in any of the Copeognatha (even in the differentiated

forms only bidentate scales occur) more especially in such a lowly

organised genus, in which and in whose allies dentate scales never

occur, mostly indeed only asymmetrical scales, that I consider it

very probable that Packard, who has investigated every possible

order of insects, accidentally admitted some Lepidopterous scales

into the preparation which naturally did not surprise him among

the slender scales of Echmepteryx (cf. fig. 107); moreover the

Lepidopterous scales may have attached themselves to the Ech-

mepteryx in the killing bottle. I have myself often received Psoci-

dz which were quite covered with adhering Lepidopterous scales.

In addition there is the fact that both Packard and Aaron captured

the objects in the north-western part of the United States and that

in both cases they were found living on tree trunks.

I believe therefore that I am right in uniting the two species,

especially because Aaron was unaware of Packard’s description.

In Aaron’s drawing, the distal portion of the subcosta which closes

the pterostigma in the fore wing, and7, in the hind wing, are want-

ing ; doubtless Aaron overlooked both.

As I was about to send off this manuscript, I received, through

the kindness of Mr. Banks, some examples from the United States

(Falls Church, Virginia, June) alleged to be Amphientomum Hageni,

Pack. An examination of this material completely confirmed the

view which I have explained above. The scales are exactly like

those figured by Aaron.

Echmepteryx mihira,* n. sp. (Figs. 22, 81, 106, 122).

Head clear brownish yellow. Hair of forehead and vertex rather

long, shaggy, brownish yellow. Antennz thin and long, about

equal to length of fore wing; antennary joints short, ntmerous ;

in one antenna there are 39 joints of flagellum (consequently 41

antennary joints) present, but it is imperfect ; each joint with some

* Sanskrit, = Sun.

108 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

moderately long hairs. Eyes brown-yellow, finely and rather

shortly pubescent. Maxillary palp pale, end joint a little darker.

Thorax pale brownish yellow or darker, mesonotum with golden

scaling. Legs very pale brownish yellow, apex of the femora, two

rings on the tibiz (one near the base, the other broader before the

end) and the tarsi gray-brown. The length of the middle tibia is

0:49 mm. ; of the hind tibia 0°9 mm. (fig. 122). The lengths of

the tarsal joints in the middle foot are 0°19, 0°04, 0°05 mm. ;

in the hind foot 0°3,0°05,0°06 mm. The ratio of the hind tarsal

joints as 6: 1:14. First hind tarsal joint with about 13 cteni-

diobothria. Claws (fig. 81) slender, with acute thin tooth before

the apex and with long hair-like empodial appendix which possesses

a broad lamelliform base ; between this and the tooth some minute

obscure knob-like denticles.

Wings very narrow and acuminate ; membrane hyaline ; pteros-

tigma (fig. 106) rather broad. Radial fork very short ; m, and m,

very short ; m, ending below the apex. Scaling very pale brownish

yellow to gray, some relatively broad and irregular golden bands

and markings (fig. 22). Marginal hair very long, pale brownish

yellow and golden mixed. Hind wing very narrow ; veins very

pale ; marginal hair very long, standing off, that of the anterior

margin pale brownish, that of the hinder margin yellowish. Mem-

brane intensely iridescent red to violet, only here and there to green.

Scales asymmetrical elongate knife-shaped (like those of &.

sericea, n. sp.; fig. 107), at the end strongly acuminate, single ones

very narrowly symmetrical.

Length of fore wing 2 mm. ; wing expanse 43 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya. January, 1905; inside a folded leaf on a

tree, one specimen ; on a tree trunk, one specimen ; collected by

Mr. E. E. Green.

Echmepteryx sericea, n. sp. (Figs. 23, 80, 104, 105, 107).

Head brown-yellow. Forehead and vertex with yellow-brown,

moderately long, shaggy hair. Antenne thin, nearly equal to

length of fore wing, brownish ; in an incomplete antenna I counted

31 joints ; antennary joints of the flagellum short, with some fairly

long hairs. Eyes black-brown, with rather long and stout pubes-

cence. Maxillary palp pale.

Thorax brown ; mesonotum covered with glistening gray-brown

scales. Legs clear brownish yellow, with strong yellowish silken

lustre. The length of the anterior tibia is 0°39 mm. ; of the middle

tibia 0°49 mm.; of the hind’ tibia 0°84 mm. The lengths of the

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 109

tarsal joints in the middle foot are 0:19, 0:04, 0:05 mm. ; in the

hind foot 0°29, 0°05, 0:06 mm. The ratio of the hind tarsal

joints isas 5: %:1. First hind tarsal joints with about 14 cteni-

diobothria. Claws (fig. 80) with stout tooth before the apex and

setiform empodial appendix.

Wings strongly acuminate. Membrane hyaline. Pterostigma

(fig. 105) moderately broad. Peduncle of the radial fork somewhat

shorter than the fork; m, ends below the wing apex. Scaling

yellowish gray-brown with strong silken yellowish lustre. Mar-

ginal hair long and compact, of same colour.

Hind wing pale, with very long hair on the hinder margin ; veins

pale brown ; membrane iridescent red to violet.

Scales (fig. 107) elongate, asymmetrical, knife-shaped, the end

strongly acuminate ; some narrow symmetrical. Macrochete (fig.

104) almost in their entire length fairly closely beset with fine tooth

like sete.

Length of fore wing 2 mm. ; wing expanse 44 mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya. Under loose bark on trunk of Artocarpus

integrifolia ; March, 1905, two specimens, collected by Mr. E. E.

Green.

Lepidopsocus, Enderl., 1903.

Enderlein. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. Bd. I., 1903, pp. 328-330.

Lepidopsocus nepticulides, Enderl. 1903.

Enderlein. /.c., pp. 330-331, fig. 62 a-g. Singapore.

Sub-fam. Hchinopsocine, m.

Echinopsocus, Enderl., 1903, and Scolopama, n. g.,form a perfectly

independent group beside the Lepidopsocine ; I separate them on

this account as sub-family Echinopsocine. In my opinion numerous

forms belonging to this sub-family are still to be found in the Tropics ;

but in consequence of their great inconspicuousness only two species

have hitherto been collected.

Fore wing with very long macrochete on the costal area and

alsoon the veins and on the membrane of the marginal seam.

Radial ramus simple (unforked) ; neither fused nor connected with

the pterostigma. Pterostigma unusually large and very deep;

both branches quite uncommonly long. Hind wings only very

minutely developed (without venation) or absent. Antenne»

multiarticulate (well over 30-jointed); the individual antennary

joints of the flagellum are very short (antenne moniliform) little

longer than thick, The wing scales are predominantly asymmetrical

110 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

(fig. 109 6), only isolated scales symmetrical, spatuliform (fig.

109 a-y). Claws with a generally stout tooth before the apex and

before this frequently one or several indistinct tuberculiform or

acute and fine denticles. Three ocelli present or absent. Kyes

pubescent.

TABLE OF GENERA OF ECHINOPSOCIN.

Media triramous. Hind wings only deve-

loped as minute rudiments. Fore wings

rather strongly acuminate. Three

ocelli present * .. Scolopama, n. g.

Type: 8S. halterata, n. sp.

Media biramous. Hind wings absent.

Fore wings produced into a long and very

thin apex. Ocelli absent . .Echinopsocus, Ender.

1903.

Type : E. erinaceus, Enderl.

1903.

Scolopama, n. g. (Figs. 108, 109, 126).

(Type : 8S. halterata, n. sp.)

Media triramous. Fore wings rather strongly acuminate ; with

very long macrochetz on the costal area and also on the veins

and on the membrane of the marginal seam. Radial ramus simple

(unforked) ; neither fused nor connected with the pterostigma.

Pterostigma unusually large and very deep; both branches un-

commonly long. Hind wings only very slightly developed, without

veins ; hinder margin with some very fine hairs. Eyes pubescent.

Three ocelli present, placed rather close together. Antenne with

very short joints of the flagellum, which are only a little longer than

thick ; presumably multiarticulate (more than 30 joints). The

wing scales are chiefly asymmetrical (fig. 109 0) long, knife-shaped,

strongly acuminate at the apex ; only certain scales are symmetri-

cally spatuliform (fig. 109 a-3) or fusiform (y). Claws with 3 acute

and very fine denticles before the tooth which occurs before the apex,

and one hair before the long setiform empodial appendix.

Scolopama halterata, n. sp. (Figs. 108, 109, 126).

Clear brownish yellow, hair of forehead and vertex long. Eyes

pubescent. Ocelli fairly close together forming a rather flat triangle.

Antennary joints of the flagellum very short, antenne presumably

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. Ill

multiarticulate. The length of the anterior tibia is 0°47 mm. ; of

the middle tibia 0°57 mm. ; of the posterior tibia 0°88 mm. The

lengths of the tarsal joints in the fore foot are 0°17, 0°05, 0°05 mm. ;

in the middle foot 0°2, 0:05, 0°06 mm. ; in the hind foot 0°33, 0:08,

0°09 mm. The ratio of the hind tarsal joints as 44:1: 14. The

first hind tarsal joint with about 14 ctenidia. Claws (fig. 126)

slender, with thin curved apex, and a stout acute tooth rather far

before it, a hair-like empodial appendix and between this and the

tooth 3 small thorn-like elevations and one fine hair beside the em-

podial appendix.

Fore wing faintly brownish. Scaling very pale brownish gray.

Hind wings very rudimentary, without veins (fig. 108), with only

some fine hairs at the hinder margin.

Scales of fore wing chiefly asymmetrical, knife-shaped and elongate,

end strongly acuminate (fig. 109 6); only a few scales have the

symmetrical spatuliform appearance shown in fig. 109 a-3. Some

scales (fig. 109 y) are small and narrowly fusiform.

Length of fore wing 1'4 mm.; wing expanse 3} mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya; under dry foliage on the ground; March,

1905, one specimen, collected by Mr. E. E. Green.

Echinopsocus, Enderl., 1903.

Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. Bd. I. 1903, p. 331.

Echinopsocus erinaceus, Enderl., 1903.

Enderlein, /.c., p. 332, figs. 63 a-g.

German New Guinea.

Family Lepipitiip# (Ribaga, 1905).

Lepidilline, Ribaga. Redia, vol. IL. (1904) 1905, p. 100.

Head long with shaggy hair. Occipitaledge sharp. Inner maxil-

lary lobe with 3 terminal points. End joint of the maxillary palp

axe-shaped. Organ of maxillary palp in the form of a short sense

club. Eyes hairy in front and also in the middle. Ocelli absent.

Antenne more than 50-jointed. Prothorax large and broad, visible

from above. Ends of the femora and bases of the tibie scaled.

Claws with one tooth before the apex. Tarsi 3-jointed. Lateral

valves of the telson with thorn-like appendices anales. Middle

tibia with a number of very long stout setze on the outer side. Fore

wings reduced, developed as short elliptical squamz, as in the

Atropide. Hind wings absent. Long narrow scales occur upon

Q | 10(4)06

112 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

the wing squamz, on the ends of the femora, the base of the tibiz ;

shorter and broader fusiform scales at various places on the upper.

side of the abdomen.

In the types of Lepidilla the long set of the hind tibie and the

squamiform fore wings have been broken off.

Ribaga places this group as a sub-family of the Atropide. These

however never have toothed claws and are never scaled, so that one

might better place them among the Lepidopsocide. But even

here they seem to me to have no right place. The complete lack

of venation in the peculiar squamiform wings separates them from

these and appears, in this respect, to approximate them to the

Atropide. If therefore the Lepidopsocide and Atropide be not

united in one family, which in my opinion is absolutely inadmissible,

one is compelled to regard the Lepidillide as a distinct family.

Until further species settle this question definitely I regard this group

in the meantime as Lepidillide.

TABLE OF GENERA OF LEPIDILLIDA.

Prothorax very short, much shorter than

the mesothorax. Second and third

joints of maxillary palp without exter-

nal end spur. .. Lepidilla, Rib. 1905.

(Type : L. Kelloggi, Rib. 1905.)

Prothorax very long, longer than the

mesothorax. Second and third joints

of the maxillary palp with stout and

long end spur .. Lepolepis,n. g.

. (Type: L. ceylonica, n. sp.).

2 Lepolepis, n. g.

Inner maxilla trifid ; end joint of maxillary palp axe-shaped,

second and third joints with stout and long end spur. Antenne

more than 50-jointed, the joints are 1-2 times as long as thick.

Ocelli absent. Eyes large, pubescent in front and in the middle.

Sagittal and frontal sutures distinct. Prothorax large and long,

larger than the mesothorax. Fore wingssquamiform. Hind wings

not developed. Meso and metathorax and middle segment close

together, the last very large. Abdomen 10-jointed including the

telson. The latter trilobate, the lateral lobes each with a setiform

appendix analis. Tibiz with 2 end spurs ; those of the two posterior

pairs of legs with numerous setz which are very stout on the middle

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 113

legs. Claws slender, with sharp tooth before the apex, before this

in the hind foot traces of microscopic denticles. Empodial appendix

in the form of a straight seta. |

The following parts carry scales :—The anterior side of the ends

of the femora, the outer side of the bases of the tibiz, the meso-

thorax, the fore wing squame rather closely, further on the upper

side of the abdomen, the sides of segments 3-7 and the 8th and

9th segments. Scales more or less slender or compressed fusi-

form.

Lepolepis Ceylonica, n. sp. (Figs. 24, 114-116, 118-120).

Ochreous yellow, the femora, tibie, and first tarsal joints

somewhat darker. Eyes black, the ommatidia standing out glossy

yellow. Wing squame clear brown, 9th segment and telson brown.

Head shaggily hairy, especially in front and at the sides. Appen-

dices anales very stout, very faintly curved inwards. Scaling brown

The scales of the wing rudiments long and narrow, those of the

abdomen short and compressed. Scaling of upper side of abdomen

compact. Ratio of hind tarsal joints as 54: 1: 1. Ctenidiobothria

absent from the first hind tarsal joint.

Length of body 3-31 mm. ; abdomen 1? mm. ; head length #

mm. ; antennez about 2} mm.

Ceylon. Peradeniya. ‘Two females, on walls and ceilings inside

houses ; collected and preserved in alcohol by Mr. E. E. Green.

Lepidilla, Ribaga, 1905.

Ribaga. Redia, vol. Il. (1904), 1905, p. 99, Taf. 9.

Inner maxilla three-tipped. End joint of maxillary palp axe-

shaped ; second and third joints with external end spurs. Antennz

multiarticulate (?), the antennary joints are more than three times

longer than thick. Ocelli absent. Eyes large, finely hairy in

front. Sagittal suture and frontal suture distinct. Prothorax feebly

developed, not pushed below the mesothorax, but very short. Fore

wings presumably squamiform, but broken off. Hind wings not

developed ; mesothorax, metathorax, and first abdominal segment

(median segment ?) closely conjoined as in all Atropide ; the last

named segment is as broad as the metathorax. Abdomen 10-jointed,

including the telson. Telson trilobate, the side lobes each with a

setiform appendix analis. Tibize with two end spurs, those of the

two hinder pairs of legs with numerous setz. Claws slender with

sharp tooth before the apex and before the tooth numerous micros-

copic hairlets. Empodial appendix in the form of a curved seta.

114 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The following parts are scaled :—The anterior side of the femoral

ends, the outer side of the tibial bases, the mesothorax ; some scales

occur also on the upper side of the 9th abdominal segment. The

scales are fusiform, those of the 9th segment especially truncate-

acuminate at the end.

Lepidilla Kelloggi, Ribaga, 1905 (Figs 113, 124).

Ribaga, l.c.,p. 100. Taf. 9. figs. 1-9, Taf. 10, figs. 10-11.

Ochreous yellow ; brownish markings with violet tint occur as

follows :—A reticulate pattern on the clypeus, the marking of the

forehead and vertex as shown in the illustration, the end joint and

the outer side of the second and third joints of the maxillary palp,

the apices of the two basal joints of the antenne, the marking of the

thorax as shown in the illustration, a small spot posteriorly before

the end of the femora, two rather broad rings round the tibiz,

dividing the latter into three equal parts, the basal part of the first

tarsal joint ; a longitudinal] streak on each side of the 9th segment

and the lateral valves of the telson. Appendices anales stout,

somewhat curved inwards. Ratio of the hind tarsal joints as

® ind

Length of body 3 mm. ; of abdomen 1°3 mm.

California. Stanford. Three females. oF

The above description of genus and species is based upon a type

specimen which Dr. C. Ribaga had very kindly placed at my disposal

for this purpose.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA.

INDEX.

(Synonyma are cursiv.)

acutipenne, Enderl.

agilis, Aaron . :

AMPHIENTOMID+ ..

AMPHIENTOMIN © ‘

Amphientomum, Hag.,

1856 br

argentatum, Enderl.

Biroiana, Enderl.

Biroianum, Enderl.

brasiliense, Enderl.

brasiliensis, Enderl.

caudata, Hag.

caudatum, Hag.

ceylonica, Ender.

ceylonicum, Enderl.

chalcomelas, Enderl.

chrysargyrium, Enderl.

chrysochlorum, Enderl.

colpolepis, Enderl.

Cymatopsocus, Enderl.

Dhaliana, Enderl.

ECHINOPSOCIN

Echinopsocus, Endetl. ..

Echmepteryx, Aaron

EMPHERIIDA,

PHERIINE ..

Erato, Enderl.

erinaceus, Enderl.

Essigkeana, Enderl.

flaviterminata, Enderl.. .

Fiulleborni, Enderl.

Greeni, Enderl.

Greeniana, Enderl.

gregarium, Hag.

Hageni (Packard)

halterata, Enderl.

Hemiseopsis, Ender}.

Horvathi, Enderl.

Hoésemanni, Enderl.

japonicus, Enderl.

incultum, Hag.

Kelloggi, Ribaga

LEPIDILLIDA

Em-

PAGE

94 |

104

46 |

109

103

111

104

110

114

111

Lepidilla, Ribaga

LEPIDOPSOCID Ai

LEPIDOPSOCIN 2 ihe

Lepidopsocus, Enderl. ..

Lepium, Enderl.

Lepolepis, Enderl.

leptolepis, Enderl.

luridum, Enderl.

madagascariensis, Kolbe

var. major, Enderl.

metallops, Enderl.

mihira, Enderl.

morosum, Hag.

mortua (Hag.)

mortuum, Hag.

nepticulides, Enderl.

Nepticulomima, Enderl. .

Nietneri, Enderl.

opalinus, Enderl.

paradoxum, Pict. Hag. .

Paramphientomum, En-

derl.

PERIENTOMINZ

Perientomum, Hag.

PSYLLIPSOCIN 2s

ritusamhara, Enderl.

Sakuntala, Enderl.

Scolopama, Enderl.

Seopsis, Enderl. a

sericea, Enderl.

Soa, Enderl. Ze

Stigmatopathus, Enderl.

Stimulopalpus, Enderl.. .

superba (Hag.)

superbum, Hag.

Syllysis, Hag.

THYLACINA

Thylax, Hag...

Tineomorpha, Enderl. ..

TINEOMORPHINZ

trichopteryx, Hag.

triste, Hag.

Vasantasena, Enderl.

115

PAGE

113

103

109

112

107

102

109

48, 77

116 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

BIBILIOGRAPHY OF THE SCALY COPEOGNATHA.

AARON, FRANK.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Science. Philadelphia, 1886,

p. 17 ; figs. 4-9.

ENDERLEIN, G.—Zur Kenntniss der Insekten Deutsch-Ostafrikas

Mitth-Zool. Mus. Berlin, [I., Bd. II., Heft., 1902 (pp. 1-18. Taf. 5),

p. 14-15; figs. 1, 4, 6, 8,10, 11; text fig. 3.

ENDERLEIN, G.—Neue Copeognathen aus Kamerun. Zool. Jahrb.

Syst. 19, Bd. 1903 (pp. 1-8. Taf. 1.), pp. 3-5 ; figs. 1-9.

ENDERLEIN, G.—Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen Faunen-

gebietes. Ann. Mus."Nat. Hungar, Bd. I., 1903 (pp. 179-344, Taf. ITI-

XIV., 12 text figures), pp. 206-208, 212, 310-317, 319-332 ; fig. 55,

56 a-m, 57a—d, 60a-c, 62a-g, 63a—g, 64a—b, 65a ; text figs. 8-12.

ENDERLEIN, G.—Die von Herrn Profr. Dr. Friedr. Dahl. im Bis-

marck-Archipel gesammelten Copeognathen, nebst Bemerkungen uber

die physiologische Bedeutung des Stigmasackes. Zool. Jahrb. Syst.

20 Bd., 1904 (pp. 105-112. Taf. 7), pp. 109-111 ; figs. 2-9.

ENDERLEIN, G.—Zwei neue beschuppte Copeognathen aus dem

Bernstein. Zoolog. Anz., Bd. 29, 1905, pp. 576-580 ; figs. 1-6.

ENDERLEIN, G.—Ausser europadische Copeognathen aus dem Zettiner

Museum. Zoolog. Jahrb. Syst., 24 Bd., 1906 (pp. 81-90. Taf. 6), p. 88.

Hacen, H.—Synopsis der Neuroptera Ceylons, I. Theil. Verh.

Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien., 1858. Psocide (pp. 473-475), Il. Theil. lc.

1859 (pp. 199-205).

Hacen, H.—On some aberrant genera of Psocine. Entomol.

Monthly Mag., vol. IT., 1865, pp. 148-152.

Hacen, H.—Psocinorum et Embidinorum Synopsis synonymica.

Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, 1866 (pp. 201-220), pp. 204, 210, 219.

Hacen, H.—Beitrage zur Monographie der Psociden. Stett.

ntomol. Z., 1882 (pp. 217-237 and pp. 265-300. Taf. I.).

Kose, H. J.—Der Entwicklungsgang der Psociden im Individuum

und in der Zeit. Berliner Ent. Festschr., Bd. 28, 1884 (pp. 35-38).

MEvNIER, F.*—Perientomum mortuum, Hag. Archiptere Psocid

du copalfossile de Zanzibar. Le Naturaliste, 1906. No. 456; p. 7,

fig. 6.

PACKARD.—Proc. Boston Soc., vol. XIII., 1870, pp. 405-407.

Pictet-HAGEN, in Berendt: Die im Bernstein befindlichen organis-

chen Reste der Vorwelt. (II. Bd., Berlin, 1856, II. Abt. Die im Berns-

tein befindlichen Neuropteren der Vorwelt, pp. 41-125. Psociden,

pp. 57-64, Taf. V., figs. 9-11 ; Taf. VII., fig. 21 ;.Taf. VIII., figs. 6-10),

pp. 61-64 ; Taf. VII., fig. 21 (b.c.d); Taf. VIII., fig. 10 (a—e).

RispaGca, Cost.—Descrizione di nuovi Copeognathi. Redia Vol. IT.,

fasc. I. 1904 (pp. 99-110. Taf. 9-10), pp. 99-106 ; figs. 1-11.

———

* See page 77, footnote.

Fig.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 117

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

(For Vol. IIT. on plates A-G, raad Vol. IV.)

PLATE A.

1. Tineomorpha Greemana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 12.

2. Syllysis Erato, Enderl., n. sp., &.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

3. Syllysis ritusamhara, Enderl., n. sp., 2.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

4. Seopsis metallops, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

5. Seopsis Vasantasena, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, X 27.

6, Seopsis superba (Hag.).

Right fore wing and hind wing, xX 27.

7. Paramphientomum Nietnert, Enderl., n. g.n. sp,

Right fore wing and hind wing, X 27.

PLATE B.

8. Soa flaviterminata, Enderl, n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

9. Pertentomum chrysargyrium, Enderl., n. sp

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

10. Perientomum Greeni, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

11. Perientomum morosum, Hag. &.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

12. Pertentomum triste, Hag.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

13. Perientomum ceylonicum, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

14. Pertentomum argentatum, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

15. Lepium chrysochlorum, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27,

PLATE C.

16. Lepiwm luridum, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

17. Nepticulomima Essigkeana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

18. Nepticulomima Hésemanni, Enderl., 1903 (Cameroon).

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

19. Nepticulomima brasiliensis, Enderl., 1906 (Brazil),

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

20. Nepticulomima Sakuntala, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27,

118 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Fig. 21. Nepticulomima chalcomelas, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

Fig. 22. Echmepteryx mihira, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 25.

Fig. 23. Echmepteryx sericea, Enderl., n. sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

Fig. 24. Lepolepis ceylonica, Enderl., n. g. n. sp. 9.

The left wing squame as well as the legs and antenna of the left

side are supposed to be removed, X 27.

Fig. 127. Stimulopalpus japonica, Enderl., n. sp.

Right hind leg seen in front view, x 60.

a-h. Spurs ofvthe first tarsal joint.

Fig. 128. The same. Claw, x 700.

Fig. 129. Thesame. Scales of fore wing, x 350.

a. Principal form. b. Form from the vicinity of the outer margin.

rs. Marginal scales.

Fig. 130. The same. Right maxillary palp from above, x 110,

sk. Sense club. ep. Spurs.

PLate D.

Fig. 25. Tineomorpha Greeniana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Venation of the right fore wing and hind wing, x 12.

Fig. 26. Thesame. var. major, Enderl., n.

Venation of the right fore wing and hind wing, x 12.

Fig. 27. Paramphientomum Nietnert, n. g. n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 18.

Fig. 28. Thesame. Scalesof fore wing, X 400. rs. Marginal scale.

Fig. 29. The same. Scales from hind wing, x 400. rs. Marginal

scale.

Fig. 30. Seopsis Vasantasena, Enderl., n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

Fig. 31. The same. Wing scales, x 400.

aandf. Fore wing scales. y-€. Hind wing scales.

Fig. 32. Seopsis Vasantasena, Enderl., n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

Fig. 33. ~Seopsis metallops, Enderl., n. sp. Wing scales, x 400.

a-$ Fore wing scales, «-€. Hind wing scales. 8 and € Marginal

scales.

Fig. 34. Paramphientomum Nietneri, Enderl. n. g. n. sp.

Ocelli, x 160.

Fig. 35. Seopsis Vasantasena, Enderl., n. sp.

Ocelli, x 160.

Fig. 36. Seopsis superba (Hag.). Wing scales, x 400.

a B. Fore wing scales. y-e. Hind wing scales. p. 6 and e«. Margi-

nal scales.

Fig. 37. Syllysis Erato, Enderl., n. sp. g.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 18.

Fig. 38. The same, 9. Venation of right fore wing and hind

wing, x 18,

Fig.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 119

39. Syllysis ritusamhara, Enderl. 6.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 18.

Fig. 40. The same. ¢. Venation of right fore wing and hind

wing, xX 18.

Fig. 41. Soa flaviterminata, Enderl., n. sp.

Fig.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

42. Syllysis Erato, Enderl., n. sp.

Fore wing scales, x 400. rs. Marginal scales.

43. Thesame. Hind wing scales, x 400. 7s. Marginal scales.

44. Soa flaviterminata, Enderl., n. sp.

Fore wing scales, x 400. rs. Marginal scale.

PLATE E.

45. Perientomum ceylonicum, Enderl., n. sp.

Venation of fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

46. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400.

gs. Ground scales. ds. Cover scale. rs. Marginal scale.

47. Perientomum morosum, Hag.

Venation of fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

48. Perientomum chrysargyrium, Enderl., n. sp.

Fore wing scales, x 400. gs. Ground scales.

ds. Cover scale. vrs. Anterior marginal scale.

49. Perientomum morosum, Hag. Fore wing scales, x 400.

gs. Ground scales. ds. Cover scales. -

50. Perientomum argentatum, Enderl., n. sp.

Fore wing scales, x 400. gs. Ground scales. ds. Cover scale.

““mch. Macrocheta.

51. Perientomum Greeni, Enderl., n. sp.

Fore wing scales, x 400. mch. Macrocheta. rs. Scale from the

base of the anterior margin.

52. The same. Venation of fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

53. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400. ds. Cover scale.

gs. Ground scales.

54. Syllysis ritusamhara, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

55. Syllysis Erato, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

56. Paramphientomum Nietneri, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

57. Seopsis metallops, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

58. Seopsis Vasantasena, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

59. Soa flaviterminata, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

60. Perientomum chrysochlorum, Enderl., n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

61. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400.

gs. Ground scales, ds, Cover scale, rs. Marginal scale.

10(4)06

120

Fig.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

62. Perientomum triste, Hag.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

63. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400.

gs. Ground scales. ds. Cover scales. gs’. and ds’. predominant.

64. Lepium luridum, Enderl., n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, xX 27.

65. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400.

gs. Ground scale. ds. Cover scale. rs. Posterior marginal scales.

66. Perientomum acutipenne, Enderl., n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, X 27.

67. Thesame. Fore wing scales, xX 400.

gs. Ground scale. ds. Cover scale. rs. Posterior marginal scale.

68. Tineomorpha Greeniana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

69. Perientomum morosum, Hag.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

70. Perventomum triste, Hag.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

71. Pertentomum Greeni, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

72. Perientomum acutipenne, Enderl., n. sp,

-Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

73. Lepium luridum, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

74. Perientomum chrysargyrium, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

75. Perientomum argentatum, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

76. Nepticulomima chalcomelas Enderl. n. g. n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

77. Nepticulomima Sakuntala, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

78. Nepticulomima brasiliensis, Enderl., 1906.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

79. Nepticulomima Essigkeana, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

80. Lichmepteryx sericea, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

8l. Hchmepteryx mihira, Enderl., n. sp.

Claw from the hind foot, x 700.

PuatE F.

82. Nepticulomima Sakuntala, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

83. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400. gs. Ground scale.

ds. Cover scale. vrs. Anterior marginal scale. ey

84. Nepticulomima Essigkeana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27,

85. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400,

ds. Cover scales. gs, Ground scales.

Fig.

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA,. 121

86. Nepticulomima brasiliensis, Ender]., 1906 (Brazil).

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27.

87. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400. gs. Ground scales.

ds. Cover scale. rs. Marginal scale.

88. Nepticulomima chalcomelas, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, xX 27.

89. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400.

gs. Ground scales. ds. Cover scale.

90. Nepticulomima Hésemanni, Enderl., 1903 (Cameroon).

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 27. .

91. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400. gs. Ground scales.

ds. Cover scale.

92. Seopsis metallops, Enderl., n. sp.

Right inner maxillary lobe from above, x 120.

93. Thesame. Right maxillary palp from above, X 160. sk.

Sense club.

94. Tineomorpha Greeniana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Right maxillary palp in outline, x 60.

95. Syllysis Erato, Enderl., n. sp.

Right maxillary palp from above, x 160.

96. Syllysis ritusamhara, Enderl., n. sp.

First and second joints of the left maxillary palp from above, Xx

160. sk. Sense club (organ of maxillary palp).

97. Tineomorpha Greeniana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

First and second joints of the right maxillary palp from above, Xx

160. sh. Sense hair (organ of maxillary palp).

98. Cymatopsocus opalinus, Enderl., 1903 (Further India).

First and second joints of the left maxillary palp from above, X

160. sh. sense hair.

99. Nepticulomima chalcomelas, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Right maxillary palp from above, x 160. sk. Sense club (organ

of maxillary palp).

100. Tineomorpha Greeniana, Enderl., n. g. n. sp.

Inner lobe of right maxilla from above, x 120.

101. Perientomum chrysargyrium, Enderl., n. sp.

Inner lobe of right maxilla from above, x 160.

102. Syllysis Erato, Enderl., n. sp.

Inner lobe of right maxilla from above, x 120.

103. Seopsis Vasantasena, Enderl., n. sp.

Inner lobe of left maxilla from below, x 160.

104. EHchmepteryx sericea, Enderl., n. sp.

Macrocheta from the fore wing, x 700.

105. Thesame. Venation of right fore wing and hind wing,

x 40.

106. Echmepteryx mihira, Enderl., n. sp.

Venation of right fore wing and hind wing, x 40.

107. Hchmepteryx sericea, Enderl., n. sp.

Fore wing scales, x 400.

12 SPOLIA ZEYLANIOA.

Fig. 108. Scolopama halterata, Enderl.,n.g. n.sp.

Right fore wing and hind wing, x 60.

Fig. 109. Thesame. Fore wing scales, x 400.

aand 8. Particular or intercalary scales. y. Intercalary scale

from anterior margin. 06. Predominant form of asymmetrical

scale.

PLATE G.

Fig. 110. Perientomum Hésemanni, Enderl., 1903, 2 (Cameroon).

Abdominal apex from below, x 120. gp. Gonapophyses.

9. Ninthsegment. te Telson. aa. Appendices anales.

Fig. lll. Syllysis ritusamhara, Enderl., n. sp.

Inner lobe of left maxilla from above, x 160.

Fig. 112. Paramphientomum Nietneri, Enderl., n.g. n.sp.

Inner lobe of right maxilla from above, X 160.

Fig. 113. Lepidilla Kelloggi, Rib., 1905 (North America, California).

Inner lobe of left maxilla from above, x 160.

Fig. 114. Lepolepis ceylonica, Enderl., n. g.n. sp.

Inner lobe of left maxilla from below, x 160.

Fig. 115. Thesame. Portion of right antenna, x 160.

Fig. 116. Thesame. Rudimentary right wing, x 60.

Fig. 117. Nepticulomima Sakuntala, Enderl.,n.g. n.sp.

Right hind leg, x 60.

Fig. 118. Lepolepis ceylonica, Enderl.,n.g. n.sp., X 400.

a-é. Scales from the wing squama. rs. Scale from the abdomen.

Fig. 119. The same. Right maxillary palp from below, x 160.

sk. Sense club.

Fig. 120. Thesame. Claw of hind foot, x 400.

Fig. 121. Seopsis metallops, Enderl., n. sp.

Right hind tibia from behind, x 60.

Fig. 122. Hchmepteryx mihira, Enderl., n. sp.

Right hind tibia from behind, x 60.

Fig. 123. Seopsis superba (Hag).

Right hind leg, x 60.

Fig. 124. Lepidilla Kelloggi, Rib., 1905 (North America).

Claw of hind foot, x 400.

Fig. 125. Nepticulomima Sakuntala, Enderl.,n.g. n.sp.

Rightantenna from above, x 60.

Fig. 126. Scolopama halterata, Enderl.,n.g. n.sp.

Claw, x 700.

Fig. 127-130, vide Plate C.

[The foregoing paper by Dr. Enderlein was written by that

author in German ; was translated by Dr. Willey (while on leave in

England) and submitted to Dr. Enderlein for his approval. To

avoid further delay in publication, the author has foregone his

personal supervision of the proofs which have accordingly been

corrected by me, in Ceylon. The difficulties of this divided labour

must be our excuse for any small errors that may have been over-

looked.—-E.E.G.] )

* Snolia Zeylanica Vol. Pl.

Snola Zeylanica

Vol MM. PLB.

a eek tig 1

Ne Re

i) ae re ~< —

’ Nines, ei

Niet, <€

Spolia Zeylanica.

16. Lenin luridum. Ender

19.N brasiliensis Enderl. 20.N Sakuntala Enderl

23 Echmenteryx sericea Enderl

‘Voki. PLC.

| A\ mn YY) sp

[oN Nella

| N WS\, : W/ Sn,

rN vit,

ld}

a poner eye =

Fm EP,

= >

= SSS

PSS 4 Ga

—=-

tbtocig

7 Nepticulonuma Essigkeana Enderl. 18. N. Hosemanni Enderl.

21M chalcomelas Enderl. 22. Fehmenteryx mihira Enderl.

24. Lopotepts ceylonica Enderl. 127-130. Stimulonalpus japonicus Enderl.

eee es ee

teria ae a aed pen si

mer

ae lar

“nolia Zeylaniea Voli. PLE.

43 SS

60 r

; i]

bi ee - w a

a G m,

= \ pot ‘.

po ee te

— y F \/

I Of -

62 /

a 48 -

¥ = ~

4 :

= _— =

TH) 05

49 | / x =? : “

] = 67

ts \

= as

: it , 80

\ 69 0) , > "

iS =)

/ JO

i 9) i

‘4 S/

FE GanBer Exdolon nvay.

eiew sete ED

tL IT]

[Let epi

pL eT Tet

aL Lg fae

LLL fii

é a”

Lab Ant y Warne t aibeen, Fans At

gs oy: .

— Snolta Zeylanica. : Vol. P1.G.

oe ms 2

acd

° So 2 YA

<A Foy? CA oth

‘e FE

= ac Zs

a\ = = SE PIG -

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 123

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE ON THE SCALY WINGED

COPEOGNATHA.

By E. ERNEST GREEN.

is the foregoing paper Dr. Enderlein has given us very careful

and elaborate descriptions of the remarkable little scaly-winged

insects allied to the Psocide or “booklice.” A few notes on the habits

and appearance of these insects in life may be of interest to the

general reader and of use to those who may wish to collect and

study them. In this connection it may be mentioned that of the

twenty-five species collected by me in Ceylon, all but three or four

were taken in the Peradeniya Gardens. It is probable therefore

that a careful search in other parts of the Island—to say nothing

of the Oriental region in general—will bring to light numerous other

species, and perhaps still more extraordinary and beautiful forms.

In general appearance they may be likened to minute moths,

their wings and bodies being usually clothed with scales greatly

resembling those of the Lepidoptera. Some species have a more

hairy appearance, though most of these hairs are really elongated

scales. Such species might perhaps be mistaken for the hairy-

winged flies—Psychodide.

Several species are to be found frequenting buildings. They

seem to prefer damp situations, such as outside walls, especially

where minute algz have obtained a footing. But there are others

that I have taken only inside houses—either on the walls and

ceilings or amongst books and old papers. The greater number of

(and more interesting) species are to be found upon the trunks of

trees and under loose bark.

They may be recognized by their movements. When disturbed,

they run rapidly for a short distance and then come to a halt. The

species that frequent the trunks of trees are practically invisible so

long as they remain still, their colour harmonizing with the varied

tints of the lichens and alg on the bark. They appear to prefer

such trees as have a comparatively smooth bark. I have seldom

found them upon gnarled or corky stemmed trees. I do not think

that the species of tree per se has anything to do with this

preference. It is more a question of the vegetable growths on the

m4: SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

bark, upon which growths I am inclined to believe that they feed,

though I have never been able to prove this by actual observation.

My most fruitful hunting ground has been the stems of various palm

trees, especially those of the “Royal Palm” (Oreodoxa regia).

Partial shade is evidently essential to their comfort. The more

exposed stems were always found to be untenanted. The best way

to find the insects is to pass the hand slowly up the trunk without

actually touching it. This will flush any individual within range

and induce it to move off in a series of short jerks, when it can be

located and—with practice—safely captured in the manner des-

cribed below.

Though provided with functional and quite usetul wings, the

insects seldom take flight unless hard pressed. They are, never-

theless by no means easy to capture. An ordinary net is quite

useless. Even if they should take flight, they are so small that

the eye can scarcely follow them. I have found a small glass

tube (containing a fragment of cyanide of potassium wrapped in

tissue paper) the most successful instrument for their capture. It

must be of not more than five-eighths inch diameter, otherwise it

will not fit sufficiently close to the rough surface of a wall or the

convexity of a tree trunk ; and if there is the smallest crevice the

little creature will most assuredly discover it and escape through it.

Having located your specimen, the mouth of the tube must be

cautiously approached and then suddenly placed over the insect.

On the first and probably many successive attempts the insect

will dodge out of the way, but with patience it can eventually

be enclosed within the mouth of the tube. Then still further

patience is required. Any attempt to force the insect to leave its

support and enter the tube will meet with failure and probably

afford further opportunities of escape. The tube must be held

firmly in place until the captive is asphyxiated by the fumes of the

cyanide, when it will drop off into the glass. This may take a

minute or more to effect. Species that occur under loose bark or in

decayed wood may be shaken off on to a piece of white cloth and

bottled from there.

Attempts to keep the insects alive in captivity for any length of

time have invariably proved unsuccessful. It is difficult to adjust

the humidity to their requirements.

I have found the eggs of one species only (Paramphientomum

Nietneri). I found this species in large numbers on a cement

covered parapet; and in small cavities in the cement were numerous

packets of eggs concealed beneath a crust of earthy particles. On

SCALY WINGED COPEOGNATHA. 125

confining a few of the insects in a glass jar together with broken

tiles and pieces of cement, similar egg packets were deposited. In

this case the covering material appeared to be cement dust worked

up into a paste. Lach little nest contained about half a dozen eggs,

packed side by side. The eggs are of a pale orange-yellow colour,

irregularly oval, and measuring approximately 0°50 by 0°25 mm.

I was unsuccessful in my attempts to hatch out these eggs. Some

of them dried up without maturing and the remainder died and

became mouldy.

The nymphs may often be found in the company of the adult

insects. They resemble wingless species of Psocus, and in some

species are more or less clothed with scales—like the adults.

126 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

ON TWO NEW ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON.

ROBERT GURNEY.

With two Plates.

Te aaie aera as survey of our knowledge of the freshwater

Entomostraca of Ceylon was published in 1898 by Daday,

and since then nothing has been added to it so far as I am aware.

Combining the species recorded for the first time in his paper with

those previously described by Brady (1886) and Poppe and Mrazek

(1895), he gives a list containing one Phyllopod, twelve Copepoda,

and thirty-six Cladocera. Thanks to the papers of Sars, Stingelin,

and Richard, we have a list of Entomostraca from the Indo-Malayan

sub-region comprising two Phyllopoda, forty-six Cladocera, and six

Copepoda, but practically nothing is known at present with regard

to India. We are also far from having a complete knowledge of

the Entomostraca of the Ethiopian and Australian regions, so that

at present the facts at our disposal are too limited to allow of satis-

factory deductions being made with regard to geographical distri-

bution. The difficulty is also much increased by the fact that many

genera and some species have a world-wide distribution, and appear

to be independent of barriers, which hinder the disposal of other

forms. Whether this is due to an extreme adaptability, or indicates

a distinction between primitive widely distributed forms and

those of more recent origin (Moore, 1903), it is difficult to say.

However, so far as the facts go it may be useful to summarize them.

Taking the Cladocera as being the most numerous and best known

group, we find that of the thirty-six species and varieties recorded

from Ceylon thirteen are peculiar to it, so far as is known at present.

The following are the numbers of species and varieties common to

Ceylon and the various Zoogeographical Regions :—

Palearctic se es 10

Nearctic Rae ee 3 - 4

Neotropical Pe bn oe 8

Ethiopian ne af se 5

Australian - oe seni Ws ak

Indo-Malayan Sub-region ~ “i nS 18

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON. 127

If we exclude those species which are found both in Ceylon and

in more than one other region*—that is, the widely distributed

species—the numbers are as follows :—

Palearctic a5 a He 1

Nearctic er ve axe —

Neotropical ais an «is —

Ethiopian ae ee eM —

Australian ae as ie —

Indé-Malayan Sub-region

The single species found only in the Palearctic Region and in Ceylon

is Chydorus ovalis, Kurz. It was recorded by Poppe and Mrazek,

but they expressed some doubt as to its identity with the European

species. Seeing that the genus Chydorus is peculiarly rich in Orien-

tal species, differing but little one from another, this record cannot

carry much weight.

From the figures given above it is evident that the Entomostracan

fauna of Ceylon contains a large proportion of peculiar forms, and

that, of the remainder, those that are limited to a single region

are all Indo-Malayan species. There is no doubt therefore that

there is a close relationship between the fauna of Ceylon and Indo-

Malaya, but it is not safe to speculate on relationships with regions

lying further afield.

Through the kindness of Dr. Willey I have recently received

specimens of a Diaptomus and a Streptocephalus collected in Ceylon,

and it is further evidence of the richness and peculiarity of the fauna

that both species prove to be undescribed. They were collected by

Mr. E. E. Green in a muddy stagnant pool on the Cotton Experiment

Station at Maha Ilupalama in the North-Central Province of Ceylon

when looking for Mosquito larve.

The following is a description of these species :—

Order : PHYLLOPODA.

Streptocephalus spinifer, n.sp. (Plate I.)

The body in both sexes is somewhat slender, the head and thorax

together a little longer than the abdomen without the caudal rami ;

the following are the measurements of three specimens :—

Female. Male.

: LT.

Head and thorax... 5°25mm. .. 4° 5mm... 5. 5mm.

Abdomen io) (oe Olimmde a? Tbe. ifs. 6.7 OF mms:

Caudal rami jee Onna arb nammoie B2aib mim.

Egg sac eee TT. 2 Sma te, =

Total length (2225 mim... 9°15 mm.» ...13°25,10m.

* For the purposes of this comparison I consider Ceylon as a region by

itself, distinct from the rest of the Oriental Region.

s 10(4)06

128 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The head of the male is produced in front, beneath the frontal

process, into a distinct, downwardly-curved, spiniform rostrum

(fig. 4). The segments of the thorax are simple, as are also those

of the abdomen in the female. In the male, on the other hand,

each segment, with the exception of the first and the last, bears one

or more spines. The second segment bears only a lateral pair, but

the next five bear both a pair of long dorsal spines and a lateral

spine on each side diminishing in size in the posterior segment.

The seventh segment bears a pair of dorsal spines and a pair of very

minute lateral spines, and the eighth a single median dorsal spine.

The caudal rami in both sexes are long. In the male they are only

slightly curved, ciliated at their base, but provided for about the

distal two-thirds of their length with strong curved spines on either

side (fig. 8). In the female they are more divergent, and fringed

with setz along both edges.

Unlike the majority of the genus Streptocephalus, the male has

the frontal processes enormously developed. They ‘are fused at

their base into a single cylindrical process, but are distinct for the

greater part of their length. Distally they divide again into dorsal

and ventral branches. The ventral branch is short and simple,

but the dorsal branch bears a row of papille along its ventral edge.

The first pair of antenne are long, in the male about equalling in

length the first joint of the second antenne, and in the female

somewhat exceeding the length of the second pair. The second pair

of antenne in the female are short, narrow, triangular plates fringed

with hairs, but without any terminal projection. Those of the male

are long chelate appendages. The basal segment is about equal in

length to the second segment and bears a long apophysis: the

terminal portion is narrow and produced into two long sub-equal

processes. Each of these has a small inner lobe at its base of some-

what variable form (fig. 5). The branchial legs are of the usual

form (figs. 6 and 7). The basal plate (bract) has its edge serrated.

The exopodite is much longer than the endopodite, the distal margin

of the latter more or less squarely truncated. The penis of the male

(fig. 9) scarcely extends beyond the third abdominal segment, the

reversible part not spinous. The egg-sac of the female is narrow,

cylindrical, and pointed at the extremity, reaching to the middle

of the sixth segment of the abdomen.

Three males and three females of this species were collected by

Mr. Green, who describes its appearance in life as follows : —“‘ Pro-

minent black eyes; body pale translucent, yellowish-greenish ;

a pair of brilliant scarlet cerci at extremity.”” One or two of the

specimens have what appear to be large branching chromatophores

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON. 129

in the posterior part of the abdomen, which perhaps are the seat

of the red pigment.

The species is one of peculiar interest in more than one respect.

The female is of a perfectly normal type, but the male differs strik-

ingly from any species of Streptocephalus hitherto described. In

particular it is distinguished by the enormous development of the

frontal processes, which about equal the second antenne in size.

In the majority of the species of this genus the frontal processes

are reduced and fused into a small plate, sometimes showing traces

of its originally paired origin by the presence of a small emargination

of the tip; for example, S. rubricaudatus, Klunz. and S. vitreus,

Brauer. In others they are almost entirely suppressed, as in S.

purcelli, Sars. In only one or two cases are they very conspicuous.

These are S. proboscideus, Frauenfeld, and S. newmanni, Thiele. The

frontal processes of the latter are of almost exactly the same type

and relative size as those of 8. spinifer. They differ in that the main

fused stem gives off on either side a branch, and is itself produced

into a long recurved process. It is, in fact, a trifid frontal process.

The possession by the male of spines on the abdominal segments, |

which has suggested the name given to the species, is a striking, but

not distinctive, feature of it. In S. newmanni also the abdomen is

armed with spines in the male but not in the female, but in this case

they are ventral and unpaired. It appears to be the rule among the

Branchipodide that such spines, when present, should be possessed

by the female and not by the male ; for example, Chirocephalus spini-

caudatus, Simon, and Chirocephalus carnutanus, Brauer (see Simon,

1886, p. 400). These two species are exceptions which prove that

the spines have no accessory sexual function as one might perhaps

otherwise assume.

A point of more morphological importance is the possession of a

marked rostrum. Traces of a rostrum are indeed present in more

than one species; for example, Chirocephalus grubei (Dybowski)

and Branchipus pisciformis (Schaeffer). In the latter the rostrum

is represented by a broad, truncated outgrowth, and I know of no

species in which a definite pointed rostrum occurs like that of Strep-

tocephalus spinifer.

Order : CoPEPODA.

Diaptomus Greeni, n. sp. (Plate IT.)

Female ; Cephalothorax stout, the greatest breadth falling about

the first free segment. The last segment produced on either side

into a large wing with two notches (fig. 1). Abdomen consisting of

130 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

three segments ; the first, or genital segment, very asymmetrical,

produced on the left into a simple finger-like process, and on the

right into a wing-shaped process with a distinct notch on its anterior

margin (fig. 2). Second segment much shorter than either the first

or the third, the line of division between it and the latter very in-

distinct. Caudal rami half the length of the two last abdominal

segments combined, very broad and ciliated internally. First

antenne not reaching beyond the cephalothorax. Fifth pair of

feet (fig. 3) with the endopodite one-jointed, about two-thirds the

length of the first joint of the exopodite, bearing two short spines

at its apex. The spinous prolongation of the second joint of the

exopodite is nearly straight, and provided internally with a row of

minute denticles ; a long spine springs from near the base of the joint.

The terminal joint very small, having the appearance of a bifurcate

spine. Genital operculum with the anterior margin slightly sinuate.

Length : 2°00 — 2:3 mm.

Male ; Cephalothorax more slender than that of the female, the

last segment not dilated laterally. Abdomen consisting of five

segments. The furcal branches somewhat longer than the last seg-

ment of the abdomen, narrow, ciliated internally ; the outermost

seta of the right branch much thicker than the rest, not ciliated,

and with a small tooth on its inner side (fig.6). The first antennz do

not reach beyond the cephalothorax. The last joint of the pre-

hensile antenna armed with a small claw, as in D. denticornis, Wierz.

The two preceding joints are simple, without prolongations (fig.7).

The right fifth foot (fig. 8) has the endopodite two-jointed, somewhat

longer than the first joint of the exopodite. The first joint of the

exopodite is dilated, the last joint long and narrow, with a long

terminal claw nearly straight at its base and curved at the end.

Near the base of this claw is borne a long spine, bent downwards,

and closely pressed to the side of the last joint in such a way as to be

scarcely visible when the leg is viewed from in front. This spine,

which corresponds to the lateral spine of the ordinary type, is found

in this peculiar position in all the specimens, so that the position

must be considered normal. In the left fifth foot the endopodite is

one-jointed, shorter than the first joint of the exopodite and cons-

tricted at the tip. The first joint of the exopodite bears a strong

lateral spine and is not distinctly separated from the last joint,

which has a folded laminar appearance.

Length : 1°85 — 1:95 mm.

Mr. Green describes the colour : “‘ Body blue, antennz and forked

hinder part extremely red.”

ENTOMOSTRAGA FROM CEYLON. 131

The species is remarkable for the strongly asymmetrical ex-

pansions of the genital segment of the female, and for the modified

seta of the right furcal branch and recurved lateral spine of the right

fifth foot of the male.

ture of the prehensile antenna of the male, make Diaptomus greent

These characters, combined with the arma-

a remarkably distinct species.

If we compare it with the four species of Diaptomus previously

recorded from Ceylon, viz., D. orientalis, Brady, D. lumholtzi, Sars,

D. drieschi, Poppe & Mrazek, and D. singalensis, Daday (Table 1), we

find that, though these four species form a fairly homogeneous group

themselves, D. greens differs very markedly from all, though approach-

ing nearest to D. singalensis. Onthe other hand, in the possession

of a hook on the last joint of the prehensile antenna of the male it

agrees with D. denticornis, Wierz., D. alluaudi, Guerne & Rich., and

D. chevreuxi, Guerne & Rich., three

species.

“ Circum Mediterranean ”’

Tabulating the most important characters of the four

species (Table 2) one finds a considerable further agreement, parti-

cularly with regard to the prehensile antenna and the fifth foot of

the female. The vestigial condition of the third joint of the exopo-

dite of the latter is common among the North American species of

Diaptomus, but is otherwise rare. For systematic purposes D.

greent may, I think, be classed with the above-named species, and

apart from the four remaining Sinhalese species.

TABLE 1.

D. orientalis./D. lamholtzi.| D. drieschi. |D.singalensis| D. greeni.

Last segment of} With small | With small | Scarcely With small | With large

the Cephalo-| wings wings winged wings wings

thorax. xX @ |

GenitalSegment — — | — — With wings

9 | ;

Ist Antenna of} End of (|End of furca\End of furca'Second abdo-| End of

@ reaches genital _ minal seg- | Cephalo-

segment ment thorax

Last joint of the —. —- a — With hook

Prehensile an-

tenna

Last joint but] With claw | With claw |With a short — —

two of ditto shaped shaped hook

process process

EE EEE eee

inn Tn eInnenennnnneneeneneeeeenen meena

D. orientalis.

re | ee es

Endopodite of Same length

5th foot of &

compared to

Ist joint of

Exopodite

Distinct

3rd joint of Ex-

opodite of ditto!

Endopodite of

5th foot of §

compared to

joint of Exop.

Same length

D. lumholtzi.

Absent

Longer

TABLE 2.

Shortee

Distinet

Longer

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Same len

Shorter

Distinct

D. drieschi. |D.singalensis; D. green.

Shorter

Vestigial

gth| Longer

D. denticornis.| D. alluaudi.

Last segment of} With large With

the Cephalo- wings large wings

thorax. ?

Genital segment/Without wings

Ist Antenna of

2 reaches

Last joint of the} With a hook

Prehensile an-

tenna

Furca

Last joint but] With a hyaline

two of ditto) “™ lamella

Endopodite of Longer

5th foot of &

compared

Ist joint of

Exopodite ..

3rd joint of Exo-| Reduced

podite of ditto

Shorter

Endopodite of

5th foot of 6

compared to

joint o

Exopodite .

spine

—

——

Reduced

Shorter

wings

With two dorsal

elevations,

asymmetrical

wings

With wings

asymetrical

End of genital

End of Caphalo-

segment thorax

With a hook | With a hook

Unarmed Unarmed

Shorter Shorter

Absent Vestigial

Shorter Longer

ENTOMOSTRACA FROM CEYLON. 133

LITERATURE.

Brady, G. 8.: Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. A. Haly

in Ceylon. Journ. Linn. Soc. London. XIX. 1886.

Daday, E. von.: Mikroskopische Siisswasserthiere aus Ceylon.

Termés. Fiizetek. Anhangsheft zum XXI. Bd. 1889.

Kobelt, W.. Vorderindien, eine zoogeographische Studie. Ber.

Senckenb. Naturf. Gesell. 1899.

Moore, J. E. S.: The Tanganyika Problem. London. 1903.

Poppe, 8. A. and Mrazek, A.: Die von Herrn Dr. H. Driesch auf

Ceylon gesammelten siisswasser Entomostraken. Beih. zum Jahrb.

d. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. XII. 1895.

Richard, J.: Entomostracés recueillis par M. E. Modligiani dans

le lac Toba (Sumatra). Ann. Mus. civ. Genova. XIV. 1894.

Richard, J.: Sur quelques animaux inferieurs des eaux douces de

Tonkin. Mém. Soc. Zool. de France. VIT. 1894.

Richard, J.: Entomostracés D’eau douce de Sumatra et de Celebes

Zool. Ergeb. einer Reise im Niederl. Ost-Indien, von M. Weber.

11. 1892.

Sars, G. O.: On Cyclestheria hislopi (Baird), a new generic type

of bivalve Phyllopoda. Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania. 1887.

Sars, G. O.: Freshwater Entomostraca from China and Sumatra.

Arch. Math. og Maturv. X XV. 1903.

Sars, G. O.: Pacifische Plankton Crustaceen. Zool. Jahrb. XIX.

(Syst.) 1903.

Simon, E. : Etude sur les Crustaces du Sous-ordre des Phyllopodes.

Ann. Soc. Entom. de France. (ser. 6) VI. 1886.

Stingelin, Th.: Untersuchungen uber die Cladocerenfauna von

Hinterindien, Sumatra und Java. Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.) X XI. 1904.

Vavra, W.: Siisswasser-Cladoceran. Hamburger Magalhaens-

sische Sammelreise. 1900.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PiaTe I.

Streptocephalus spinifer, n. sp.

Fig. 1—Side view of the female. x 10.

Fig. 2.—Side view of the male. x 10.

Fig. 3.—Frontal process and rostrum of male from the side. x 37.

Fig. 4.—Second Antenna of male. x 37.

Fig. 5.—Leg of 9th pair, male, from behind. x 37.

Fig. 6.—Leg of 6th pair, female, from in front. x 37.

Fig. 7.—Left caudal ramus, male, from above. x 37.

Fig. 8.—Penis of male. x 37

134 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Puate II.

Diaptomus greent, n. sp.

Fig. 1.—Side view of female. x 48.

Fig. 2.—Dorsal view of abdomen, female. x 57.

Fig. 3.—Fifth pair of legs, male. x 100.

Fig. 4.—Genital operculum, female. x 150.

Fig. 5.—Dorsal view of male. x 47:5.

Fig. 6.—Furca of male, ventral view. x 100.

Fig. 7.—Part of prehensile antenna of male. x 105.

Fig. 8.—Fifth pair of legs. x 100.

Fig. 8a—Endopodite of right foot enlarged.

Fig. 9.—Fifth foot of male ; end of last joint of exopodite to show

recurved lateral spine.

Vol. 1V. Plate 1.

tie

Fe ,

US SPINIFER.

rn z

P -

ws =

{

sae /

: ‘

‘ JS

= .

‘ A :

—s.. on

5 < i res 7

G Rae,

) Zeylanic Be Vol. IV. Plate Il. ¥

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 135

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE.

[Second Paper.*]

By Ananpa K. Coomaraswamy, D.Sc.

M* S. D. Mahawalatenna has kindly forwarded me some

traditional verses describing the potters’ art and craft. |

believe that a knowledge of the crafts was often handed down in

such mnemonic verses, preserving the continuity of tradition and

ensuring adherence to well-tried and proved methods of work.

Mat weavers have craft songs corresponding to this potters song ;

technical recipes (not only medicines) are sometimes recorded in

mnemonic verses, as also are traditional fragments of history, dates

of erection of buildings, &c.; instructions for building operations

are given in Mayimataya, Gewalshadwargaya, &c., and painting

and image making are treated of in Rupavaliya and Sariputra. The

two last are Sanskrit works, and the current versions of Mayimataya

is doubtless a translation from a Sanskrit original. On the other

hand I cannot find that any songs exist connected with iron smelt-

ing or steel manufacture and many other trades ; but this may

be because they have been forgotten, or because I have not been

able to obtain them.

Of course a song like that here given is of quite a popular charac-

ter; the Sanskrit works referred to are on a different footing in

many respects.

I now give the pottery song, and after it a translation.

1. 761.90 5HEQOD BADE O, HAO O,5OQNIE EHD w ang

570s BacO@ O15emME wo ggacdasld 08 ang

Sud F1Eq@o OHS} FDIUGO=H DE GuMEd ALK ane

DEQQS Qanad) OLS ME Deq@? Six GOH) oa ons

2. Be@ O5Me Aigo DIO®D RADigg VeoG ama on

GaE) B10 O8DIDSO Gold OQs1E00 FDod Oc O38

ODQIOGH O,5 HGH10 DOAad Dons gad pGocst

OMEOnDS

OHNEQosl BS OM5ORD SODA FRE) 19H ODEs

* The first paper will be found in Spolia Zeylanica Vol. IV., pt. XIII,

1906, and should be consulted before the present one is read.

T 10(4)06

136 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

3. 21DAE O15OG YOGVDOS OOINMOGs) DEMSGH Goce OnEDSE

One HIF 02:5 DIOMDM H,9NH GOK Gan ened

6O@ 009 Bal 616918 Povd Fsane@ ga @OB

FAQ POSH H,5H6 MDA HSH O16 oF? ang

4, e008 vestme 018 mmo FAST D19D DDD Gn sn

OQHE ONBa0 gS FO FrQQunead D6OO qisi BO eH ans

Deadeqsst 5 Om 8M DOOD Ves 59H eD@ HA one

Sad 219 219 SVE EO FQ®D HAH One n® ane

5, Ogee @D914G 9610033 Om OD 150d 015 G9D OOH Gnand

Ba@ H20d a, Dad a,9Md O568H GH FHH DA Ong

ogee FBo® 2,89 590G FQsaa BSBEmd ane

6. O8sI8DO 019410 gon2 OOD 033679 OF 9) Faxy-)) ang

DOSsd 05619 em SOG DIODDSOST c_amsd eed an

Asst 59H N1DAG gnos JaVO SMNd9 ga DENS ang

QSet QOAGH FOG QFOODHODIO cABE De@ nAHMHgDSs

7. BE@ oAAE H1OE) Weost DETIO @3567D DOM eng

gE@ BOE H999 Wc@ Fi.BBaded eigdig HS ang

ONG Eeame Q@5E@) DEOOD BO1DE) HE ODO oc? ang

DOE) 59H QRS QOOGHO Bdoia SYDI@ oo ane

8. DOH Gad sQcis 0,597d DED SKHD DEGDIHGT ang

clsfat 500 pGocsd DEBS 59H AMADIOE Oc? an&

OOACKS 5N69 OMAHA DEG) O5@ FdOD OTE OnR*

@d@ Soames G001G BGO1G DGO0S Ago OO g2 ang

9. gze@o 99 98 OGosS QaET BG 5068 rE Bhsiaog 33

Bem os} oQJaoS Og OE g2DG 9G AG HHG2MG Fo}

se@ Date, GSaO ADE OmdSomIs 6% Howdy 3

HIS F255 Fed OD Dim Gow 29 OOO GS a GEGG20 51H

10, Baa Badiet gBoea GH 6,26 Hedst 3 DDK at

56 BAG, GHD O0I6 aged giB 9056 aigd ww 6MDQS a

QOJ6<h CONS OAD Contin POE DDH GFBoemee ce

DS 696, FONE G® S1SOwWs Aes 049 HOE dnc a

11. 28 @m91g BeOiG 99 gie gndHoaayd, BED Fie @

8acd® O1¢ Bo Go 6 posed BHQO @

Ogos en mow SOME Gy BD OQ LEomcsH gic HD @

OAAG HOd|AD GE agen HATE rLiBOdS 68 8HQ9 or)

12. 020 MEO Q6z1 OO OmIMWOH GANSOMD Ccmind’ Ons

SO QOdHMd onG0B FBoan SOMO QHRI~ oF OD

BO og Fdad Omme@ amEd® DOEOs ang

FO og BAsDO@ FQG oEQ9 Gad gad ¢O Ones

* This line is short ; some word seems to haye been omitted,

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 137

13. Een FO Ce aHAIES OQ) SOA! BAGO) DA ang

ODOR FosT NSOD GBHBI@ SEO Satad sve ang

FO 5e9 83 gie@ BOE HodsdId ofan oyad Bais

85o08 8a sddG BQ em Wess SHsIOn OOK 905

Waking before the dawn, carrying the basket, he fares to the

place-of-clay ;

After cleaning the basket and clearing the place-of-clay, he worships

his guardian god ;

Wearing (only) a loin cloth, and gladly taking (the basket) in

hand he goes down into the pit ;

Not breaking down the two sides (of the pit) he digs the clay from

the middle and fills the basket.

Breaking up the clay, he takes a pingo-load and heaps it in the

potter’s yard ;

Separating the pieces of clay he breaks them to an equal size and

spreads them on a big mat in the sun ;

After having dried the clay, and removed the stones, he pounds it

in a mortar and in a kulla winnows it ;

Then taking up the powder, he adds an equal quantity of water

and makes it into balls.

Taking up the balls of clay and putting one upon the other, he

covers them with leaves ;

Three days afterwards he divides them into three and kneads

them again,

Knowing the right proportion he adds very fine sand and sprink-

ling water kneads again ;

After kneading, he makes into rounded balls again, and makes a

heap of them; and takes them up again after three days.

After thus preparing it, he treads and kneads the clay again

and again ;

When it is like sticky wax he knows that it is ready ;

Then according to the size of the vessels to be made he divides it

into separate pieces ;

The pieces thus made he stores near the workshop and covers up

carefully.

Next day with a split cane he separates the pieces of clay one by

one,

And having duly divided them, again. makes them up in balls and

keeps them in a heap as on the previous day ;

The next day, waking at dawn, he sweeps and tidies the workshop,

And having all the balls of clay close at hand, sits before the wheel.

138

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

He takes with the right hand the balls of clay one by one and sets

them on the wheel,

With the left hand he turns the wheel,* with the right hand he

moulds (the vessel),

Knowing the size and shape (required), as required he presses

down the hand ;

Then when the right shape appears, he stays the form, and moulds

the rim.t

Having stayed the form and turned the rim, he turns the wheel

very fast,

And looking now and then to see if it is smooth, he amends with

the finger tip any unevenness,

Sprinkling a little water he polishes (the pot), then takes it care-

fully with open hand,

Duly keeps it standing by, and takes it up again after thirty

hours from the time of making thus.

(Then) taking the galiheda ¢ in the left hand and the meti aluwa§

in the right, holding the vessel tightly with the feet,

He beats it with the blade,|| making it bigger as much as need

be,

And after thus beating it to the required degree and having polished

it, he sets it in the sunshine,

After it is partly dried, he draws leafy creepers (liyawel), garlands

and flower-petals round the vessel ;

Having drawn round it lines, flower-petals, cocks, parrots, pigeons,

selalihini,

Separately (he draws) bé leaves, flower bunches, date bunches

na flowers, dlu and lotus flowers,

And makes the orbs of sun and moon, makara toran and golden

hansa,

Elephants, horses, cattle, deer, lions, tigers, wolves, bears, cobras,

(polongas).

* Usually the wheel is turned by a young assistant.

+ Hedagahasteyz ; 7.e., he moulds the rim with a wet rag, turning it over.

{ Stone held inside the vessel while the sides are hammered over till they

meet ; see previous paper, fig. 1.

§ Meéti aluwa, evidently another name for the bat, walantalana lélla of pre-

vious paper, fig. 1. ;

|| Alla, lit. palm of the hand, doubtless means the blade of the bat or walan-

talana lella ; the description previously given should be carefully read to make

'- the meaning of this verse clear. :

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 139

10.

Swimming cranes,* flying lihine, fair kifiduro, and honey bees

Great boas, fierce serpents not a few, sharks, tortoises, and golden

peacocks,

Beautiful damsels whose ever-swelling breasts are like growing

golden swans,

Nor does he forget to draw dear delightful children.

tle

Having drawn round it nari lata, iyawel, and also the letters of the

alphabet with vowel signs,

And inserting in the midst a trident with the signs 6m hrin as a

talisman,

Having well drawn in the four corners puttuy, peacock, cobra, swan,

serpent.

The signs of the Zodiac, the nine planets, and the twenty-seven

asterisms. f

For this) he takes good (red) gurugala and (white) makulu and mixes

them with water to a thick consistency,

Mingling them with the right amount of oil, that they may shine :

Thereafter he sets them in the sun to dry them well,

And after that having stocked them in the kiln, on the first day he

dries them in the smoke.

13.

On the second day putting only a certain quantity of firewood he

lights a moderate fire,

On the third day he makes the fire strong enough, and fires (the

pots) till they are done; .

Afterwards he draws away § the fire and puts it out and leaves there

three days for cooling,

On the fourth day ascertaining that the kiln is quite cool, he takes

out the vessels one by one.

Before concluding these notes I make a few additions to and note

a few errors in my former paper.

Earthen vessels occasionally made, beside those mentioned,

are spittoons (padikkam) and one-handled mugs (piikuru).

* Tisaru, cranes (7); hansa I have translated as swans.

| Puttuwa, a symmetrical arrangement of two, three, or four animals

with necks entwined.

{ The poem mentions a long list of decorations, some of which could hardly

be found room for on an earthen vessel. All the work referred to is of the

kind done before firing, and does not include painting, which (except slip

painting) is no part of the potters’ art.

§ The firewood is in the form of long sticks which are pushed in as they burnt

away ; hence the expression ‘‘ to draw away the firewood’ when the fire is to

‘be put out.

140 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

A kalaha is a vessel open at both ends, and resembling a kala-

gediya with an extended neck ; kalas are used for holding sprays

of coconut flower on auspicious and ceremonial occasions (weddings,

mangalya, &c.) a pair being placed on the two sides of the doorway.

This is however a special use of the word kalaha (kalasa, kalaya)

which is equivalent to Sanskrit kalasa or ghata, and generally

applicable to vessels with only one opening, especially those of kala-

gediya type.

A particularly interesting piece of earthenware is the bummediya

(which may be translated “ bullfrog’’). This is a vessel open at

both ends like a kalaha, but the difference of diameter between the

two ends is greater; there is a large belly as in a kalagediya ; the

large end is covered with a talagoyd skin (attached with paste made

from habaralissa, or from rice and plantain), and a strap is added

for hanging over the shoulder. The drum so made is used at harvest

times and for likeliya.

Large vessels with lids, formerly used for holding cloths (garments),

are called piliheliya and haluheliya (the latter if smaller) ; cloths

were considered to keep well in earthen vessels, and to be better

protected from the attacks of insects than if kept in wood

boxes.

Smaller vessels of the same general type, decorated with cobras,

are used in Pattini Déwala to hold the halamba, and are called

halambaheliya. Similar vessels without cobras are used for betel

leaves and called bulatheliya or heppuwa.

A curious variety of kotalaya is the ring-shaped walalu kotalaya :

these have to be inverted and filled from underneath. The same

arrangement is sometimes found in the case of a kotalaya of the

ordinary form, then called yatura kotalaya.

It is noteworthy that the Kclani money boxes are in the form

of a mamma. Thisis a world-wide and very old form for a money

box, the idea being the suggestion of abundance and plenty. It is,

in fact, sympathetic magic.

It should have been remarked that at Kelani the white material

is rubbed into the incised lines after firing. This is different from

slip painting, which whether red or white (which last I have not

seen, but which is referred to in the verses) is done before firing.

The different patterns used at Kelani have no special names.

New pots are generally seasoned before use, by inverting over a

small fire and so smokingthem, after which they do not communicate

a raw taste to the water held in them.

Besides the big patras used in vihara, smaller earthen alms-

bowls are made, though the alms-bowls actually used: by priests

SINHALESE EARTHENWARE. 141

are usually metal. Some potters (at Kelani) make an alms-bow!

for presentation to a priest, with every batch of pots turned out.

A good deal of pottery in Colombo is nowadays imported from

Southern India. The Tamil earthenware is considered of very

good quality.

The Karti Mavigalya, incorrectly spelt Katti on page 4 of the pre-

vious paper, has no connection with the presentation of robes, but

is the Sinhalese festival corresponding to the Hindu Dipavali,

when innumerable lamps are used.

For ptinakalé (p. 16), ptimdwa is a more usual term.

For wrakotta, (p. 11) read traketa; the uraketa are usually

of wood, hollowed segments of a large tree.

On page 4, note, the right word is no doubt tdliya.

Finally, I shall be very grateful for any further corrections or

additional information.

142 3POLIA ZEYLANICA,

NOTES.

1. Costume of Sinhalese Ladies before the Portuguese Period.—

What is now known in Ceylon as the Aryan dress was the costume

of Sinhalese ladies before the arrival of the Portuguese. The adop-

tion of Christianity and the free social intercourse which existed

between the Portuguese and Sinhalese gentry in the sixteenth

century led to its abandonment in the low-country, while the

influence of the later Tamil dynasty on the Kandyan throne led

to its modification in the Kandyan provinces.

The Sinhalese poem, ‘‘ Selalihini Sandesa,”’ written in the reign of

Prakrama Bahu VI., early in the fifteenth century, likens the lake

in Cotta to a lady in the following words (Macready’s translation):

‘« The basin there, lake Diawanta called,

Aye represents the fair silk robe that wraps

The lady city, with its heaving folds

Of waves, with its long shaking girdle cloth

Of splashing foam, with rows of lilies red

Inwrought, and golden likeness of the swan.’’

Thus comments Macready :—

“The poet likens the sheet of water in front of the city to the

dress of women, as it then was; which consisted of a long cloth

(often figured with devices such as the lotus and the hansa) wound

round the body and folded thickest at the waist. One end was

drawn up, and allowed to fall in pleats over the portion that served

as the waist band.”

‘ C. M. FERNANDO.

2. Waterholes.—The low-lying flat country which lies between

the foot of the Matale hills and Jaffna, extending to the coast

on either side, is almost entirely dependent on artificial irrigation

and on wells for its water supply. Before its occupation by a race

skilled in the building of tanks it was for half the year destitute of

water, save that to be found in a few rivers which flow throughout

NOTES. 143

the year, in a few vil or natural lakes, in the sandy beds of rivers

where the animals dig for water, and in a large number of rock

water-holes. From their wide, almost universal, distribution, these

last must be considered as the most important of the several

sources. r

Now that the great irrigation works of the Sinhalese have been

breached and have lapsed into forest, the conditions of the wilder

parts of the country is the same as it was 3,000 years ago; and the

animal population of the forests is again largely dependent for its

existence on the water which lies in the deep holes in the rocks.

These holes, which are of so great importance to the animals, are

not all alike ; for some are large enough and shallow enough to permit

of buffaloes wallowing, while others are so small that a bear can

hardly crawl in far enough to slake his thirst. But the large shallow

ones do not survive a prolonged drought, and eventually the thirsty

denizens of the forest are reduced to seeking their drink in a few

deep narrow holes, the area of which is so small proportionately to

their cubic content that even the driest year leaves them unex-

hausted.

These holes are, as a rule, situated in the middle of great spaces

of slab rock (gneiss), which provides a catchment area large enough

to fill them from a few heavy showers. One side is generally higher

and steeper than the other, so that access to the water is only possible

at one or two spots.

Some of these holes are very deep with nearly precipitous sides,

and when thirsty animals and evaporation have reduced the water

below a certain level, it is exceedingly difficult for any animal to

quench his thirst save at great risk of falling in. Into the traps thus

formed animals do sometimes fall and are unable to escape.

I was once brought some of the teeth of a bear which had been

found a mass of corruption in a nearly-dry water-hole. On another

occasion I saw the bones of deer which had been dug up in the mud

at the bottom of a hole which elephants had drunk dry. And during

last year (1905) there were no less than three instances in the North-

Central Province of elephants being thus entrapped. A cow elephant

and her calf were successfully removed from one hole and led away

captive, already half tamed by their trying experience. Of these

captive elephants I was lucky enough to see one a young female

abowt 5 ft. at the shoulder.

The hole which was her prison lay in the centre of a wide expanse

of slab rock some two acres in extent. It was about 50 ft. long by

some 15 ft. in breadth, and when I saw it contained 2 ft. of

water.

U ) 10(4)06

144 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The following diagram shows approximately the shape :—

The hole A was that in which the elephant was captured. B was

a small pocket at a higher level and contained clear water. The

north side or wall of the hole was’some 12 to 15 ft. above the level of

the water, and the south side about 6 ft. with a sloping lip. It was

down this lip, polished by generations of thirsty beasts to a slippery

smoothness, that the poor elephant had slid.

NOTES. 145

She walked ceaselessly up and down uttering little unhappy noises,

and continually trying to grip the smooth uncompromising stone

‘with her trunk, which was quite worn and torn by constant beating

on the rock. Sometimes she got wedged into the narrow end, and

with her feet against one wall and her back against the other tried to

climb out. Occasionally she would succeed in rising a foot or two

but always to fall back again more angry and miserable than before.

By this climbing process her rump had become quite worn and sore.

Although, judging by the droppings of the herd, she had been four

or five days in captivity, she was no whit sobered, but charged to the

end of her prison whenever I approached.

Any branches [ gave her for food were immediately trampled

under foot. Some attempt was made by the Ratemahatmaya to

get her out, but after some ten or twelve days’ captivity she died.

JOHN STILL.

Anuradhapura, August 9, 1906.

3. Eagle's Nest at Peradeniya.—On April 10 I noticed a large

nest composed of coarse sticks placed on the extreme top of a

Bombax tree in the Botanic Gardens here. The tree was quite

leafless, and the bird, an eagle of sorts, was perched on the edge of

the nest. I believe the bird to be Spizactus ceylonensis (the smaller

crested eagle), examples of which have been seen about the Gardens

not infrequently. I was rather surprised at the very open and

conspicuous situation of the nest, but a fortnight later it was entirely

concealed by the new growth of foliage. It seems probable that

the site was chosen while the tree was in full leaf, the subsequent

seasonal fall of leaf exposing the structure for a short time.

E. E. GREEN.

Peradeniya, June 19, 1906.

4. A Copy of the ‘‘ Mahawansa” in Cambodian Characters.—

Ola manuscript C 7 of the Colombo Museum, being a copy of the

Mahawansa in 13 parts in Cambodian characters,* was recently

lent to Professor Geiger of Erlangen University for the purpose of

compiling his critical edition of the older portion of the Mahawansa.

* Presented by the British Consul at Bangkok,Colombo Museum Catalogue

of Manuscripts, 1901, p. 17.

146 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Prof. Geiger supplies the following descriptive note upon the

manuscript :—

“Tt does not contain the original text of the Mahawansa, but an

enlarged one. This secondary Mahawansa was first found by the

late Prof. Hardy in a Cambodian manuscript kept in the National

Library at Paris (vide J. R. A.S. 1902, p. 171). Iam inclined to believe

that all the Mahawansa manuscripts written in Cambodian characters

contain the same enlarged text. This is, no doubt, the case with

the other Cambodian Mahawansa manuscript kept in the Museum’s

Library. I conclude it from the information which I got about it

from my friend the High Priest Subhuti, who has examined the

manuscript.

is better and much more correct than that of the Paris manuscript.

*¢ 3. It consists of 13 sets of olas comprising 24 olas each. The

second set contains 26 olas; the last two olas are signed & and ¢?

(ira and ira).

‘* The first two leaves of the third set bear the same signature. The

eighth set comprises only 19 olas. But this set is misplaced. It

should be put at the end of the whole manuscript as 14th set, for

it contains the last chapters of the Mahawansa from XX XV. 21 to

XXXVII. 50 and the author’s subscription. The author calls

himself Puggallano (in the Paris manuscript Moggallano). The true

8th set is entirely missing comprising the olas 9$ to 6 (na, tah),

and, inthe Mahawansa a passage from chapter X XII. to the beginning

of chapter XXV. It may be remarked that the set 8 (= recte 14)

is not signed in the same manner as the leaves of the other sets.”

Erlangen, December, 1905.

5. Latin Derivatives in use in the Sinhalese Language.—

The few Latin derivatives in use in the Sinhalese language are

due to the introduction of the Roman-Dutch Law into the maritime

provinces by the Dutch. Of course there are a number of Sin-

halese words which can be traced to Latin through Portuguese,

being directly adopted from the latter. The following words how-

ever were taken into Sinhalese from their Latin equivalents in the

Roman-Dutch jurisprudence :— :

‘* Peracoduru,”’ proctor from the Latin ‘‘ procurator.’”

» 4

_—— ———

NOTES. 147

‘* Peracalasiya,” proxy or power of attorney, is the Latin “ pro-

curatio.”’

‘* Citasiya,’ or summons, is from ‘ citatio.”’

‘* Cuitansiya,”’ voucher or receipt, is from ‘‘ quittance ’’ (Latin

quittare).

** Conseduva,”’ court or courthouse, is from ‘‘ consedium.”’

‘** Petisama,’’ petition, is from ‘‘ petitio.’’

‘*Ensenevasiya,”’ letter of demand, is a corruption of ‘‘ insinuatio ;”

while ‘‘ eskis1ya,’’ writ, is a corruption of ‘‘ executio.”’

‘*« Pimbura,”’ plan, or figure of survey, is a corrupted form of

‘* figura;’’? and ‘‘ vidacomis,’’ entail, can be traced to ‘‘ fidei

commissum.”’

C. M. FERNANDO.

in sane

it + vyid

iy rh

ah.

SIGN OF THE TORTOISE. 149

THE SIGN OF THE TORTOISE, OR KURMA-CHAKRA,

IN CEYLON.

By A. Wier, D.Sc., F.RBS.

Director, Colombo Museum.

HE Colombo Museum has recently come into the possession

of a set of native medical appliances of sufficient interest

to merit a separate report. The principal piece in the set is a

low stone bench upon which is incised, in a conventional manner,

the contour of a te ‘oise. Such representations of animals in

the primitive art of various countries have a peculiar fascination,

not only because they illustrate what has been called the evolution

of decorative art, but because they are, in many cases at least,

the visible and tangible reflection of the inner life of the people.

Fishes, lizards, snakes, birds, and certain mammals are com-

monly met with in the early stages of artistic design. Generally

their use is primarily symbolical, as, for example, when they

represent the vehicles and avataras of the gods ; from this state

they may pass by easy gradations into a frankly decorative con-

dition. Sometimes their import is more strictly utilitarian, as

is the case with the Kurma-chakra in Ceylon, a yantra which carries

healing in its lines.*

Before describing the actual objects with which this note is

concerned it may be useful to give some references and experiences

in evidence of the widespread traditional importance of the tortoise.

In spite of limited time, literature, and knowledge at my disposal,

I think these will be enough for the purpose in view, namely, to

illustrate the hold possessed by this particular type of animal life

upon the unfettered imagination of the peoples of the earth.

In the premises of large Hindu temples there may be seen a stone

edifice called a mantapam consisting of a bare roof supported by

more or less richly carved pillars varying in number from four to

one thousand. At Little Conjeeveram, a hamlet situated a short

distance from the town of Conjeeveram in Southern India, which is

reputed to be a halting centre for Kasi Brahmins bringing Ganges

water from Benares to Rameswaram, there are two 4-pillar manta-

pams to receive Vishnu and Lakshmi respectively, and a 100-pillar

* A yantra is a mystical device ; a mantra is a mystical formula; a sastra

is a mystical code or system of rules relating to the application of yantras

and mantras.

x 8(1)07.

150 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

mantapam containing the throne-dais of the Perumal borne upon

the back of a colossal tortoise. I had the good fortune to visit this

place at the beginning of 1905 and took particular note of the

Kurmasana or tortoise throne.*

The Kurmavatara, or tortoise incarnation of Vishnu, which is

frequently presented in the form of ivory statuettes and in damascene

work asin the kuftgari of Travancore, is the third of the regular

series or the eleventh of the extended series according to the

Bhagavata Purana, where 22 avataras are enumerated, and is the

subject matter of the Sanskrit writing called the Kurma-purana.

‘Tn his eleventh incarnation, the Lord in the form of a tortoise

supported on his back the churning mountain [Mandara] when the

gods [Suras| and Asuras were churning the ocean.” +

In the earlier mythology we learn that Prajapati, who issued from

the golden egg of Brahma, was similarly transformed: ** Having

assumed the form of a tortoise, Prajapati created offspring. That

which he created he made (akarot); hence the word kurma. Kasyapa

means tortoise; hence men say all creatures are descendants of

Kasyapa.”t From this quotation it appears that there are two

Sanskrit words meaning tortoise, the one (kurma) designating the

real tortoise, the other (Kasyapa) being a personal appellation.§

Among the translations from the Pali of “‘ The Jataka or Stories

of the Buddha’s Former Births” are included several tortoise

manifestations or Kacchapa-jataka.||

It is not only in Hindu cosmogony that the tortoise has been

employed as a symbol of mundane and celestial power and influence.

In discussing the origin of the rock engravings or petroglyphs of

Guiana, Sir E. F. im Thurn§ referred incidentally to ‘* some picture-

writing from a rock near ‘Lake Superior, in which are rudely repre-

sented five canoes, containing in all fifty-one men, a kingfisher,

a man on horseback, a land tortoise, and a figure made up of three

concentric semicircles arched over three small circles.” In this

drawing the tortoise denotes land which was reached by the canoes

* Compare Simhasana or lion throne of a high priest, so called ** from

the figure of a lion on the back of the seat.”’ See editorial note on p. 128

of ‘“‘ Hindu Manners, Customs, and Ceremonies,” by the Abbé J. A. Dubois.

Oxford, 1899, translated and edited by Henry K. Beauchamp. The word

asana, meaning a seat, is written asna in Clough’s Sinhalese Dictionary.

+ J. Muir. Original Sanskrit Texts, vol. IV., 2nd edition, 1873, p. 27.

See also Christian Lassen, Indische Alterthumskunde, Bd. IV., Leipzig,

1861, p. 580. Kurma-raja is the tortoise supposed to uphold the world

(Monier-Williams, Sanskrit Dictionary),

t J. Muir, op. cit.

§ See Angelo de Gubernatis. Zoological Mythology, vol. II., 1872, p. 360,

where the tortoise is called the ‘‘ Lord of the Shores.”

|The translations are published by the Cambridge University Press

under the editorship of Professor E. B. Cowell ; see vol. II., translated by

W.H. D. Rouse, 1895, Nos. 178, 215, and 273.

*| Among the Indians of Guiana. London, 1883, p. 404,

SIGN OF THE TORTOISE. 151

in three days “ signified by the accepted sign of the heavens arched

over three suns.”

In the popular mythology of Japan* the tortoise is the servant

of Kompira, a Buddhist divinity identified by Shinto with the god

Kotohira. If a pious fisherman finds a tortoise he writes upon

its back characters signifying * Servant of the Deity Kompira,”

gives it a drink of sake (rice wine) of which it is said to be fond, and

sets it free. Some say that the land tortoise or stone tortoise

{compare Sinhalese gal-cbba| only is the servant? of Kompira,

the sea turtle being the servant of the Dragon Empire beneath

the sea, the latter having power to create with its breath a

cloud, a fog, or a palace. It figures in the Japanese Fairy Tale of

Urashima. Tortoises have been known to live for several centuries,

and in Japan it is supposed that they live for a thousand years ;

they are therefore one of the most frequent symbols of longevity

in Japanese art. The tortoise commonly represented by native

painters and metal-workers has a fringe of tails trailing behind,

like the fringes of a straw rain coat or mino, whence it is called

minogame. Mr. Hearn adds that some of the tortoises kept in the

sacred tanks of Buddhist temples attain a great age and acquire a

coating of water plants: which stream behind them ; the menogamé

is said to have had its origin in this circumstance.

Tortoises and turtles constitute a well-defined order of reptiles

comprising species which inhabit the dry land, fresh water rivers,

lakes and tanks,{ and the sea. They are distinguished by the

possession of a dermal skeleton arching over the body, beneath

which the head, limbs, and tail may be more or less completely

retracted. The upper portion of this long shield is called the

turtle back or carapace ; it presents a characteristic rounded con-

tour capable of easy delineation.

In consequence of the diversity of their mode of life and also

of their geological age, the Chelonians are widely distributed

over the surface of the globe ; the order is virtually cosmopolitan

and known to all mankind. On account of their peculiar form,

their relative invulnerability, sluggish, persistent habits, their

fecundity, and long life, it is not surprising to learn that they appear

in many guises in the folklore of the world.§

* My information on this subject is derived from the late Lafecadio Hearn’s

*“ Glimpses of: Unfamiliar Japan,” Boston and New York, 1898-1899, vol.

II., p. 367. I have closely followed the original phraseology.

+ By “ servant ”’ is no doubt meant “ vehicle.”

{ It is well known that the fresh water species exercise a scavenging

and purifying influence in the waters where they abound. Sir Emerson

Tennent notes that in Ceylon they are sometimes placed in wells to keep

the water pure. For the same reason the tortoises of the Ganges are held

to be sacred.

§ Professor Gubernatis (op. cit.) states, inter alia, that “ the Romans

were accustomed to bathe newborn babes in the concavity cf a tortoise,

as if in a shield.”

152 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The stone bench or gal-bankuwa, which I have set out to describe

in the hope that it may be considered worthy of the attention of

ethnologists, is called in colloquial Sinhalese cbba-bankuwa, because

it bears upon its surface the symbol of an ibba or land tortoise.*

In the learned tongue of Ceylon it is known by the Sanskrit

name Kurmasana. The sign which it bears is called in astrological

language the Kurma-chakra,;+ and this is supposed to possess the

virtues of a yantra; in other words its meaning is that-of a yantra.t

According to my informant, who was a professional Kattadiya

or Kattadirala, a dealer in mantras, the Vedarala or native her-

balist, surrounded by his utensils and medicaments, would seat

himself upon the tortoise bench, repeat Sanskrit verses, and then

begin to prepare the medicine, having previously ascertained an

auspicious day. The Kurma-chakra is said to be very useful both to

man and animals in promoting their recovery from sickness ; instruc-

tions regarding it are contained in an ola (palm leaf) manuscript

entitled ‘‘ Maha-narayana-pota,” from which the Kattadiya read an

extract in which the chakra (symbol) was mentioned. On another

occasion he brought a manuscript called ‘‘ Merutantra”’ which con-

tained preliminary instructions for the use of yantras and mantras

proceeding from Kurma-chakra. At least 108 yantras and mantras

are said to belong to this series ; each sickness has an appropriate

yantra, and all the yantras which proceed from this chakra are included

under the collective term Kurma-sastra. The yantras are applied

through the medium of the mantras, and I should say that the chakra

may be regarded as the vehicle of the yantras. So far as I can

gather, the Kurma-chakra is the fountain of all astrological lore

in this Island ; all important operations must be performed through

it, and an astrologer who does not know it is not a learned man.

With regard to the actual Kurmasana, I have no means of knowing

to what extent it was formerly used by Vedaralas in Ceylon. It

appears not to be a common object of the country side. If it had

been commonly employed, some mention of it would have been

expected in the pages (246-251) devoted to Astrology and Medicine

in Dr. John Davy’s “*.Account of the Interior of Ceylon ” (London,

1821), but there is none.

The material of which the seat is composed is a kind of compact

* The marine turtle is called kesbewa. At Kurunegala there is a rock called

lbba-gala (see F. H. Modder. The Animal-shaped Rocks of IXurunegala.,

Journ. R. A. 8. Ceylon, vol. XI., 1890, p. 377).

+ In the Sanskrit Dictionary (Monier-Williams, 1872), Kurma-cakra is

defined simply as ‘‘ an astrological diagram.” Besides its simple meaning

( tortoise, turtle) the word kurma also signifies ‘‘ the earth considered as a

tortoise swimming on the waters.”

+ Compare the Melanesian conception of mana. (Rev. R. H. Codrington.

The Melanesians; studies in their Anthropology and Folklore. Oxford

Clarendon Press, 1891, pp. 118-119.)

SIGN OF THE TORTOISE, 153

laterite. One end of the seat, which may be the front end, projects

about two inches beyond the level of the feet ; the sides are slightly

concave (figs. 1 and 2).

The dimensions are the following: length 15$ inches ; width at

each end 74 inches; width across the centre “64 inches ; height

—

Fic. 1.—Surrace oF TorrorsE BENCH.

Fic. 2.—THE BENCH IN SIDE VIEW.

about 4! inches. The height will appear low for a seat, but it

should be remembered that it is adapted to the old sitting posture.

The form of the symbol and other details are clearly shown

in the figures and require no lengthy description. In zine blocks

it is well known that accidental irregularities are often exag-

gerated while real angles are suppressed. The lines which shut off

the claws from the rest of the limbs in fig. 1 should be slightly

angular with the apex pointing towards the body, not straight.

154 SPOLIA ZHYLANICA.

Accompanying the seat was a heavy stone mortar for crushing

dried roots, a copper cauldron, a root-cutter, and an iron style.

The mortar is a massive oblong block of stone with deeply hollowed

ends and four ellipsoidal slightly depressed grinding surfaces ; it

measures 161 inches in height, nearly 10 inches across, the terminal

holes 7 inches in diameter, one of them 43 inches, the other 3%

inches deep; it is called behet ambarana kotana gala, meaning

‘medicine grinding pounding stone ;” the af-gala or hand stone

(seen in the mortar in fig.'3) is a combined pounder and roller for

the preceding.

Fie. 3.—STONE MormTrar.

The cauldron or tachchiya is a round copper basin nearly 214 inches

across, 5kinches deep, withiron handles but no distinguishing mark.

Another one brought later to the Museum measured nearly 193 inches

across, 74 inches deep, with brass handles and the mark of a dagoba

or kota impressed beside one of the handles. ;

The root-cutter or behet kapana giraya is a common. object of

crude construction.

What, to my mind, adds considerably both to the comparative

importance and to the local interest of the Kurma-chakra is the fact

that it is frequently to be seen branded upon the backs of the black

draught bulls of Ceylon, as well as on cross-bred cattle, always across

the sacral region. In the Journal of the Ceylon Branch of the

Royal Asiatic Society for the year 1873 there is a Paper’ entitled

ee ee ee ee

SIGN OF THE TORTOISE. 155

‘“‘ Brandmarks on Cattle,” by Mr. James de Alwis (see p. 60). This

Paper deals only with such marks as vary according to the caste of

the owners, and there is no mention of those florid designs which are

commonly branded across the haunches of the bulls.

Having searched in vain for any reference to an 7bba mark on

cattle, I made independent inquiries and ascertained that it has been

the custom to brand the sign of the tortoise on the backs of sickly

bulls and on bulls which have been through the old operation

of kara-ambanawa or gelding by crushing.

In fig. 4 I give a sketch showing the position of the marks on a

bull which was brought to the Museum for my inspection.

Fic. 4.—A Cryton Brack BuLt with BRANDMARKS.

In this example the mark on the haunch and side forms a loop

over the hip joint and is connected with the ibba mark above. The

long mark at the side with a peculiar expansion near the shoulder

is called rena ;* above it appears the letter K, the initial of the

owner, who was a member of the Potters’ caste whose cognizance,

called meti-alla (clay mallet), is seen on the left fore limb.

*I am strongly inclined to think that this is a naga or cobra derivative,

but the men who came with the bull would only admit the term rena,

which means a long cord or rein.

156 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The tortoise brand seen from above is shown in fig. 5, where

the curved processes in front and behind represent the four legs ;

the total length was about a foot and the inside width across the

centre 4} inches.

poulia)

Fic. 5.—TortToiszt BRAND,

As with all individual handiwork the same pattern is probably

seldom or never exactly repeated, so that there are innumerable

variants, one of which is shown in figs. 6 and 7.

Below the ibba mark in fig. 6 and separated from it, there

is the semblance of a bo-tree (Ficus religiosa). The bull from

Fic. 6.—SIDE VIEW OF BRANDMARKS OF Fig. 7.—TortToisE BRAND

ANOTHER BULL. FROM ABOVE.

which these sketches (figs. 6 and 7) were taken was accompanied by

another in the same cart which had not received the tortoise brand.

In a variant of the type shown in figs. 4 and 5 only the loop of

the rena remained as a lateral appendage of the zbba, the rest of the

SIGN OF THE TORTOISE. 157

rena being omitted. Sometimes it may be observed that the hook-

shaped legs have disappeared from the brandmark, which is then

reduced to four ovals meeting in a centre, forming a cruciform

pattern.

These singular designs on cattle bear little enough resemblance

either to a tortoise or to the sign on the bench described above,

but this circumstance depends no doubt to a large extent upon

the nature of the materials, the surfaces upon which the symbols

are delineated, and the tools employed. The marks on the bulls

partly follow the natural curves of the body and partly depend

upon the shape of the branding irons. In all cases the constancy in

the position of the 7bba brand, across the loins, is a point to be

noted.

% &( 107

158 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

FURTHER NOTES ON THE HYBRIDIZATION

EXPERIMENTS WITH THE CEYLON JUNGLE FOWL.

By J. Luswettyn Tuomas, F.R.C.8.ENa.

HE previous article on this subject brought the experiments

up to the date of Ist June, 1906. This present note brings

them up to Ist June, 1907.

One or two omissions in the first report have been pointed out

by some of the experimenters, and must be recorded here as they

have a bearing on the claim of the Gallus Stanleyi to recognition

as a primitive stock of domestic fowls. Further, since the publi-

cation of the first report, success has been achieved which alters

the whole aspect of the question. To deal with the two omissions :

first, one of the experimenters, Mr. Clement Johnson now in

England, has written giving information regarding experiment

No. 5, Hybrid Hen and Jungle Cock. On page 25 (Spolia Zeylanica,

vol. IV.) it was stated that “ At Hunasgiriya Mr. Johnson put a

hybrid pullet to his famous jungle cock (daughter to father), but as

there were domestic hens in the run no attention was paid to this

hybrid ; and her eggs were naturally infertile.”

Mr. Johnson writes that for a whole twelve month the jungle

cock was faithful to one single domestic hen and neglected all the

other domestic hens in the same run, but that as soon as he placed

two of his hybrid pullets into this run the cock became on intimate -

terms with them both, as well as with his favourite domestic,

and trod all three freely, thus clearly proving that the jungle

cock is not always monogamous even in captivity.

Further, Mr. Johnson states that in the first batch of eggs which

one of these hybrid pullets laid after running with the jungle cock,

there were two which proved to be fertile though no chickens

were hatched out. This is a clear indication that the hybrid hens

are not sterile when mated back to the jungle parent, and gives

hope of successfully producing chickens when this experiment

shall be tried again.

Another omission was with regard to experiment No. 3, Hybrid

Cock and Hybrid Hen (p. 25). It should have been mentioned

that in March, 1906, in the Queensdown run, one egg of a batch

laid by the hybrid hen was broken by mistake during the period

CEYLON JUNGLE FOWL. 159

of incubation, and was found to contain a three-quarter developed

living chicken, too immature tolive. It was shown to Dr. Willey,

F.R.S., of the Colombo Museum. All the other eggs of the clutch

proved infertile. Had this egg not been broken, there seems

no reason why it should not have hatched out at full term.

This incident gave fresh hope and zest to further experimenting.

Since Ist June, 1906, this last experiment has met with some

important success. Two wild jungle hens were introduced into

the run with the hybrid cock and hybrid hen. This seemed

to draw the hybrids closer together, and they both treated the

wild hens so badly that after a time they had to be removed to

save their lives. This entirely bore out the opinion expressed

on pages 25 and 26 as to the selection of. various females by the

hybrid cock, ¢.¢., that if he had a hybrid hen and a jungle hen,

neglect the jungle hen.

It was certainly after this experiment that the first success with

the hybrids was achieved.

A batch of seven eggs laid by this hen in August were incubated

by herself, and on 3rd September, 1906, the first chicken was

hatched out in the Queensdown run from this hybrid + hybrid

mating. The six other eggs of the setting were infertile, which

seems a very remarkable fact and will be noted later. It was

thought well to coop up this chicken with its mother, because at

nights the hen roosted on a high perch, and if the chicken remained

on the ground it would be certainly eaten by rats. It was no

easy matter to catch this one day old chick: the hybrid mother

was very fierce and defended her young with great determina-

tion. She would fly at the would-be capturer, not at his

hands or feet, but would hurl herself, with an impetuosity and

abandon that are unknown in domestic birds, right at his

face. In fact it was necessary first to capture the mother

and then the matter was simplified. The chicken seemed very

robust and thrived very well in the coop and feathered rapidly.

After eight days of cooping, which was much resented by the

hen, they were both turned into the experimental run with

the cock. The chicken was of a whitish gray colour, with three

dark streaks on the head and down the back. The shanks were

yellow. It feathered very rapidly. The wing feathers were of a

pale brown with dark barrings, just like the markings of the wing

of the hybrid hen and exactly like those of a jungle hen. When

startled it darted about with great rapidity, more swiftly than

the ordinary domestic chick, and very like the wild jungle

chick. It was a good flyer at the age of nine days, flying with

ease up on to a perch more than four feet from the ground. At

nights it always roosted onahigh perch under the mother’s wing.

160 SPOLIA ZWYLANICA.

A domestic chick could not do this at such an age. It was

fed on broken paddy, canary seed, white ants, and chopped onions.

After being in the run a week it began to pine and'mope. The

mother then seemed to neglect it, and the cock was seem to peck

it several times when feeding. It died on 21st September, being

eighteen days old.

After this the hybrid hen laid again and laid fifteen eggs. The

first nine were removed and set in an incubator; the next six

were at first set under the hybrid hen, but she forsook them, and

so they were put under a common hen. These eggs were hardly

expected to be fertile, as the cock bird for some weeks had been

very far from well, suffering from a severe cold. However,

one of the eggs in the incubator was addled, and the remaining

eight were clear.

Some days later, 24th November, 1906, those (six) set under the

hen produced one healthy little chick, the other five eggs being

quite clear.

This chicken was exceedingly small in size, resembling that

of a black-breasted red game bantam. In colouring it was much

darker than the previous chick of the same parentage. It was

of a decided brown colour with a broad band of a darker brown

on the head and down the back. It feathered rapidly like the

previous one, and seemed very well, but a solitary chick with a

mother hen has not a good chance of life. On 5th December

it died rather suddenly, aged twelve days, the cause being un-

known.

The next batch of eight eggs laid were set under a common

hen in December, 1906. Seven eggs were quite clear, while the

eighth had a full-term dead chick in the shell; the shell had

not been * pipped.”’

Nine eggs were set early in January, 1907, under a common

hen, but all these proved clear.

Ten eggs were set later in January in an incubator, but all ten

proved clear.

Early in February, 1907, thirteen eggs were set under a common

hen. None hatched out. Nine were clear, two were addled,

one had an early embryo dead in it, and the remaining egg had a

full-term dead chick in the shell ; the shell had not been ‘“‘ pipped.”

Later, in February, 1907, seven eggs were set. None hatched

out. Five were clear, one egg had a dead chick of about thirteen

days old in it, and the remaining egg had a dead chick of

about sixteen or seventeen days old.

Early in March, 1907, five eggs were placed in an incubator,

but all five proved clear, infertile.

In April, 1907, she laid ten more eggs and showed no sign of

going broody. The eggs were set. Nine proved clear; one had a

full-term dead chick in the shell. .

161

CEYLON JUNGLE FOWL.

{

}

(sAep Z] peat]) YoOryo ou)

(shep gT poat]) YOY oud)

U1I84-][NJ uC

[Hy Ajreou omy,

UI.199-][NJ 9UQ

ULI9}-][UF 9UG

Teds

UL peo]

es 6 Or

as g ¢

a ¢ L

oArquia [ pure Z 6 ET

ra Or OL

=o 6 6

<< L 8

re G 9

I 8 6:

=e 9 L

Pag 9 9

= 9 9

sid | is 9k. 2 |

*pe|ppy eoncyaege ‘sddny JO oR UTE

‘sqnsoy

€I [dy

g YoLey

61 qa

6 qa

GG “UBe

G ‘uep

LO6T

LI ‘00d

§ “AON

LG “190

FI ‘Sny

oun £

ji oune

‘906T

‘218g

“‘eSunqeq:

‘ueYy WourTMi0y

Lopyeqnouy

Us UOTALORD

Lopyeqnouy

TOY WOUTTLO”

Loyeqnouy

wey priqAy

Lopyeqnouy

“LO6T ‘T oUNL 04 ‘QO6I ‘T PUN Woy SBSq puqAH + prqAH oy} Jo syNSeY pue ssUIQIQeg SuIMOYS ofqey,

162 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Some observations on the results obtained from this pair of

hybrids (brother and sister) may not be out of place.

(1) The first thing that strikes one is the large number of eggs

laid by this one hen. Since Ist June, 1906, up to date, Ist June,

1907, she has laid no less than 100 eggs, a very good average for an

ordinary hen. Her mother,acommon mongrel domestic, probably

never laid more than sixty or seventy perannum. At first the eggs

were never removed from the nest and then she laid usually six or

seven eggs. A noticeable feature was the wonderful way in which

she fouled hereggs. When they were not removed they all became

exceedingly dirty. Later the eggs were dated as laid, and each day

an egg was removed, always leaving the last laid one in the nest.

It was only since this was done that she laid so well and failed to

become broody, and the cleanliness of the eggs was secured.

(2) Another interesting point is that this hen so seldom becomes

broody. From 1st June, 1906, upto date, lst June, 1907, she was

only broody three times ; twice she sat the full time, and on the

third occasion forsook her nest after about one week.

(3) The low percentage of fertile eggs in each batch is very strik-

ing. Usually thereis only one fertile egg in a batch. This is very

remarkable. In the case of turkeys, after the cock treads the hen

the whole batch of her eggs are fertile, although the cock is removed

and treads the hen no more. The fertilization is sufficient for all

the eggs. And it is generally supposed that one treading of a hen

by a rooster is sufficient to fertilize several eggs. This is apparently

not the case with the hybrids. It may be noted that no one has

ever yet observed this hybrid cock tread this hybrid hen. Further-

more when more than one egg ina batch has been fertilized, it has

been noticed that it is not consecutive eggs that are fertile; the

fertile eggs are at irregular intervals. What conclusion is to be

drawn? That the cock only fertilizes one egg for one treading? And

that he only treads the hen at irregular intervals, and not daily ? Or,

that if he does so daily only a few odd eggs are really fertilized ?

Is it a lack of fertility in the male ? }

(4) The low percentage of fertile eggs to hatch out.—Only two chickens

have been hatched out. Only three quite full-term chicks have been

found dead in the shell. Only two near full-term chicks dead have

been found in the eggs. Several eggs have been addled ; and one

only had a quite young dead embryo.

(5) The low percentage of viability of the chicks when hatched.—

Only two chickens, and they died after eighteen and twelve days

respectively. They seem sturdy and robust enough when hatched,

but go off in the second or third week. Deductions cannot of course

}

CEYLON JUNGLE FOWL. 163

be drawn from such a small number as two, but the fact remains

that they have not lived for even three weeks. Every poultry

fancier, however, knows that it is a much harder thing to rear a

single solitary chick than a brood of them.

From the foregoing it is obvious that, while the sterility of

these hybrids cannot be upheld, yet there is nevertheless a certain

amount of ‘‘ relative sterility.”

Whilst fully bearing in mind that these conclusions are only

drawn from the doings of a single pair of hybrids, brother and

sister, it must be stated that-the other pair, or rather a cock and

two hens, of hybrids in Mr. Bhss’s Atagalla run, have not yet

produced even a single fertile egg since they were mated up. In

fact the foregoing is the only success the experimenters can boast

of at present.

To summarize. The experiments have shown that—

(1) The hybrids are not sterile when bred inter se.

(2) The hybrids are not sterile when bred back to the domes-

tic parent (7.e., hybrid cock with domestic hen).

(3) There is some indication that the hybrids are not sterile

when mated back to the jungle parent (7.e., jungle

cock and hybrid hen).

The sterility of these hybrids therefore cannot now be adduced

as it was by Darwin, as one of the proofs that the Gallus Stanleyi

is not a parent stock.

To give the summary in greater detail the results of the mating

are thus :-—

Jungle cock and domestic hen.—Thirty chickens produced.

Jungle hen and domestic cock.—No eggs laid.*

Hybrid cock and domestic hen.—Many chickens produced.t

Hybrid cock and jungle hen.—No eggs laid.*

Hybrid hen and domestic cock.—No eggs fertile yet.

Hybrid hen and jungle cock.—Two addled eggs only.

Hybrid cock and hybrid hen.—Several addled eggs. One live

immature chick in broken egg ; five full or nearly full-term

chicks dead in shell; two chickens hatched out (living

only eighteen and twelve days).

The experiments so far have been relatively very few ; some have

not really been tried sufficiently long, and it may be added that

many have been tried under very unfavourable circumstances,

* Has not been given a fair trial. Itis believed that jungle hens will never

breed in captivity.

+ The progeny of this mating are fertile (a) with the domestic parent, (b)

with the hybrid parent, (c) with one another.

164 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA

especially in the matter of really suitable runs. Therefore very

decided conclusions cannot be freely drawn. Nevertheless the

results obtained give every indication that the complete fertility

of the hybrids could be demonstrated if really favourable

circumstances obtained.

It would appear that, even if full proof of the complete fertility

of the hybrids were forthcoming, it would not necessarily prove

that the Gallus Stanley: and the domestic fowl are of one and the

same species.

The question naturally arises, how then can the point be demon-

strated ? It is suggested that it would be proved if domestic

fowls, turned out into the Ceylon jungles, reverted to the Gallus

Stanleyt type in respect of voice and orange-centered comb in

the male. This experiment is obviously out of the question.

There is little doubt that under such circumstances these fowls

would really mate up with the jungle birds, and the progeny in

course of time would become like the wild bird.

Bearing on this subject is the following extract from a letter

written in 1905 by Sir William Twynam, K.C.M.G. He says:

‘There used to be two jungle shrines, one near the old post-

holders’ house at Rajakadaluwa, near Chilaw, and one in the

jungle, a mile distance from the old resthouse at Gal-oya

on the Trincomalee road. Offerings of domestic cocks and hens

used to be made at these shrines. Being offerings to the gods

the natives never touched them, and they mixed with the jungle

cocks and hens, with the result that, at Gal-oya in particular, there

were round the shrine the most beautiful creatures I ever saw

in the shape of poultry. The cocks were simply gorgeous in their

plumage. They seemed to be a little larger than the ordinary

jungle cocks.”

The Assistant Government Agent of this district, Mr. W. L.

Kindersley, made inquiries on the subject and wrote: “I have

not been able to hear of any such fowls. It is said that if the

eggs of the jungle fowl are hatched under a tame hen, the birds

on arriving at maturity always make for the jungle ; and in cases

where domestic hens have been trodden by jungle cocks, the

young birds also make for the jungle when adult.”

The “ reversion ” proof has not been applied to demonstrate the

claim of the Gullus bankiva to be a parent stock, and yet its

claim is freely admitted. An important point bearing on this

question is the fact that when domestic birds do revert, the

reversion in the matter of the colour of the breast of the males

is always to a red or brown, and never to black. Even domestic

black-breasted reds tend to revert to red or brown. In this parti-

cular then the reversion is not to the Gallus bankiva, which is

black breasted, but to the Gallus Stanleyi, which has a reddish

brown breast. :

CEYLON JUNGLE FOWL. 165

The subject of the variation of the Ceylon Jungle Fowl needs

investigation. The distribution of this bird is so circumscribed

that there is but little scope for variation. The Gallus bankiva,

on the other hand, ranges from Cape Comorin to the Himalayas,

from far western India to Burma, across Siam to the Straits: it

is not surprising therefore that it varies considerably in size and

colouring according to variations in soil and climate. The Gallus

Stanleyi has little opportunity for such marked variation. There

is, however, some difference between the birds of the north

and of the south. In the latter region the hens are very much

darker than in the north ; and the cocks up north are of a more

brilliant and lighter red. But all this is mere deviation in tint

and not a marked mutation, such as would be a cock with a black

breast. It would appear that Gallus Stanleyi practically never

mutates from the standard pattern, and apparently but very rarely

sports.

In this connection the following extracts from letters which I

have received from Mr. Walter Price, dated Kandy, June 19 and

21, are of interest :—

‘“TIt may interest you to learn that there is or was until lately

a white jungle fowl hen to be seen in company with other ordinary

jungle fowl at a place on the Anuradhapura-Puttaiam read,

about 14 miles from Anuradhapura.* When I saw it first I

mistook it for a paddy bird and it would have escaped identifi-

cation as a jungle fowl if it had not been in the company of

another pair. I got quite close to it and saw that it was

undoubtedly a jungle hen, almost pure white except for a few gray

feathers on the neck and head. Mr. Vigors, the Government Agent,

saw the same bird shortly afterwards at the same place. At the

time I saw this bird I was not aware that such a variation in

colour was so uncommon, or I might have made an exception to

my general principle of sparing curiosities. Both Mr. Vigors and

I thought it would be better to leave it where it was to see if it

would have any effect on the colour of the other birds about that

locality. Downin the south of Sabaragamuwa and in Hambantota

there is an inclination for the birds to be brown, especially the

hens, which are very dark, in many cases with black spots on

tail and wings. The tendency in the open scrub country of the

Northern Province and in Tamankaduwa, in the North-Central

Province, is for the birds to be red in colour; the cocks of course

always have a lot of red about them, but it is more brilliant and

lighter up north, and exactly to the same extent is the hen

light in colour. I suppose it is the same influence which makes

the wandaroo monkey almost black down south, while he is almost

white up north.”

* Between Sinharagama and Kala-oya,

leh. 8(1)07

166 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

ON THE HYDROPHIDA IN THE COLOMBO MUSEUM.

By Major F. Wart, LM.S., C.M.Z.8.

T \URING a recent brief visit to Ceylon, through the courtesy

of the Acting Superintendent of the Colombo Museum, I had

the privilege of examining the collection of snakes preserved in that

institution. I paid particular attention to the sea snakes, and pro-

pose to make some remarks on the specimens of this family I saw

there.

The collection poorly represents the species available, com-

prising as it does but ten species and only thirty-five specimens.

It is remarkable among other things that a snake so common

as Enhydrina valakadyen is around the coast of India should

be represented by a solitary small specimen. I have had these

brought to me in India (Cannanore) in bucketfuls. I have picked

out as many as a dozen from a single net on the Coromandel

Coast (Gopalpore).

In reference to the scales, “anterior” implies at a point two

heads’ lengths behind the head, and “ posterior ” two heads’ lengths

in front of the vent.

Hydrus platurus (Linneus).

There are seven specimens. Three of these, one adult (No. 363),

and two young (No. 153, and one unnumbered) are black

dorsally, brown ventrally, with a yellow costal line separating

these two hues. These correspond to Boulenger’s variety D.

(Cat. Snakes British Museum, vol. III., p. 268). A fourth speci-

men (No. 158) differs from the typical variety D in the absence

of the yellow costal line, and constitutes a rare form of which

I have only seen one other example. In two specimens the upper

parts are black, the lower yellow, and these correspond to Boulen-

ger’s variety E (loc. cit.), the Hydrus bicolor (Schneid.). One

example (No. 108) is too faded to distinguish the variety. ;

Hydrophis spiralis (Shaw).

Represented by three specimens which I allude to as A, B, and C,

All agree in the following particulars. Prefrontals touch the

second labial. Postocular: one. Labials ; third and fourth touch

HYDROPHIDAD IN COLOMBO MUSEUM. 167

the eye. Sublinguals: two pairs, the posterior in contact.

Infralabials : fourth largest, and touching three scales poste-

riorly. Suture between the first smaller than that between the

anterior sublinguals. Scales: imbricate in whole-body length.

Ventrals : distinct throughout, or a few divided here and there.

Trregularities.—In A the single anterior temporal does not reach

the labial margin, and is followed by another equally large shield.

Three small marginals border the lower lip behind the third

infralabial. Forty-three complete black rings encircle the body.

These are rather dilated vertebrally, and a few intermediate dorsal

spots occur, which are indistinct.

In B, the single anterior temporal does not reach the labial

margin, and it is followed by two smaller scales along the parietals.

Three marginals succeed the third infralabial on the left side, and

three the second infralabial on the right side. It has thirty-nine

narrow rings slightly dilated vertebrally and ventrally, and a

regular series of distinct intermediate dorsal black spots.

Example C has the single anterior temporal coming down

to the labial border, and this is followed by another equally large

shield. Only one wedge-shaped marginal occurs between the

third and fourth infralabials. Itis singularly handsomely adorned

with thirty-seven very black rings, some slightly interrupted

costally. These are dilated vertebrally and ventrally, and

there are regular series of large black dorsal and ventral inter-

mediate spots. I have never met with another similarly marked,

and I notice Boulenger (loc. cit., p. 274) makes no mention of

ventral spots.

Seales.

Anterior. Mid-body. Posterior. Ventrals. Museum No.

A 28 i) LOO UNO OSes palo SO ere io wees Simmental

15) 2-9 well AOD UIENES Lo Dnt Pa Gere an tol eae NC Olestonit

G26 30 ea oie oOOer se) Mm Srmen tl aciritt

A is probably the specimen referred to by Ferguson (Reptile

Faun. Ceylon, 1877, No. 110), and Haly (Catalogues 1886, No. 57 ;

and 1891, No. 113). i

Hydrophis gracilis (Shaw).

There are four fine examples. These agree in the following

ways. fostral: portion visible above equals, or nearly equals,

the suture between the nasals. Prefrontals touch the second

labial. Postocular: one. Anterior temporals: one, followed

by another equally large or larger shield. Lapials : six, the third

and fourth touching the eye. Sublinguals ; two pairs, the posterior

168 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

in contact. Infralabials : the fourth is the largest of the series

and touches two scales behind. The suture between the first

is longer than that between the anterior sublinguals. Margi-

nals: none occur between the first five infralabials. Scales :

imbricate anteriorly, juxtaposed behind. Ventrals : divided pos-

teriorly. They are all typical in colour and markings.

Irregularities.

Seales.

— Se

Anterior. Mid-body. Posterior. Ventrals. Museum No.

re ES age Galas ae a Oe te 119 .. Adult

BAWIAY A, Ot Ie. Bi) wiht Sate ee Me ge

COs oe Se her Byes Dea LO! Ae do.

Dae. 007 0. BOAT: ly Dae Tons os ae

Ais erroneously labelled H. fasciatus.

Distira Stokesi (Gray).

Two examples are preserved in spirits. One is the large adult

presented by Captain Donnan from the pearl fishery, and referred

to by Ferguson (Reptile’ Faun. Ceylon, 1877, No. 1061) and

Haly (Catalogues, 1886, No. 56; and 1891, No. 122). It is a

very heavy creature, remarkable as a sea snake for the girth of

its head and neck. The girth behind the neck I measured 7}

inches and in mid-body 9 inches. It is over 5 feet in length.

The small specimen is that presented by Master J. Robertson.

referred to by Haly (Catalogues, 1886, No. 56; and 1891, No. 122).

They agree as follows :—Rostral : portion visible above half

to two-thirds the suture between the nasals. Prefrontals touch

the second labial. Postoculars: two. Anterior temporals : two

or three, followed by two other large shields in contact with the

parietals. Labials : nine to eleven; the fourth, fifth, and sixth

touching the eye. Sublinguals : absent. Scales : strongly imbri-

cate and with subdentate borders. Ventrals : a few are present

in the neck; except for these, they are replaced by a pair of

imbricate scales similar to the adjacent costals.

A, large adult.—Scales are 44, 54, and 50 in the anterior, mid,

and posterior parts of the body. B, half grown.—Scales 42, 52,

and 44 in the same parts of the body as preceding; both are

labelled No. 122. The supraoculars are partially divided trans-

versely in both specimens.

Distira ornata (Gray).

There are four specimens, which agree in the following :—

Rostral : povtion seen above about half the length of the suture

between the nasals. Prefrontals touch the second labial, except

HYDROPHID4 IN COLOMBO MUSEUM. 169

on the right side in specimens B and D, where they fail to do so.

Postoculars : two. Anterior temporals : one, succeeded by another

subequal shield. Sublinguals : two pairs, the posterior separated

by two small scales. /nfralabials : the fifth is the largest of the

series and touches three or four scales behind ; suture between

first longer than that between the anterior sublinguals. Mar-

ginals : none occur between the first five infralabials. Ventrals -

distinct throughout, a few here and there divided.

TIrregularities—-A specimen has eight labials on the right side

and seven on the left. The third, fourth, and fifth touch the eye.

The scales are juxtaposed posteriorly. Fifty-one broad black

bars ornament the dorsum, below which, and alternating with

them, is a series of vertical costal spots.

B has eight labials on the left side and seven on the right ;

the third, fourth, and fifth touch the eye on the left side, the

third and fourth only on the right. The scales posteriorly are

subimbricate. Forty-five bars dorsally.

third and fourth touch the eye on the right side, the third,

fourth, and fifth on the left side. The scales are subimbricate

ventrally behind, juxtaposed dorsally. There are forty-one bars

dorsally.

D has seven labials, with the third and fourth touching the eye

on both sides. The scales are juxtaposed posteriorly, and there

are forty-one dorsal bars. The posterior ek are so small

that they do not deserve the name.

A, B, and C are evidently the specimens referred to by Haly

(Catalogue, 1891, No. 127).

Scales.

Anterior. Mid-body. Posterior. Ventrals. Museum No.

PSG.) i: AB? ere On Sync ZOU cars 127 .. Adult

Le ee Pen Bis hg Pele eid BT) EAS do.

GSO 2. AS bs Ae at 269) 127. oe Young

a og 44-year, @Y ou. (2?) .. Adult

Distira Brugmansi (Boie)=D. robusta (Gtinther).

Represented by five specimens, which agree in the following

respects :—Rostral : visible portion above half to two-thirds the

suture between the nasals. Prefrontals touch the second labial.

Anterior temporal: one. Labials: seven, the third and fourth

touching the eye. Sublinguals : two pairs, the posterior in contact.

Infralabials : the fourth is the largest of the series, and in contact

with three scales behind. Scales: imbricate in whole body.

Ventrals : distinct throughout: a few here and there divided.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

170

MPV |

qusdDSeTOpY

qnpe [peUlg

‘op

WMpy

[BIqeleyUL pulpy Joe Z

[VIqQRVayur puyy Lyfe [LV

OPIS IFO] Gf OPIS JDL UO |

apIs IFO] ] f OPIS PSA UO Eg

[BIGR[VAPUT PAT 194FR Z

‘ON Ulnesnyy

~ STRULOIV TY

> RyRt Lo W

‘op | 3 61E Ig | SEH > S) are. sare

‘op Res Eeere [Gee espe Le Ook

apis yet | 1 | oge se | TR | eee

oN | & | ees | = egiaeael acee Lae ee

opis ays | iT | 6€€ : ze | 98 6G Vv

“|g | eee st lee

settle eee Ted aetopae ees o

ase

~ |

| —————

| *BOTBOG

sunubnig vaysyug Ur saryiunnbasey

HYDROPHIDA IN COLOMBO MUSEUM. 17]

D has three prefrontals in one transverse row.

A has narrow rings dilated vertebrally, and some interrupted

costally, especially in front, where they are modified to dorsal

bars.

B has forty-nine narrow complete rings not dilated vertebrally.

ventrally.

D has forty-four complete rings, slightly dilated vertebrally,

more so ventrally.

E has forty-four complete rings dilated vertebrally and ven-

trally, and more or less jomed by a narrow ventral line.

B and E are evidently those referred to by Haly (Catalogue,

1891, No. 124).

Ue ; u,.

Disiira cyanocincta (Dardin).

There are four specimens, which agree as follows :—Rostral :

portion visible above two-thirds to equal in length to the suture

between the nasals. Prefrontals touch the second labial. Post-

oculars : two (except in A specimen on the right side, where there

is one only). Anterior temporals : two, followed by two small

scales along the parietals. Labials: seven or eight, the third,

fourth, and fifth touching the eye. Sublinguals: two pairs,

the posterior in contact. Jnfralabials: the fourth is the largest of

the series and touches three scales behind. Suture between the

first smaller than that between the anterior sublinguals. Mar-

ginals ; a complete series succeeds the second infralabial. Scales :

imbricate throughout. Ventrals: distinct throughout, or a few

divided here and there.

Irregularities.

Scales.

Anterior. Mid-body. Posterior. Ventrals. Museum No.

A 3l Dane tot aa SoA I. ). 118 ; 3 Young

(5 tye | Maa SD al ore Sila Mane aloo... 125 (7).. Half-grown

me Sar oF Di eda D20 eves (ib 5 aaa do.

Brraesrse' | 30° 6a. NSO dee ce ae) oni neo . Adult

A has forty-five complete rings expanded vertebrally and

constitutes Boulenger’s variety B (loc. cit., p. 295). It is evidently

the specimen referred to by Haly in his Catalogue (1891,

No. 118), since it still bears the label Hydrophis fasciatus and

the No. 118.

B has fifty-two rings, much expanded vertebrally, and is also

one of Boulenger’s variety B. It is very rough, the head shields

are mammillated, and many of the body scales have bidentate or

tridentate tubercles, or keels.

72 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

C has fifty-one rings, much dilated vertebrally and confluent

ventrally, corresponding to Boulenger’s variety A (loc. cit.).

D has forty-four rings, dilated vertebrally and more or less

confluent ventrally, and is also one of Boulenger’s variety A.

Distira Jerdoni (Gray).

Represented by two examples, one adult, one young, both

labelled No. 123. They are typical. In the larger specimen

the scales are seventeen behind the neck, nineteen in mid and

posterior body, and the ventrals are 232. Referred to by Haly

(Catalogues, 1886, No. 55; and 1891, No. 123).

Enhydris curtus (Shaw).

Three specimens are preserved, which agree in the following

characters :—Rostral : portion visible above about one-third the

length of the suture between the nasals. Prefrontals touch the

second labial, except in specimen B, where they meet no labial.

Postoculars ; one. Labials ; seven or eight, the third and fourth

touching the eye, except in specimen B, where only the fourth does

so. Infralabials: the fourth is the largest of the series, and

touches four scales behind. Sublinguals : too ill-developed to be

considered as such. Scales; juxtaposed throughout. Ventrals ;

entire throughout.

In A specimen the parietal is divided on the left side, but only

partially so on the right. One marginal is wedged between the

third and fourth infralabials.

In B the parietals are broken up into five parts each. There

are two marginals after the second infralabial.

In C the parietals are quite broken up. A row of marginals

succeeds the second infralabial.

Seales.

Anterior. Mid-body. Posterior. Ventrals. Museum No.

NGS hh VG fabio 2 ua Os 156 .. —-:106(?)... Adult

Be BO ch Ace chs: BROLIN Pater, Wren TNE lc stead

COBOL Bene OO, itu BR eee OBS | sees

Enhydrina V alakadyen (Boie).

Represented by a solitary, small, faded specimen, labelled No.

119. I cannot trace the other specimens in the collection referred

to by Haly and Ferguson in their Catalogues, and it is to be noted

that the Hydrophis cantoris mentioned by Haly (C abMonen 1891,

No. 120) could not be identitied.

A NEW LIZARD. 173

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LIZARD

OF THE GENUS LYGOSOMA FROM CEYLON.

By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

Lygosoma punctatolineatum.

IMILAR in general appearance to JL. taprobanense, and

likewise with a rather small ear-opening, a scaly lower eyelid,

no supranasals, the frontal shield narrower than the supraocular

region, and short, pentadactyle limbs; but easily distinguished

by the very small size of the prefrontal shields, which are widely

separated from each other, the suture between the frontonasal

and the frontal being as extensive as that between the former

shield and the rostral. Upper head shields otherwise as in L.

taprobanense. Third, fourth, and fifth upper labials below the

eye. No projecting lobules on the anterior border of the eye.

Twenty-six smooth equal scales round the body. Prenasal

not enlarged. Ten to twelve lamelle under the fourth toe.

Bronzy brown above, with series of small black spots corre-

sponding to the dorsal scales ; a black lateral stripe, from the eye

to the root of the tail; belly yellowish in the middle, grayish on

the sides.

From snout to vent 43 millim.; from snout to fore limb 16;

fore limb 10; hind limb 12; tail (reproduced) 48.

Two specimens, adult and young, from Hakgala, 5,000 feet.

8(1)07

174 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA

NOTES.

1. Occurrence of the Indian Snake Lycodon striatus in Ceylon.—

The first authentic record of Lycodon striatus occurring in Ceylon

is by E. E. Green (Spolia Zeylanica, vol. Il., March, 1905,

p. 205).

While recently in Ceylon Mr. E. E. Green presented me with

five specimens which he believed to be of this species. I have

examined these, and agree with him as to their identity, and I

am much indebted to him for the privilege of being able to see

them, and make the following remarks.

All the specimens are adult and were obtained in Peradeniya.

I find them typical of the Indian variety in shield and scale charac-

ters, but they differ somewhat in colour. Thus the following

characters demand special mention: (1) the snout is not spatulate ;

(2) the loreal is single and touches the internasal; (3) the pre-

ocular does not meet the frontal; (4) the nasal touches the first

and second supralabials (except on one side in one specimen,

where only the first supralabial is in contact); (5) the supralabials

are eight, and the third, fourth, and fifth touch the eye; (6)

the ventrals are not angulate ; (7) the anal is divided, except

in one specimen ; (8) the scales are seventeen at a point two heads’

length behind the head, seventeen in mid-body. and fifteen at a

point two heads’ length before the vent, and all are smooth.

The occipito-nuchal and dorsal bars. are brown or buff and

are thus far more indistinct than in the Indian form, where I have

always found them pure white and well defined.

The ventrals and subcaudals are as follows: (1) 150 + 39 (anal

entire) ; (2) 155 + 35; (3) 158+ 2 (tail docked) ; (4) 164 + ? (tail

docked) ; (5).°159 + 34 (tail slightly docked).

F, WALL, C.M.ZS..,

Calcutta, February 17, 1907. Major, I.M.S.

2. The Common Indian Krait, Bungarus candidus, in Ceylon.—

Whilst going through the collection of snakes preserved in the

Colombo Museum I discovered a bottle containing a specimen

labelled Bungarus ceylonicus, from Polgahawela, presented by

Mr. J. Rudd, which I have no doubt is in reality a typical specnael

of the Indian Krait, B. candidus (variety ceruleus).

_—

NOTES. 175

This is a matter of considerable interest, for hitherto this species,

as an inhabitant of Ceylon, rested on the single example obtained

by Mr. Rudd at Jafina. This is referred to by Haly (Catalogue,

1891, No. 102), and later by Willey (Spolia Zeylanica, vol. III.,

1906, p. 233).

With this single specimen on record it was open to speculation

whether the species does really inhabit Ceylon, as. more than

one instance is known of snakes being transported by ships in

cargo or timber to ports remote from the regions they naturally

inhabit.

Again, it does not follow that a snake inhabiting the northern

part of the Island will be found in other parts of the Island,

for the fauna of the northern part agrees with that of the

Southern Madras Province to the east of the Western Ghats,

whilst that of the rest of the Island conforms to that of the

Malabar region (Blanford. Journal of the Asiatic Society of

Bengal, vol. XX XIX., pp. 336 to 339).

This second specimen sets at rest any doubts there may have

been on the subject, and’ substantiates Ferguson’s opinion (Reptile

Faun. of Ceylon, 1877, No. 102) that the Indian Krait is found

in Ceylon, the evidence for which statement having been seem-

ingly lost.

In all I examined five specimens of the Indian Krait, three of

which have no record of locality, and it may well be that two of

these are the specimens referred to by Ferguson (loc. cit.) as having

been presented by himself.

Polgahawela, situated where it is, leaves little doubt that the

snake is to be found throughout Ceylon.

I compared the five Indian specimens with many examples

of the Ceylon Krait, B. ceylonicus, side by side, and it appears

to me that they are to be distinguished as follows: The Ceylon

Krait appears to me a distinctly smaller reptile. In colour it

is very distinctive. The broad black bands pass beneath the

belly, except in very young examples, but even in these I found ~

them more or less apparent beneath the tail when absent on the

body. The white bands are most distinct anteriorly, gradu-

ally becoming less so posteriorly. They are broader than in

candidus and single and equi-distant. The second suprala- —

bial is decidedly narrower than the third, and the. suture made

by the preocular with the second supralabial is much smaller,

often only half that formed by the prxocular and the third

supralabial. )

Candidus is decidedly larger. The black bands do not pass

beneath the belly, which is always pure white even beneath the

tail to its tip. The white bars are most distinct behind, and

become obscure and lost anteriorly. They are in pairs behind,

176 SPOLIA ZEYLANIGCA.

but the pairs blend and become lost anteriorly. The second supra-

labial is about as broad as the third. The sutures made by the

preocular with the second and third supralabials are about

equal.

The specimen in question accords with the latter characters,

and the ventrals and subcaudals are 195 4 43.

F. WALL, C.M.ZS.,

Major, I.M.S.

Colombo, February 10, 1907.

3. Remarkable Snake Fatality — Whilst in Nuwara Eliya, on

the 4th of February, I discovered a dead snake hanging head

downwards from a hole in a bank on the road near the boathouse.

A closer examination proved that its body was tightly impacted

in the hole, for I was unable to pull it out, though using con-

siderable force. I eventually had to dig the body out, and then

identified the snake as Aspidura trachyprocta, and discovered

that it was a heavily egg-bound female.

Its death was directly due to the increased girth arising from its

maternal expectations. The snake was 16 inches in length, and

when laid on its side showed a marked constriction at the seat

of impaction, some 11 inches from the snout. The constriction

measured a quarter of an inch, against a diameter of half an inch

immediately before and behind.

On cutting the snake open I found six eggs measuring seven-eighths

of an inch each. Two of these had been forcibly dragged through

the hole without rupture, but the remaining four were lying behind

the constriction, and were much congested in common with the

neighbouring tissues and organs.

Remarkable as this incident appears it is not the first of its kind

I have met with. In Fyzabad in India I once found a checquered

Keelback (Tropidonotus piscator) which had similarly under-

estimated its bodily proportions and had insinuated itself between

the crevices of some boards that walled up the supports of a

bridge, in such a way that it was unable to release itself, and died

from the compression resulting from its own endeavours to

advance.

These two accidents seem to me to argue a very poor intelligence,

sjnce a retrograde movement in either case would have extricated

the victim from its predicament.

F. WALL, C.M.ZS.,

Colombo, February 10, 1907. Major, I.M.S.

NOTES. Wiv!

4. Three Chinese Coins from Polonnaruwa.—Intercommunication

between the people of Lanka and the Chinese seems to have been

maintained over a long space of time. Apart from the accounts

given by Fa Hien and Huen Tsiang in the 5th and 7th centuries

A.D. of their pilgrimages, and the mention in the Rajavaliya of a

Chinese invasion of Lanka in the 14th century, there is sufficient

evidence of commerce in the “ Finds” made by the Archeological

Survey. Scraps of porcelain and china, undoubtedly Chinese,

have been found at Anuradhapura; and a Chinese bowl, unfortu-

nately broken into fragments, was unearthed at Sigiriya.

The latest addition to our knowledge on this point is the interes-

ting note supplied by Mr. R. F. Johnston of the Hong Kong Civil

Service.

The coins described below were excavated by the Archzological

Survey near the Thuparama at Polonnaruwa.

March 7, 1907. JOHN STILL.

Note referred to.

AS. 1. ‘“ Hsien P’ing.”—First Reign Title of the Emperor

g we _ -

6 Chén Tsung, @ az, who reigned 998 to 1022 a.p. The

words ‘‘ Hsien P’ing ”’ denote that the coin belonged to the years

between 998 and 1004 a.p. The Emperor in question was the Third

Sovereign of the Sung dynasty, PA C

—

Jo 2. ‘* Yiian Feng.”—Second Reign Title of the Emperor

EY Shén Tsung, mp = who reigned from 1068 to 1085

J A.D. The words ‘‘ Yiian Féng ” show that the coin belongs

to the period between 1078 and 1085. This Emperor was the

—=

Seventh Sovereign of the Sung dynasty, Par

ras) | 3. ““Ch’ung Ning.”—Third Reign Title of the Emperor

‘ A

7 te Hui Tsung, {4X who reigned from 1101 to 1125 a.p.

ee ) The words “ Ch’ung Ning” show that the coin belongs to

the period between 1102 and 1107. This Emperor was the Ninth

Sovereign of the Sung dynasty, PS, eC

178 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

All these coins belong to the same dynasty (the Sung). They

cover a period of not more than 109 years, or not less than 98 years.

The date of each is fixed within a very few years. The old Chinese

eustom of changing the Reign Title sometimes several times during the

same reign is often confusing, but it is of assistance in fixing a date

when the precise cyclical year is not mentioned. The sovereigns of

the present Chinese dynasty do not adopt more than one Reign Title

for each reign, e.g.,“° Kwang Hsii,”’ Aw. is the Reign Title—

not the personal name—of the present Emperor, and has been

so throughout his reign.

Weihaiwei, R. F.. JOHNSTON.

October 28, 1906.

5. Elephants in Ceylon.—It is well known that in Ceylon there

are two breeds of elephants, the one with tusks and the other with

tushes. Possibly these extracts from the Mahawansa may throw

some light on this rather curious fact: “And he (the King of

Ramajifia) also made a decree that the elephants that many persons

had sold in his Kingdom for export should not any longer be

sold. ”—Chapter 76, verse 17.

‘“ And he likewise put an end to the ancient custom of giving an

elephant to every ship that bore presents to the King (of Lanka).”—

Chapter 76, verse 20.

‘* On another occasion he took the presents and the merchandise

from the messengers whom the Lord of Lanka had sent in charge

thereof that they might buy elephants, saying ‘ fourteen elephants

shall we give you or their value in money.’ But he spake only a

lie and gave nothing to them.’’—Chapter 76, verse 33.

‘* And the people of Ramafifia sent yearly many elephants, and

entered again into a covenant with the Lord of Lanka.’—Chapter

76, verse 75.

Ramafifia was in Lower Burma, where, I believe, the elephants

are tusked.

JOHN STILL.

6. Do Butterflies migrate by Night ?—Any one who has watched

one of the periodical migration flights of butterflies in Ceylon will

have noticed how the numbers of individuals increase directly with

the sun’s altitude, so that the idea of a nocturnal migration seems

at first sight very improbable. The following facts, however, have

led me to suppose that some butterflies do migrate by night, at

least occasionally, if not as a general rule.

a ee

NOTES, : 179

(1) In the beginning of January, 1907, when we were lying in

Colombo harbour, several specimens of T’'ros (Papilio) hector, L., flew

off to the ship one night.

(2) On the evening of 17th January, 1907, we were anchored off

Beruwala, quite a mile from the nearest land. About 9 P.M. a few

individuals of Tros (Papilio) hector, L., suddenly came on board and

were accompanied by numbers of Parnara cingala, Moore. It was

a cloudy, sultry night, with a little rain ; there was no wind at the

time, but later on a slight southerly breeze got up.

The numbers of the butterflies—the P. cingala must have been

in scores—combined with the distance from land prohibit the idea

of any mere chance. Their flight must have had some definite

object, and that, I believe, was migration. However, the evidence

is slender, and this note is merely intended to call attention to the

facts and to elicit corroboration.

The only previous records of such nocturnal migration to which

I find references, are in the cases of Hugonia j-album and Anosia

archippus, as related by Scudder,* so that any evidence appears

noteworthy.

T. BAINBRIGGE FLETCHER.

H. M. S. Sealark,

February 15, 1907.

7. Significance of the Stridulation in Manduca.—On 28th June,

1906, I found a specimen of Manduca (Acherontia) styx, Westw.

(the Asiatic Death’s-head moth), on a tree on Little Sober Island,

Trincomalee. It was not on the trunk, but clinging to a slender

twig, two or three inches away from the trunk, and about seven feet

from the ground. This moth readily flew when disturbed, although

the sun was shining very strongly (5 p.m.). It stridulated loudly

when touched and when on the wing, and most of all when being

seized in the net.

A few days before I had netted a small leaf-nosed bat at dusk and

had noticed that it squeaked loudly when caught. This sound was

exceedingly similar to that of the Manduca, and I suggest that the

cry of the latter mimics the squeak of a small bat. Bearing in mind

the comparatively large and needle-sharp teeth of such a bat, I can

quite imagine that this cry in the moth would have a pseudapose-

matic effect on,an enemy, and on further irritation the effect is

* Quoted by Tutt, *‘ Migration and Dispersal of Insects,”’ page 46.

+ A detailed account of the cry of the imago of the Death’s-head moth will

be found in the fourth volume of J. W. Tutt’s ‘‘ British Lepidoptera,” 1904,

p. 444. A figure of the vocal mechanism by Moseley is quoted from ‘‘ Nature,”’

vol. VI., pp. 151-153.

L80 SPOLIA ZBYLANICA,

intensified by the accompanying slight opening of the wings, throw-

ing back of the antenne, and arching of the abdomen so as to

exhibit the false-warning pattern of yellow and black on its dorsal

aspect. I might observe that the sizes of M. styx and the Leaf-

nosed bat, when hanging on a twig with wings closed, are approxi-

mately equal.

During the last two years I have met with all three Manduce (M.

lachesis, F., in the Chagos Islands ; M. atropos, L., in the Seychelles ;

and M. styx, Westw., in Ceylon), and have found the cry of the

imago similar in all the species.

It is, of course, possible that the stridulation has also a sexual

significance.

T. BAINBRIGGE FLETCHER.

H. M.S. Sealark,

February 15, 1907.

8. Erythrina indica and the Crow.—This tree (Sin. Erabodu) just

now in blossom, has, in the flowering stage, a strange attraction for

crows, which may be seen cawing and hopping about its branches,

generally in the early morning. The cause for this, as any one who

is curious will discover, is that the flower contains a copious supply

of honey-dew in the depression at the junction of the stamen bundle

and the carina, and it is this nectar that the birds are after and can

be observed quafting with avidity. One would hardly give the

carrion crow credit for such refined taste.

March 8, 1907. C. DRIEBERG.

9. Notes by the Way:* Observations during a tour to Trin-

comalee vid Matale, Nalanda, Dambulla, &¢.—Matale, October

30, 1906: My companion drew my attention to a moth (Synto-

mis georgina)-sitting on the resthouse wall. A mosquito (Culex

vishnui) was perched upon its back, with its proboscis inserted in

the thorax of the moth, and its abdomen distended with pale

greenish blood—evidently the blood of its victim. They were

imprisoned in a small glass-topped box for further observation.

On the next day the moth was found to be dead, but the Culex

was still lively and was provided with a fresh Syntomis. Two

days later the mosquito died, without having injured the second

moth. I regret now that I did not give the Culex any opportunity

of laying its eggs. It is still an open question whether the

* [The first series will be found in Spolia Zeylanica, vol. II., Py 194; the

second series in vol. III., p. 219.—Ep. |

NOTES. 18]

blood of warm-blooded animals is necessary for the successful

propagation of blood-sucking mosquitoes. If a meal of insect

blood should prove to be sufficient for the nourishment of the deve-

loping ova, the occurrence of mosquitoes in tracts of country

destitute of the higher animals can be readily accounted for.

Nalanda: This locality is reputed to be rich in butterflies,

but a day’s collecting here was very disappointing. Species

were few in number and the individuals badly worn. Huplea

asela was in flight. Small groups of them were settling on the

surface of the high road, not apparently on damp spots, but here,

there, and anywhere. Catopsilia crocale was assembling in

large groups, on damp spots in the ditches, especially in the

neighbourhood of native houses where dirty water and slops

had been deposited.. They were also assembled in great num-

bers on damp sand in a fallow paddy field. Amongst them were

a few individuals of [xias pirenassa.

Plants of Strychnos nuxvomica (both here and at Habarane)

were being defoliated by sphingid larve which proved to be those

of Macroglossa affictitia.

The larve of the common Noctuid moth Amyna selenampha

were abundant on croton and other shrubs.

A small snake was noticed, half submerged in a pool. Hold-

ing my stick near its head provoked an instantaneous attack,

which made me feel sure that it must be TV'ropidonotus piscator

(asperrimus)—a particularly aggressive species. On lifting it out

of the water my surmise was found to be correct.

Termites’ nests in this locality were frequently covered with

masses of a small Agaric (subsequently determined by the

Government Mycologist as Hntoloma microcarpum) which was

esteemed by the natives as an article of diet—made up into curry.

Anopheline larve were noticed in the pools, but the resthouse

was just then remarkably free from mosquitoes. Fever was said

to have been prevalent in the neighbourhood during the previous

month (September), but October was considered’ a healthy month.

A species of whip-scorpion, T'helyphonus (? sepiaris), was common

beneath stones and logs of wood. My companion found

a large specimen in his bed on retiring for the night. This indi-

vidual was kept alive for several weeks and fed freely upon cock-

roaches and various other insects. It also completely consumed

a small gecko that was imprisoned with it. When annoyed or

excited it ejects a volatile fluid smelling like strong acetic acid.

Habarane, November 1: Quite the most interesting capture

here was a pair of Attid spiders. One was found under a stone,

the other below a tuft of grass. They are of opposite sexes, but

whether of different species or not is uncertain. At first sight

they were mistaken for Mutillid wasps, of which they are most

remarkable mimics. The two sexes mimic two distinct species

2B . 8(1)07

182 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

of Mutilla. In both the thorax is of the dull red so common

in the genus Mutilla, but the abdomen of the male has two median

white spots on a black ground, while that of the female is black,

partially banded with golden yellow. Neither Mr. O. Wickwar

nor Colonel Bingham, to whom coloured drawings of the spiders

were submitted, have been able to match them accurately with

any known species of Indian Mutillids. The latter writes: ‘‘ I

believe myself the resemblance is general, ¢.e., that the spiders are

Mutilloid and do not mimic any precise form of Mutilla. I do not

think there is in such cases any real necessity for an exact model.”

Colonel Yerbury also considers “that the resemblance is general

and not special.”

There was an agreeable absence of mosquitoes at this resthouse

also.

During the journey from Nalanda to Habarane the coach was

invaded by Tabanid flies (Ha@matopota, sp.) which bit and worried

the horses. One of them bit me on the wrist, causing very sharp

pain at the moment. The bite has resulted in a hard red lump.

Trincomalee, November 3: The butterflies here also are dis-

appointing. Everything is very worn owing to recent high winds.

Papilio hector is the commonest species and is extraordinarily

abundant. There are always some half dozen in sight at any

moment. I found eggs and larvee—presumably of this species—on

a plant of Aristolochia elegans in one of the gardens. A stroll

on the jungle-covered ridge above the Admiralty buildings pro-

duced only the following species: Ornithoptera darsius, Papilio

hector, Rathinda amor, Catochrysops Strabo, Aphneus ae

and Mycalesis patnia.

November 4: Spent the night on Sober Island and worked

the moth trap in a glade in the jungle. A heavy shower of rain

fell just before dark. An early moon interfered with the work.

A fair number of moths was captured, including an undetermined

species of Gargetta and a Limacodid new to me. Pterophorids

were rather plentiful, and my companion (Mr. T. B. Fletcher,

who is specializing in this group) added several species to his

collection.

There is a colony of flying foxes on the island.

Oopah estate (near the mouth of the Mahaweli-ganga), Novem-

ber 5: One of the gregarious spiders covers whole bushes with its

closely woven webs. It is a species of Stegodyphus.* An allied

species from Africa has been found to harbour a commensal

Tineid in its nests (vide Ent. Mo. Mag., 2nd ser., vol. IV., July,

1903, p. 167), and it is quite probable that our Ceylon species

* [Very probably the same species as occurs in the Cinnamon Gardens

of Colombo, namely, Stegodyphus sarasinorum, described on p. 209 of

Mr. R. I. Pocock’s volume on Indian Arachnida. |

NOTES. 183

may have a similar commensal. I examined three nests

with negative results. In the bungalow where I am staying

branches covered with these webs are placed in vases about the

rooms with a view to the destruction of flies and mosquitoes. The

spiders seem content in their new locality and have extended

their web, but experience did not lead me to consider that they

were efficient protectors. Mosquitoes at any rat@ were plenti-

ful. The commoner species in the bungalow were Mansonia

uniformis and M. annulifera. Other mosquitoes taken here

were Anopheles barbirostris and A. fuliginosus, Mucidus scata-

phagoides, Stegomyia scutellaris, Culex tigripes and C. fatigans,

Teniorhynchus tenax and T'. ager, and Aideomyia squamipennis.

Most of the latter were caught at night—in the moth trap.

The mud walls of the bungalow are tunnelled by a_ small

Xylocopid bee (X. amethystina). They enter by the natural

cracks in the rough wall.

November 8: Found a dung beetle (Coprid) which, besides

the usual collection of mites, was infested by a number of small

hairy flies.) They were clinging to the under surface of its thorax

and abdomen and did not attempt to fly away when the beetle

was handled, but allowed themselves to be dropped into a tube

of alcohol together with their host.

November 10: A large crocodile was seen swimming about

in the sea, having been washed out of the mouth of the river and

carried away by the tide. It eventually made its way into the

Oopah creek. ‘

November 12: While standing on the Admiralty pier I noticed

several small shoals of the curious ‘‘ Bat fish ” (Platax vespertilto).

They would swim in the vertical position for a time, and then all

turn over on their sides and drift along, for a space, before resuming

the normal position. It had a most weird effect, and at the first

glance I mistook the sudden increase in apparent size to be a

distortion effect, due to the ripples in the water.*

EK. ERNEST GREEN.

AppitionaL Notr.—Mr. Green writes under date 25th March,

1907 : “In my last ‘ Notes by the Way’ [Spolia Zeylan., vol. II1.,

1906, p. 219] I mentioned a Muscid fly that captured and apparently

preyed upon living winged termites. I can now supply its name :

Ochromyia jejuna, F.” With reference to this matter Professor EK. B.

Poulton, F.R.S., in his work entitled ‘“‘ Predaceous Insects and their

Prey,” Part I., in the Trans. Entom. Soc., London, 1906, p. 394,

makes the following remarks: ‘‘ The Muscine are not admitted

* When young this fish resembles a dead leaf in its floating movements and

colour markings, as described in this Journal, vol. II, p. 52.-—Eb.

184 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

among predaceous Diptera, the structure of the mouth part being

different from that in flies which attack and kill other insects .

During the past summer (of 1906){I received through the kindness

of Mr. E. Ernest Green a female example of the abundant fly

Ochromyia jeyuna, together with a winged termite identified by

Mr. W. F. Kirby as Termes taprobanes, Hg. The insects had been

taken at Welfawaya, Ceylon, in November, 1905, and Mr. Green

described the termite as the prey of the Muscid.” Colonel

Yerbury, who determined the fly, is still sceptical as to the correct-

ness of the observation, but Mr. Green points out that it has been

independently confirmed in India (Secunderabad) by Captain K. E..

Nangle, 96th Berar Infantry, who published the following note

(quoted by Professor Poulton) in the Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist.

Soc., vol. XVI., 1905, p. 747, dated 17th July, 1905: “ Last

night after heavy rain there was a large flight of flying ants at

about 9.30 p.m. After the swarm appeared we heard a loud

humming noise and went out into the verandah to see what it was

and found these flies [Ochromyia jejuna] in swarms. We at first

thought from the noise, until we caught some, that it was bees

swarming, although it was so late at night. | We found these flies

were hunting the flying ants, regularly hawking at them in the air.

When a fly seized an ant it proceeded to devour the soft hind quarters.”

Colonel Yerbury adds in a letter to Professor Poulton: “‘ The tongue

of O. jejuna and O. fuscipennis is an extraordinary organ, but it is

not that of a predaceous fly, but more closely resembles that of

Glossina without the piercing tip which the Tsetse flies possess.

Possibly this is the explanation of my observation [made on the

verandah of the resthouse, Kanthalai, 19th October, 1890] in

Ceylon of these flies taking away grains of sugar from large ants

(Lobopelta and Camponotus), i.e., that the tongue acts as a suction

pump.”

10. Freshwater Sponge and Hydra in Ceylon.—Both a freshwater

sponge and a Hydra have been known for some years to occur in the

tanks and ponds of the Botanic Gardens at Peradeniya, according

to information received from Mr. E. E. Green. I have also taken

avery few Hydre in the freshwaters of Colombo, including the

Colombo lake, during the past four or five years, having searched

for them for the purpose of demonstrating them to the students of

the Medical College. Up to the present time there has been no

definite published record of the occurrence of a sponge or of a

Hydra in the freshwaters of Ceylon, and it is desirable that there

should be one in the interests of geographical distribution.

With regard to the sponge, I found a green-coloured species growing

luxuriantly upon the stems of water plants near the outlet

of the Maha Rambaikulam between Vavuniya and Mamadu,

NOTES. 185

(Northern Province) in April, 1904. Stretched across the wide

exhalent canals were delicate transparent diaphragm-like mem-

branes, each perforated by a round osculum ; these membranes

vanished in specimens killed in formalin, but were beautifully

preserved in strong alcohol. They did not survive the journey to

England, where I took the specimens last year, but as the mass

of the sponge was crowded with innumerable seed-like reproduc-

tive gemmules, it was readily identified by Professor Arthur Dendy,

King’s College, London, as being the species Spongilla carteri,

Bowerbank (Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1863, p. 469, pl. XX XVIIL.,

fig. 20).

A table of the distribution of Indian Spongillide has been published

by Dr. Nelson Annandale in the Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,

vol. II., 1906, p. 56, from which we learn that S. carteri has been

previously recorded from Bombay, Chota Nagpur, Central India,

Caleutta. Madura (Malay Archipelago), Mauritius, and HKastern

Europe. In another interesting Paper on “‘Some Animals found

associated with Spongilla carter’ in Calcutta,”’* Dr. Annandale

mentions that a fish of a new species and of remarkably small size,

16 millimeters being the length of a spawning female, ‘* lays its eggs

in depressions on the surface of the sponge towards the end of the

cold weather.”’

More recently (June, 1907) I have met with abundant growths

of the freshwater sponge, both massive and encrusting, occurring

on trunks and branches of trees, high and dry, as much as three

feet above the reduced level of the water of the tank at

Horowapotana in the North-Central Province, between Trincomalee

and Anuradhapura. The specimens were, to outward appearance,

quite desiccated, but were chiefly composed of myriads of the

whitish reproductive gemmules, loosely held together by the

spongy framework, by which these freshwater sponges are able

to survive the dry season and regenerate when the rains come.

The substance of the dried sponges is exceedingly friable, and it

was with some difficulty that I succeeded in conveying a good

example of the massive form to Colombo.

The grayish brown Hydra of Ceylon has only a few tentacles, as

far as I remember five or six. but I have not observed the reproduc-

tive organs and can therefore only say that it seems likely that it

will prove to be identical with the Hydra orientalis of Dr. Annandale.

(The Common Hydra of Bengal, its systematic Position and Life

History. Memoirs Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. I., No. 16, pp. 339-359,

1906.)

April 19, 1907. A. WILLEY.

* Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, IT., 1906, p. 187 ; see p. 201 of the same num-

ber for description of the fish Gobzus alcocki, Annandale.

186 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

11. An expedition to Hambantota.—I had been in Ceylon

almost exactly two months when, in July, 1902, a Boer officer,

Commandant Paul Krantz. prisoner of war on parole, came to

the Museum and offered his services in mounting and remounting

specimens of natural history, for a period of three months.

It may be explained that Mr. Krantz had been a professional hunter

of big game in South Africa, an expert taxidermist, and field natura-

list. In exotic Museums there is frequently a difficulty in the

mounting of mammals on the spot, that is to say, in the country of

their Origin, the first tendency being to regard the skin as a pillow-

case which has to be filled with stuffing at all hazards. It is

therefore a great advantage when the local taxidermist is able to

obtain first-hand instruction in European methods, but this is usually

impossible without first making the journey to Europe. The

fortunes of war enabled us to overcome the latter obstacle. and if the

reader knows anything about the organization of European Museums,

he will not be surprised to learn that Commandant Krantz’s offer

was accepted.

In course of time it became evident that there would be little

reason in putting new stuffing into old skins, and a Museum expe-

dition to Hambantota was undertaken in the following September.

two double bullock bandies being engaged at Matara. At Tangalla,

the circumstances being favourable and the surroundings picturesque

the expedition was photographed in memory of an occasion not

likely to be repeated. In the accompanying plate the gallant

Commandant is seen standing at ease with right arm upraised.

The expedition was successful in its objects, as I reported in my

Administration Report for that year, and the introduction of the

more modern methods of Mammalian taxidermy to the Colombo

Museum, as exemplified in the prints of a wild boar, which was

procured later, dates from this time. The form of the animal is

moulded in clay and plaster of Paris upon a wooden and straw

padded foundation shaped according to accurate measurements.

The skin is subsequently stretched over the solid model.

April 22, 1907. A. WILLEY.

12. Hikanala and Jivama.—Mr. V. A. Julius has been good

enough to send me papers and correspondence which he has collected

regarding the alleged poisonous properties of the Brahminy Lizard

(Mabuia carinata), and has suggested that the matter, to which

reference has already been made in these pages (Spolia Zeylanica,

vol. III., 1906, p. 231), should be brought up for further discussion.

The principal reason for reviving this subject, which is a matter of

strong local belief, and therefore perhaps hardly amenable to scientific

treatment, is that fifteen deaths of persons from the bite or scratch

t 6)

O61

DNV

~L Ly HSOOHLS

CRS I

1HAL

HdaisLoo

H. F. Fernando, | [ Taxidermist.

WILD BOAR: FIRST STAGE OF MOUNTING.

SECOND STAGE OF MOUNTING,

THIRD STAGE: THE SOLID MODEL,

NOTES, LS7

of this lizard have been registered in the Vital Statistics during the

last ten years, a fact to which Mr. Julius drew public attention in a

letter to the “Times of Ceylon,” dated 20th October, 1906. It

seems to be assumed that because the deaths are attributed to the

lizard, therefore they must be due to it, there being no suggestion

of a faulty diagnosis. As a matter of fact the belief is interesting as

folklore and as illustrating the tenacity of Brahminical mysticism in

the affairs of common life.

lf the following extracts from the papers which Mr. Julius has

placed at my disposal do not speak for themselves, nothing more can

be done from this side. So many deaths are reported as due to the

hikanala, but how many are registered as being due to the effect of

jivama ? The answer is: Not one. JI do not wish for one moment

to cast ridicule upon this tradition. Its recognition in the serious

columns of the Vital Statistics up to the present year of grace is

indeed extraordinary, and may provide matter for a future chapter

in zoological mythology. Having referred to the effects of jivama

or sorcery, | may recount an incident which was related to me the

other day by the Hon. Mr. G. M. Fowler, C.M.G., how that a huni-

yam charm* in the form of an ola with cabalistic characters on it,

directed against a servant in his employ at Jaffna some twenty-five

years ago, had been buried at the entrance to the godown. The

first living thing to pass over it the next morning was a valuable

deer hound. Before the day was out the dog was accidentally shot,

and the servant said that the dog, having passed over first,

had saved his life. The charm was there and a life had been lost,

post hoc ergo propter hoc.

Mudaliyar A. Mendis Gunasekera quotes ‘the case of the death of

a girl thirteen years old in the Galle District “‘ by poison caused

by a hikanala licking one of her toes.”

The Trustee of the Jayawardhana Kotte Raja Maha Vihare gives a

list of seven [a mystic number] varieties of the lizard: Tel-hikanala,

with oily scales ; Le-hikanala, bright red colour ; Petideka-hika-

nala, the double-tailed hikanala known to be very poisonous ;

Penda-rata hikanala, with a red tail [the Brahminy Lizard has a

red tail when very young]; Polon-hikanala, spotted like the polonga :

Kalu-hikanala, the black variety ; Gerandi-hikanala,“‘ the largest and

the most harmless species, running away at the approach of man.”

It is possible that several species of skinks are indicated by these

names. The correspondent adds: “ It is stated in medical works

dealing [with] snakes and their poisons that hikanalas are often

hatched from the eggs of cobras, polongas, and mapilas, all highly

venomous snakes.” I will not quote further from this part of the

testimony, but will state for the public benefit that whatever the

* 1am told that the term huniyam may be applied to all injurious charms

which are buried in the ground.

188 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Sanskrit medical works may say, it is known in zoology that such

equivocal generation is impossible in the animal kingdom. The

writer quotes from ancient works which “ point to the fact that for

over 2,500 years the Brahmin Lizard has been known to be a

poisonous animal. The Sinhalese, Tamil, and Hindu writers on

snake poison are agreed that although [it] is not known to possess

poison bags like other snakes, yet his bite, scratch, or atouch of the

saliva is highly poisonous....When one is bitten, clawed, or licked

by this reptile the most ordinary symptoms of poison are pains in the

chest, giddiness, senselessness, trembling of the limbs, foaming at

the mouth, &c.” Then follows a list of persons named, who have

been bitten, some of whom recovered and some died. It is most

strange that the crucial demonstration is lacking in every single

instance. Ineach case the identity of the person and the actuality of

the death cannot be doubted, but where is the lizard ? Probably no

where except in the mouths and minds of the witnesses at the inquest.

I have given in the foregoing lines my presentation of the case.

So long as the Brahminy Lizard figures in the Vital Statistics it will

be a matter of public importance for investigation by the Medical

Department.

Colombo, April 17, 1907. A. WILLEY.

13. Stone Implements in Vedda Caves.*—Following your kind

invitation to give some account in the ‘‘ Ceylon Observer ”’ of our

recent scientific expedition in this Island, it may interest your readers

to know that we have just returned from a lengthy journey into the

Vedda country in the eastern low-country of Ceylon. This trip we

made for the express purpose of solving the problem as to whether

there existed in the caves formerly as well as presently inhabited by

Veddas, any industry in the making of stone implements repre-

senting in itself the Stone Age of the Veddas, and including that of

Ceylon. <

Many careful studies, undertaken by English residents as well as

by ourselves, led to the conclusion that the Veddas are a human

species of a lower and older type than the other inhabitants of

Ceylon, namely, the Sinhalese and Tamils ; and that they must

represent the few remnants of the aborigines of the Island, who were

met with by the Sinhalese on their first arrival and were called by

them Yakkas, according to the old tradition preserved in the Maha-

wansa. If this were true, it is necessary to presume that these

aborigines were living in a Stone Age at the time when their Island

for the first time was invaded by a race of a higher cultivation, and

* Republished from the ‘* Ceylon Observer” for 22nd April, 1907,.by kind

permission of the proprietors,

NOTES. 189

that it would be certainly most desirable to discover the stone

implements in the caves or elsewhere, for dissipating the last doubts

about the autochthony of the Veddas.

Now, as former efforts, undertaken as well by British residents as

by ourselves, failed to realize the desired result, inasmuch as we

could not find any notice about such a discovery in the whole

anthropological literature, we resolved to undertake a new expe-

dition into the Vedda country—on the whole the fourth of our

Vedda expeditions—with the special purpose named.

This time we have been lucky enough to find a cave, near the

village Nilgala, till a short time ago still inhabited by Veddas, the

soil of which we found contained in great abundance stone imple-

ments of a very rough kind.

Further investigations of some other caves, one near Kataragam,

the other near Kalodai, led to an identical result. Also, we succeed-

ed in discovering upon the hilltops of the country of Upper Uva’

the same rough stone implements in great quantities and still well

preserved. So that not only the autochthony of the Veddas can be

regarded as a proved fact, but also their former distribution over

probably the whole Island, the low-country as well as the mountain-

ous districts of it.

Let us here say something about this stone industry. As already

remarked, these stone chips are of a very rough kind, belonging to the

older or Paleolithic Stone Age, following the distinction established

by Sir John Lubbock, now Lord Avebury. The shape of the chips,

knives, points (lance points), scrapers, and fragments of bone awls

enable this stone industry to be determined as belonging to the third

period of the Paleolithic Age, the Magdalenien of G. de Mortillet.

Yet this industry is to be denoted as a special Facies ‘Veddaica,

inasmuch as the white quartz, for a great deal of an ice-like trans-

parency, furnished the principal part of the material.

Besides this, we also found a red, yellow, and black variety of

quartz (jasper) employed in great profusion, which so coloured

chips made a strange appearance within those caves formed by the

megnotonous gray gneiss rock of the Island. On the whole, these

stone implements are of a small size to be used by small hands, and

therefore by a small-sized type of mankind. In the same manner

the nice stone hammers, which served to strike off the chips from

the so-called nuclei or mother stones and of which we got as many

as forty, are of a remarkably small size.

In opposition to the opinion often times repeated (chiefly by

linguists and by some anthropologists, who did not think it worth

while to study the question to the bottom), that the Veddas would

represent nothing else than some hordes of degraded Sinhalese, we

repeat that we must now maintain that the autochthony of the

Veddas in Ceylon is a proved fact ; and further that the Sinhalese,

when they first came into the Island, already had iron, which they

2¢ 8(1)07

190 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

brought with them, and that this much better material was taken

over by the Veddas in a relatively short time.

We, furthermore, may already venture to say that the second

main period of the Stone Age, the Neolithic one, viz., that character-

ized by the polished stone axe, is entirely wanting in the Island of

Ceylon, the Veddas having made the step directly from the older

Stone Age into the modern Age of Iron, which was brought them,

as remarked above, by the Sinhalese, or perhaps by another people

of the Indian Continent.

; F. and P. SARASIN.

Kandy, April 19, 1907.

14. Further Note on Vedda Implements.—A number of pieces

of chert, quartz, &c., were recently brought to the Museum as

mineral specimens for examination and determination by one M.

Palis Perera, who collected the majority of them in the district

between Badulla and Batticaloa.

A large number of the specimens proved to be fragments of

common rocks and minerals of no special interest, but others were

obviously paleolithic implements or showed some signs of human

workmanship; and on questioning Perera he stated that he

collected them during the recent expedition of the Drs. Sarasin to

the Vedda district, when he was employed as shikari.

Out of a total of over 108 packets of specimens, only about

eighteen appear to be undoubted human implements, being of

more or less recognized shape and showing work on the edges;

eleven of these are of red, brown, or light-coloured chert with

dull surface ; two consist of transparent quartz; and five of pieces

of the red brown chert with bright surface and good conchoidal

fracture, known in Sinhalese as gonapitta or ginigala, being the

material formerly used for gun flints. There is no example of green

chert among these, though some very doubtful specimens are

composed of this material. The green chert is markedly softer than

the other vasieties.

Some of the specimens were found in a Vedda cave at Nilgada,

in which case the presumption that they have human association

is considerably strengthened in the case of otherwise doubtful

examples.

The implements are small and badly fashioned, suggesting

rather eoliths than paleoliths, certainly not paleoliths of the

Magdalenien type to which the Drs. Sarasin refer their examples.

The specimens may be described as spear heads, arrow heads,

scrapers, and one borer, the latter closely resembling the eoliths

figured by Professor Sir E. Ray Lankester in his recent book entitled

‘‘The Kingdom of Man ”’ (London, 1907).

July 8, 1907. JAMES PARSONS.

NOTES. 191

15. Fungus Gardens of Subterranean Termites in Ceylon.—

A translation of an article by Dr. Doflein on this subject appeared in

Spolia Zeylanica in April, 1906 (vol. ILI., p. 204), under the heading

** Termite Truffles,” the latter word being a not very well-chosen

approximation to the German “ Pilzkichen ;” ‘‘ Termite Combs ”

would have been more accurate.

The matter has been investigated with great success by Mr. T.

Petch, who has published an exceedingly interesting and beautifully

illustrated memoir entitled ““ The Fungi of Certain Termite Nests ”

in the Annals of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, vol. III.,

part II., November, 1906. ‘Mr. Petch’s conclusions are in some

important respects in disagreement with those of Dr. Doflein, and

his Paper, which contains a bibliography, should be consulted by

those who wish to know more about this remarkable association

between fungi and termites. From Mr. Petch’s Paper it appears

that the chief edible mushroom of Ceylon grows from the combs

of Termes redemanni and T'. obscuriceps.

April 22, 1907. : Kp.

16. Re-duplication of Queen in Termite’s Nest.—The presence

of supplementary queens—or of partially developed queens—in

termites’ nests is, I believe, of not uncommon occurrence. But the

re-duplication of the queen in a single royal cell is more remarkable.

A nest of Termes obscuriceps was recently dug up in the Botanic

Gardens at Peradeniya. On opening the royal cell two fully deve-

loped queens were found lying side by side.. No males were present.

If these were not accidentally lost, at the time of opening the

cell, it seems possible that two females were originally imprisoned in

mistake for the usual sexual pair. In that case fertilization must

have taken place—once for all—before the imprisonment.

Peradeniya, April 19, 1907. EK. ERNEST GREEN.

17. Boring Power of Land Leeches.—The blood-sucking habits of

the common land leech are well known, and its powers of biting

through the human epidermis to reach the coveted supply of fluid.

But the ability of this creature to perforate a much tougher sub-

stance came as a surprise tome. I happened to imprison a full-grown

leech in one of the round glass-topped cardboard boxes commonly

employed by entomologists. Twenty-four hours later, the leech

was found to have escaped through a hole perforating the double

stout card (fully a millimetre in thickness). The hole measured

10 millimetres in longest diameter and was cleanly cut, the excised

portion having apparently been reduced to powder.

Peradeniya, April 15, 1907. Ee E. ERNEST GREEN.

192 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

18. Adam’s Bridge (extract from ‘* The Face of the Earth,” by

E. Suess, translated by Hertha B.C. Sollas, Oxford, 1904, vol. 2, pp.

511-514).—Quite recent marine deposits....occur, even if only in

widely separated patches, all around the Indian peninsula ....

On Cape Comorin and beyond it .. the .. signs (of negative

movement) .. are .. clearly visible. This region and Adam’s

Bridge we will now consider in greater detail, in the case of

Adam’s Bridge with the help of the observations of Foote, supple-

mented by those of Christopher and Branfill, and by the ancient

poems. *

We meet here, at various levels, with horizontal beds of limestone

and calcareous sandstone containing the shells of existing molluscan

species. One of the most important areas is the Kudung Kudam

plateau, situated a little to the north-east of Cape Comorin ; it is

a tableland about three kilometers in length, surrounded by sand

dunes, and reaching a height of 48°5 metres ; this is, so far as I know,

the greatest height, as ascertained by measurement, at which these

deposits occur in the south of the peninsula. Most of the patches

by which they are represented occur at very inconsiderable heights,

and Foote’s opinion that they were formed by a late phase of the

negative movement finds support in the observations made in other

places. Corals do not appear to occur in these deposits, but on the

beach itself and on some of the adjacent islands the upper part of

the coral reef lies high and dry, covered with sand and soil. _Pre-

cisely similar coral reefs occur in some parts of the island of Ceylon.

In the interior, says Richthofen, they are not exposed at the surface,

but the inhabitants often open up quarries in the coral limestone

beneath the fields. The north of Ceylon in particular is said to be

entirely underlain by coral formations.

A dead coral reef, according to Foote, forms the island of Rames-

waram ; its surface reaches a height of at least 3 meters and pro-

bably more. This island forms one of the points of attachment

of that remarkable bar which is known as Adam’s Bridge. From

the dune-covered coast of the peninsula the long mound proceeds

first to the south side of the Rameswaram reef, and in this part of its

course there occurs, near Paumben, an artificially widened channel

which has long served as a passage for ships. So long agoas 1484

(1480 ?) the canal is said to have been destroyed by a storm, as has

* R. Bruce Foote, On the Geology of South Travancore, Rec. Geol. Surv.,

India, 1883, XVI., p. 30; On the Geology of the Madura and Tinnevelly

District, Mem. Geol. Surv., India, 1883, XX., pp. 46 and 55-74, map ; Lieu-

tenant Christopher, Accounts of Adam’s Bridge, Trans. Bombay Geogr. Soc.,

1846, VII., pp. 130-133; B. R. Branfill, Physiographical Notes on Tanjore,

&c., Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1878, XLVII., 2, p. 187. °

} F. von Richthofen, Bemerkungen uber Ceylon, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol.

Ges., 1860, XIL., p. 529 ; also Schlagintweit, Reise in Indien und Hochasien,

L., p. 147 (elevation of the whole of Hindustan).

NOTES. 193

since happened on several occasions ; under the English Government

it has been deepened. The friable calcareous sandstone of the bar

breaks up into great rectangular blocks, and this no doubt gave

rise to the belief that it is a colossal causeway of artificial construc-

tion. From Rameswaram the mound curves round to the south-east ;

at first it is a sandy spit sixteen kilometers in length, very flat, and

at the time of the south-east (? south-west) monsoon partly sub-

merged. Then a gap begins and continues for 30 kilometers, but

troubled by many banks of shifting sand ; on this follows a broader

bend which almost reaches the island of Ceylon. Everywhere it

presents the same friable calcareous sandstone. This bar is the

scene of one of the most beautiful episodes in the great epic of

Ramayana.

The hero Rama, accompanied by his true-hearted spouse Sita,

endures many years of exile in the woods and deserts of Southern

India. Then Sita is carried off by Ravana, the King of Lanka

(Ceylon). Rama goes forth to wage war against Lanka and to recover

his faithful wife ; he will throw a bridge across the sea. The “ people

of the forest, who have the form of apes and fight with trunks of

trees and pieces of rock,’ are his numerous and mighty allies.

The host encamps on the strand. Lost in contemplation Rama with

his army gazes on the vast ocean ; disturbed, and as though kindled

by the wind, the world of waters resembles a sea of air, and the

air the ocean ; far away on the horizon heaven and sea merge into

one another, the one adorned with stars the other with pearls. For

three nights the never-yet-conquered Rama lingers in deep medita-

tion on the strand, waiting until the god of the sea shall appear

tohim. Impatient, he seizes at last his bow, and shaking the earth,

as it were, looses flaming arrows like living fire into the abysses

of the sea; so does Indra hurl his lightning. The waves rise like

the mountains of Vindhya and the monsters of the deep fly terri-

fied to the sea-god. The god appears ; his colour is like the dark

lazure stone, sparkling with gold. He speaks to Rama and says:

“Tt was thine ancestor Sagara who hollowed out for me my bed ;

therefore [am called Sagaride, the Lord of the streams. I cannot

suffer a bridge across my waters, lest others should see that I may be

overcome. But if thou willest to throw up a dam, the ape Nala

may construct it; neither the creatures of the deep nor storms

shall hinder thee, and I will hold back the waves for thy sake and

Nala’s.”’ *

The command is given and hundreds and thousands of strong

apes begin the work. They tear up trees by their roots and throw

them, covered with blossom, into the sea, and upon them bushes

* Foote, on the Geology of South Travancore, Rec. Geol. Surv., India, 1883,

XX., p. 74; Ramayana, Poma sanscritto di Valmici, tradutto per G. Gorresio.

8vo. Paris, 1856, IX., lib. v., Sunderacanda, pp. 132, 141, 185-192; for the

distinction between causeway and bridge, p. 362, note 91......

194 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

and creepers, and then great blocks of rock and again trees, and then

again rocks. So the dam is raised ; Rama, his brother Lacsmana,

and with them Sugriva, Hanumat, and all the other doughty

warriors of the army of apes march over the dam to the decisive

battle.

Thus, long before the beginning of our era, the poet describes

the origin of the bar. As long as the ocean endures, he says, so

long will this dam exist and the fame of Rama. Even at the present

day a number of small isolated islands are called Nalasetu, 7.e.,

the bridge of Nala; the nearest town of India is called Ramnad,

and its Governor bears the title of Setupati, or Governor of the

Bridge.

It is possible that some communication between the island

and the mainland may have once existed, and have been after-

wards destroyed by one of the mighty storms of the Indian Ocean ;

this might easily have happened independently of any change

in the relative level of the strand. Abroad band of recent alluvium

‘derived from the mainland has been deposited against the north

side of the bar. There is so much sand on this coast that the

dunes cover it far and wide. On the recent alluvium, an important

river, the Vygah, is completely smothered up by its own sediments

and does not again find its way to the light till it is close to the

sea. The town of Ramnad stands on this same strip of alluvial

land, which is evidently more recent than the western part of

the bar between the mainland and the island of Rameswaram.

The negative movement which left exposed the corals of Rameswaram

as well as those of Ceylon had begun to make itself felt even before

the formation of the existing bar.

[Extract communicated by Dr. A. K. Coomaraswamy from the above-

named work. ]

: ] Lite {

7 ies ae f '

| .

‘

¢ 5 *

a N é

_—- s

R F :

; ».

™ :

; 7 -

= ‘

e a ;

; .

;

‘ : Rane

4 ‘

ie 4

; | pig

| '

* a

. ; é

e | | | e

wp? CEYLON er , | | }

PRINTED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRESS

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.-

| ISSUED BY

{ a ‘ 3

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM,

a CEYLON.

| Po Vou iV-Parr X11. _ Suny, 1906. ie

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Coomaraswamy, A. K.—

Sinhalese Earthenware WWE a 1 r

Thomas, J. L.— ;

Hybridization Experiments with the Ceylon Jungle Fowl 1

Fernando, C. M.— ; E

The Lankesvara Gold Coin neg vse) TRO

Notes.—E. E. Austen, C. Drieberg, S. E. Tench, T. B.

Fletcher ve a 2 32

With Plates and ITlustrations.

[For Rate of Subscription and other Information see back of Cover. |

COLOMBO -

“i M, ema ie ASSISTANT GOVERNMENT PRINTER, CEYLON.

s Paap im mele , ;

» 1906, y

‘ an é ‘

Ma fon A ¢ : Sosy kT

i were ae r , ee _ i |

in, a ane’ A yes) if ore - v eid,

Fin Pay Rea >

REAL C nee RAR ae

\ De ‘

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

A Quarterly Publication designed to promote a knowledge of —

the Natural History of Ceylon (exclusive of Botany) for the ~~

information of residents in the Island, and also for the advance-

ment of Science. |

It will contain Records and Contribu tions, together with Notes,

Abstracts, and Reviews, relating to the economic and systematic |

knowledge of the natural resources (Zoology, Anthropology.

Topography, Geology) of the Island and of the surrounding seas.

Each Volume will consist of four Parts, the size of which will —

depend on circumstances, and the Parts will be published as near

to the quarter days as possible.

The Journal will be illustrated by line-blocks, half-tone blocks. —

and lithographic plates. Pag

Authors will receive 25 copies of their contributions gratis, or —

50 copies if desired.

- Subscription, Rs.5 perannum ; single copies, Re. 1:25; post free. —

Communications should be addressed to the Director, Colombo ey

Museum.

Complete sets of this Journal may also be obtained from |

Messrs. R. Friedlander and Sohn, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin, N.W.;

from Mr. Bernard Quaritch, 15, Piccadilly, London; and from sae ?

Messrs. Wyman & Sons, Ltd., Fetter Lane, London, K.C. saa!

ISSUED BY

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM, |= ~

CEYLON.

Vou. [V.— PARTS XIV. and XV. DECEMBER, 1906.

CONTENTS.

Enderlein, Dr. Giinther—

The Scaly Winged Copeognatha

Gurney, Robert—

On two New Entomostraca from Ceylou

3. Coomaraswamy, Dr. A. K.—

Sinhalese Earthenware (Second Paper)...

. Notes.—C. M. Fernando, John Still, E. E. Green

With Plates and

Illustrations.

[For Rate of Subscription and other Information see back of Cover. |

COLOMBO :

H. C, COTTLE, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, CEYLON,

1907.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

=— =

A Quarterly Publication designed to promote a knowledge of

the Natural History of Ceylon (exclusive of Botany) for the

information of residents in the Island, and also for the advance- —

ment of Science.

It will contain Records and Contributions, together with Notes,

Abstracts, and Reviews, relating to the economic and systematic

knowledge of the natural resources (Zoology, Anthropology,

Topography, Geology) of the Island and of the surrounding seas.

Each Volume will consist of four Parts, the size of which will ~

depend on circumstances, and the Parts will be published as near

to the quarter days as possible.

The Journal will be illustrated by line-blocks, balf-tone blocks,

and lithographic plates.

Authors will receive 25 copies of their contributions gratis, or

50 copies if desired.

Subscription, Rs. 5 perannum ; single copies, Re. 1:25; post free.

Communications should be addressed to the Director, Colombo

Museum.

Complete sets of this Journal may alse be obtained from

Messrs, R. Friedlander and Sohn, 11, Carlstrasse, Berlin, N.W.: —

from Mr. Bernard Quaritch, 15, Piccadilly, London ; and from

Messrs. Wymau & Sons, Itd., Fetter Lane, London, E.C.

SPOLLA ZEYLANICA.

ISSUED BY

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM, .

CEYLON. &,

Vou. IV.—PART XVI. August, 1907.

CONTENTS.

1. Willey, A.— PAGE

The Sign-of the Tortoise, or Kurma-chakra, in Ceylon... 149

2. Thomas, J. Llewellyn—

Further Notes on the Hybridization as a as with

the Ceylon Jungle Fowl 158

3. Wall, Major F.—

On the Hydrophidz in the Colombo Museum Pe 166

4, Boulenger, G. A.—

Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Lygosoma

from Ceylon mee oe ose 173

5. Notes.—F. Wall, J. Still, R. F. Johnston, T. B. Fletcher,

C. Drieberg, E. E. Green, A. Willey, F. and P. Sarasin,

J. Parsons oad one vee 174

6. Index to Volumes I-IV.

With Plates and Illustrations,

[For Rate of Subscription and other Information see back of Cover. ]

COLOMBO:

H. C. COTTLE, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, CEYLON,

1907,

2 ee |

Vee Le 4 :

eer. 3

K - iJ af f

< :

Ye Bh oe weep iy

Lv} , ; ;

5, ee = zee

= r

“4 “~s.

7 p Ma

mits :

k cy 2 te 84

Or ek . “

f¥ 39; Y inca

ts ‘i

‘ea ; 7

REP PUR iy ; »! ‘

AULA hl heap

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

A Quarterly Publication designed to promote a knowledge of

the Natural History of Ceylon (exclusive of Botany) for the

information of residents in the Island, and also tor the advance-

ment of Science.

It will contain Records and Contributions, together with Notes,

Abstracts, and Reviews, relating to the economic and systematic

knowledge of the natural resources (Zoology, Anthropology,

Topography, Geology) of the Island and of the surrounding seas.

Each Volume will consist of four Parts, the size of which will

depend on circumstances, and the Parts will be published as near

to the quarter days as possible.

The Journal will be illustrated by line-blocks, half-tone blocks,

and lithographic plates.

Authors will receive 25 copies of their contributions gratis, or

\O0 copies if desired.

Subscription, Rs. 5 perannum ; single copies, Re. 1:25; post free,

Communications should be addressed to the Director, Colombo

Museum.

Complete sets of this Journal may also be obtained from

Messrs. R. Friedlander and Sohn, 1], Carlstrasse, Berlin, N.W.;

from Mr. Bernard Quaritch, 15, Piccadilly, London; and from

Messrs.. Wyman & Sons, I.td., Fetter Lane, London, E.C.